AU2004201056A1 - Automated Hair Isolation and Processing System - Google Patents

Description

A p snl"Ha i r na d aA P u IV I O appL. P ui n O N PA NM T; 129 ,3/99 Appilc Chdawh&r Xt yjin Dome: 09 Murch 2004 Tit' Au mat d Hair laladon and Piowcasing Syamu TECHNICAL

FIELD

The Tenical fied of this invention it the hair-care industry, pecfically, the industry re spmke for heauzificq&m o air on the human hmadJ.

1ACKG.OUND

ART

This a to an lec -n aed unical sy an titan au hsma IfY islate individual head hairs and mechnically process thorn in Isolation W as to beauti4 them For xaumple by attachin one orea voy few hair extemions to one or a very few calp hairs.

It is we1 known thatisolaton Of small mrnbem of skin4tached hairs ia usFul in thw art of hair heauicagjn, Por example. hghfighigrpi the ioolatoa of a sall nuber Ofuai hG1 ARqgo thicta coloring ageat can be applied seleCvely to thetn, and many hair extension application schniues rquif the isltion a Small number of calp haiw so that haif e lnsions can be attached to the m Likewise hair is olatnk is u sf it s other isb b autrfir aion procedure such 4a curling dhe hair.

Noampleaudheed toolsdhathaid i the isoltion of Skin-atached hairs have been previously developed. For Exaiple, U.1 Pait No ld78,hi Issued a Walsh an July 31, 1928, discloses hair waver that uses coopedating combs With losedi 14,U ts ds Uultip j U1n a n h% XIi by MU as In M'tatc ultplc tipuiajal i psalU wisA sanaanslby i closed. The isolated multiple stran ds am thi waved in Prel by introducing a second set of moving comb teeth into The isolated a lsds of hair. One comb rdth is intloducet into each isolated strand and moved so as to force said o strand aigxni sly latorally agin. gm of the iwolancin comb teeth so aS to fon a wave in the hait strand. Thai, mulPc~l hair strands are Sir=a swt wav5 aw the sanime.t TO Ptocesses a Scond buth of hairs, the Rawx-mbly!s hinge must be opened and the devire must h be =oriented tin alodh arcs of ris scap.

U S P t. N o. 5018,542 in ued to Lee Mar y 28, 1901, disclo e o as ln acr t f or el mc d ey titpfittfg tands of hair c mprsrising i comb and handie assembly with s auni e ofl iopkai placed fdy on the qppcin ad f the assembly reitdve to the comb's teUh. The comb prdon is Use t comb out's reatively flat hoec of clp hair. Net, the assembls flipped over facfiratn the Intduction of th hooks into the Oat lock ofhi. Th aboks are ten mov d w ay fo *ai flt lock ca yng with them enall iohitd locks of hair, Ths. a nsilt Jc of hair pUa ndj is isaoatd in separate groups as the oame timze US- Par. No. 4,108,186 issued T n Eapoas Aug. 22, 1978, discloses a comb tir subhividing hair atrands it is a comb That his tVo letwh of hae Channels bd eep its teeth, Shallow and deep. When combed Into a lock of hair, the lock of hair is ddcd betewen the shallow an deep channcls. At rhs point a slding member is drawn across the channels asos to intersect than ndW trap all of the dew-channel hairs in the dead ends of the deep channels. 11tis hleaves the hirs in the sallowp channels isolaed and ready fordubsuet reatnent, c Th abo ihre prin-ar d rin chwhaetthe handheid pflor-arttdetrcez for de isalation of skin-aetachtd hairs. 'They n sham a cwman diaidanlta ge in that they can only isolate one batch of hairs At a time before they mass be foi es d id u onaldeyaj sniannu hfcfirt so that tqr rssay be lxowb6 into conat with another bathr They crnnm simpl be moved contnuoul along die scl as they perfra repeated isolation cycles. For exuaple, Espoaco's comb traps one batch of calp hain at channel dead ends behind a sliding 6 e iorca nnl ob e .to n nsem elm H aves in order eo repeat he procms, is operator mustreleas these hairs and manually comb Jr through hair on a dlferent COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aunsnnatev H-air 110o1ation and Proesuing Sysan A DIVISIONAL app1. Filed ON PARENT, 12903/99 Applicant: Christoher IL King Owe:- 09 march 2004 The pmscns inveson cliininuilca dkia diadrange uilwing snuldpc puncsabz cyl, oor wirut reoansesns the dat-t is moved cnduuly relative the ain zage. Although "h preferred embodiment of the pussir invetion contains a sliding channel obstruction manmber upafdcil uiesils to the sliding finger described by Espcstc, the two channel obotniction imtplemnentationsamet quilt different. The p=,.ent invention uses its charnel obstruction meaws to allowsa inited number of haire entry Iito go isolation ame whie den~dng manly hairs behind It entry. Unprocessed hairs ame forced to waft their turn behind it (behind relative to the direci of li-flow axwerent.

through Ane gyatmn). In esaents, unprocessed heirs wait it bunths ready to be nibbled away by the incisive action of the channel obsnruction m4anw This ooafgwstion &EAIIW geatly Increased pmesslng rapidit and makes Isolating much smeller bunches of hair much net practical. It% continuous mechanical operations are MoMs conhistent with automnation via s sequeningM control means suich as a computer than are dhce ofldhe above prior arc devrice.

Althotwj the uinbctncroe of this invention described in the greatest detaiL henrn i3 for automtated anachment of hair exeeine, a variant of it akiles possible highly precise aubtmated haitcutting. Thfe are au tomuad haitutckevlcesln the prior arm However t most similar onse we ktnow of is only cTaable of cting the hair one length before user insevracton ls required This drvice consist of a wclati'nly conventional electric har Wean=r mounted in a bracet that holds said trimmeer portion a fixed height over thte scalp whil at the same tine supplying a vacurum source abo" maid witnxwr porrign.7Te vacuum source both holds hsiros ightv upward so that they all get cur at thw same lengrth and carries away hair trinrni. The pooblem wit this sysem Is that ft produces a haircut in which every hair on the bead is cut to the same length unliket moat pmrfessal haircuts which have ninny lengths, and this length is limited sos a imuina far below that requital fos most nvmcds' haizsrdea. My hair-aaon-based system will, not hat-e These limntiaoc, itrcn cut hairs to diffecer lengths at different positions on the heatd, as protslonal hairstylIst wruM by hand, Also, it can be wsed in highly prccise application of conventional bair-salon prcpsratioas including pvcmanent curling formulas, hair rclaaing formuls atsd wkra.

INVENTION

Auwniamnji isolatin of one or a very few Kcalp hairs so a gtoup opens up many hair beautification oppcwzildeg that simply are not feasible otherwise. This Invention. an alecw o-echanical device, automatically isolgee indlviglul heed haim and mechanicAlly p'ses them in isolation so as to becsutiV the hair on as pceson's head.

When I speak of processing Individtul hairs 6n iolation I un refierring to one of acvaeal mechanicai psoaesna.

The Alnt is to isolate single hairs gmwing fhon a person's scalp and then to bind one or a very few cosmetic halt eawitsio to them. Said hair extensions e bound ideally to the sides of scalp hairs sin a paol don tic" but not touching she scalp. Said hair-to-hair bindig uses a Weans that is virtually Inv~sble to the eye arid iniperceptibltC to t1W. touch.

Most prctczably this binding only occur benveert a single: scalp hait and one or a very few co~smetic hair extensions, Idealy, the bindin does nor occur between two or more scalp, hairs, nor ane the hair ezeendiona bound directly to the A second way or processing IndvidlW hairs in Isobsion is to teshape their cro~ss-sectIonal shapes or diamreters.

This reshaspinig is desirablec because dhe perceived! agaaem tsxture of a hairstyle depends both on thec crnss-secdona shape end diameter of each halz Once indduIva scap hairs ar isollated in surrounding strucruires us orifices, they can be processed so a to chang their eczs-eceimone shape and dianier by being drawn through said surrounding Strtures.

2 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Timne (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automated Hair 1-olaon Ard Prouwing Sat A DIVISIONAL app1 Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant: Chistopher IL King jDare: 09 March 1004 Muir iolation also maoke posible application of colorig egmita to poupo of one E a vey few hak at A time.

This i 5 deirable for, at les two reasons, First. natural lair cokn is madc up of slightly difErcut colored hair strands.

CaGvandop4 carapplication atampta, howeve, oftan uski the hair appear unnturally the game cokir all over fhu; controlled applicadon of colon to specific Isolated hai s R way of councering this Second, application of coloans to individual hairs makes possible the use of types of colorants that coukln't be applied to all the hair at once. For example opaque colossns fisnertonally equivalent to opaque priatnir Inks couldn't be applied to allof the hairs on the head at once. Th is because the adhesive hinder that in necessary to hold the opaque pigments ls sticky that it would atick many hair. together if applied to them a conmolidated group However, such pignusrs might be feasibly applied to very liinlwd numbers of hairs in Isolation. Addiionally. Isolatel application of ogbog cosidng used ke hair-care oM be applied is the mana, such as hair pemmanant narling and waving solutions, hair rdaixers, and hair conventional hair colonas.

The central procesing medanism of this system takes on a configuradiun. in many \ays very simikr to d front ofan electric hair triazeer. This is to cay that it s a combUle asuctiam extemally reaembling thaaof an electric hai Winsr, and is run thsoigh the hair in a manues skal to a ecric hair trimeri ke an electric hair tzinmeat it has open channels, bemwea the tine of its comb-like structure. which allow hais to move betwecn thwn. Also like n electric bair mimrer, it is coamposed of several layers that can slide mthive to each athes; and rn doing so. narnw the hait holding chanela In places. in ite case of the elveric hair Wianner, this channet-n wing renls in hairs within said thannels being cut. In the case of my invention, this channel narrowing xesults in individual laina being isolated and then proessed in various ways. Alshough electric hair urimsners 2a usually composed of only two superimposed comblike structures aiding rclative to each other. My device might have twenty or mxe comb-like layers superimposed on each other, each etighdy different in structure and finction from the one below it, some moving oiter remaining stationary.

BRIF F DISCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS FIG. t: Floor level of adaunen stack. (top Front Perspective View.) FIG. 1.1 Floor Intl frammentary vtaw of iron; (Top Plan View.) FIG. 2 Bcnd-uncier belt ascmbly with hair-flow pathway guide shown as a wize-frame CTop From Perspcutve View) FIG. 21; Bcad-under belt assembly with hair-flow pathwuyguide shown as a wir-f&ane. (MIp-Lcft-Si Peapective View.) FIG. 2 Bend-roder belts shon in isolAton. (1op-L-Siie Perspoctiv View.) FIC. I Noade wall level (Tap Plan View.) FIG. 4: Functioning of nrazle ourputs. (Top Frnit Perspective View.) FIG. Functioning of UV outputs. (Top Badc Perspect-ie View.) FIG. No'ade wall level. (Top Fron Perspective View.) FIG. 7: Attachment stack level tht encloses a glass prism channel for carrying UV light. (Iop Front Perspective View.) FIG. a- Glass pism channel for carrying LV light connected to fAber optic cable. (rop Back Perspective view.) FIG. 9 Pincher function relative to both adhesive and UV light outputs. (Perspective view riom back) PO. tO Pincher structure. (Fop Front Pespective View.) FIG. 11: UV output roof level (Top Front Perspecive View.) IG. 12 Hair sensor catuis (Top Front Perspective View.) MG. 1211 1-Hair "Cuss ciuti (Fragnrinoy View of Rear of Top Ourrce shown in perspectiVe View.) MO. 13: Protective level over sensor circuits. (Top Frow Perspeedve View.) 3 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autraned Hair Isolation and Proswsing Sysam A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicant Chrstopher L King Dae. 09 March 2004 FIGS. 14-14.2 Pencil disgums to ilustrate entrance and pushback gates conceptually by showing sequentianovmcent (Nrqpectivc View.) FIGS. 15-15.2: Pencil diagmea to ilustrate multiph-pushback gates mnaceprually by showing sequential rnovmnit.

(Perspective View.) FIG. 1M Pincher-tine level relative to the level directly below it. (Top Front Perspective View.) FIG. t6.1: Pincher-dne level relative to the level directly below It. (Prgmemary View of the front shown ran a top front Perspective View.) FIG. 16.2 A mingle fmSmintafy pincher tine yhown relative to a single hair-flow-channel guide. The channel guide is drawn as a wire-frsme (Iop Front Perspecthrv View.) PIG. 17 Hairs and hair exsensions held together byauachannt 2 band in each pincher chunber. (Pednnately right side perspective view.) FIGS. 18-18.2: Sequential views ofiice pincher chamber shown dosing around a scalp hair and hair extension in sequential vimwL (Perspective vbiw.) FIG. 191 Ths assembly that ip x combinadio entrance gate snd chauncl narrower for scalp hairs shown positioned abovp underlying hair-flow channel guide. (Top Plan View.) FIG. 211±line aszenbly that is a canmbination entrance gate and channel narrower for hair extensions shown positioned above underlying hair-flow channel guide. (Cup Plan View.) FIG. 21: Tne aseably of scalp-hair-multiple-pushback gates shown postioned above undedying hair-flow channel guide. (Top Plan View.) FIG. 22line asembly of slide-our preventer gates shown positioned above both the undelying hair-flo'-channel guide and the tine assembly of salp-lmlr-nuldple-pushbackgaes shown by FIG.21. (I'op Plan View.) FIG. 23 Tine assemly of hik-estension-muldple-pushback gates shown positioned above underlying hair-flowchannel guide. (Top Plan View.) FIG. 24: 'ine sacrnbly of hair pulack hooks shown positimed above undcrying hair-flow-channcl guide. Said pullback haks help hairs move to the back d exit chauneL (to'p Plan View.) FIG-. 25 Single hair-flow channol shown in isolation illueating the function of the pullback hook relative to the underlying halr-flow-chpuncl guide. (Perspective view fran a left-front-top angIc.) FIG, 26:' 1icl Icl of the hair hopper. (Top Front Perspective View.) FIG. 27; A haeir hopper leve!Illusintlg the eros-secdon of apring-pls trining through it. (Fop Front Perspective View.) FIG. 27.1: Fragmentary frant illusrsing key stauctures of te hair htpper. (Top Plan View.) PMG. 211 A hair-hopper level illusraing the cms-section of spring-pins running through it. It represents the level of rte stuck on top of that depicted by PIG. 27. (op Front Perspective View,) PIG. 29: A hair hopper level Illustraeing the cross-section of spring-pins rutining thrxogh It. It represents the lcvel stock on tq of that depicted by FIG, 2& (Top Front Perspective View.) FIG. 30 A hair hopper level illustrating the cross-section ofspriig-pins running through it. It represents the level stack on top of that depicted by FIG, 29. (Top Front Pmrmtive View) FIa. 31: Spring-plaassembly shown in isolation. (rop-front-left perspective view.) FIG. 32 C1p cartidge. (Top Front perspective view.) FIG. 32.1: Clip carridge. (Bottom Back perspective view.) PIG. 32.2* Single haiz-etnpaon clip in isolation. (lop Front perspective view.) FIG. 33: Clip cartidge shown engaged with spring pins. Cop Front perspective view.) 4 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 AuttAarntd I fail laulaktis .1,J Ptrh Syabeum A DIVISIONAL appl rlad ON PARENT. 12903/99 Applicant: Chrisropher It. King Doa; 09 mach 2004 FIG. 33.1, Single clip engaged with tingle hpring pin. Crp pront peupscve view,) l1lG. X; Abbrviawd aualbnent stack showing only the most rcprscnt4;iv 64's. (top front perupcti view.) MO. AS! Clip enmidg with nubbae 6SId. (Top left papactive vikw.) PI.3 Functon of spring pin and clip relative to the topmost level of the atachment itack (rcp-front-lft perspective view.) PIG. 5&1: Enluged fmgmerny view of frontal fegion showing function of spring pin and clip edative to the topmost level of the aachnent nsack. (Toplfront-lft peapacziva view.) PIGS. 37-37,1 Sequantil drawings illustrating using a paintbush brush and finger to illumtrate by ansu the iaportance of the swalgbaing pee. (rop-fontl4ft pespekfrs vew.) PIG. M- Results of not having a straianing pg illustraed by an enlarged fragnaztuy view of frontal region slnwng function of spring pin (without Its straightening peg) and ha-eKtnnon dip mslative to the topmost level of the attachment stack (op-front-left penpective view.) FIG. Up crtidge atop abb=eiated attachmmnt 'tack Crop firt papective view) PIG. 39.1: CIp catcidge atop abbreviated attachmen stack (Pragmenta y top back pespectve view.) FIG. 40- illwtration of dine-sacrotion cables shown using two isolated tine asembly level and the conrol rod that contmis their path of movemen. (Top finnt perspective view.) FIG. 41: Step swin I of arzachmen isoladon alprithm- crop Plan View oftenace.gne.uineasasnny eel ative to the underlying halz-flow-cbanne guides and ciose-sections of both scalp halts and hair extensions.) 1M1. 42 Step WicS I of attachment isolation algorithm. (Top PIsn View ofwrultiple-pushbwckgatedne-sanmly levels relative to the underlying hakr-flow-diannql guides and cross-section of both scalp hairs and hair extcnaions) FIG. 43: Step sedes 2 of attachment igd ibm. (Left ide view through the cenrcr of a represeucdve hair-flow pathway.) PIG. 4 4 Conceptual illustration of scalp hair ard hair exension metering ilbiatrating the most relevant stcu=as of a hair-flow channel from a right side pcwspecrive view.

FIG. 43: Visual analogy comparing bristles of paintbrush im hairs in. holding clip shown Fno a left side view duough the cnat of a rnprsentative hair-flow pathway.

FIG. 4d: SUp scries 3 of rstactmcnt isolation algorkhm. (Top plan view ofmuhiple-puzhbackgate asembly levels rbetirw to rhe underlying hair-flow-channel gukic and caes-acedono of both scalp hairs and hair exmtons. The Vtul4pl-pushback gates hava moved the hale and hale anoesiona in their notches into rte asachrnt asea.) Fl0. 47: Step strics 3 of attacebnt algorithm. (Left side view ghough the cntr of a reprcentative hair-flow pathway. Sane step as ahown in MG. 46 except from the side.) FIG. 4& Step series 4 of attachment isoladon aigprithm (rop plan view showing hair channels at a point when the pincher is maving over the arsachmatr mtea so as to close hairs and hair extensions together into individual attachment chambers.) FP13.49: Step series 4 of attachment. algLpdtma. (Left side view through the center of a representative hairflow pathway during the first half ofstep series 4. The pincher has bgun its joumey but has not crApletely pulled the waywaed hair extemion tia together with tbcir comuponding scalp hairs.) PI. 0 Step series 4 of attachment algpdthrn. (Left side view through the center of a represetative hair-flow pathway durig the second half of sp s=6am 4 The pincher has aided its journey ant has completely pulled the wayward hair exension tips tugether with their correaponding scalp hairs.) PIG. 511 Step eries 5 of saachmantisolation algorithm. (T'op plan view showing hair channels ak a point after the polymneeadhesive noales have each shot a burst of liquid polymer adhesive onto the hair and hair earunsion in each

S

COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Au rnari heir io'lation nd ouing Syteum ot- A 0eVIIONAL,.ppi tiled ONPAItENTI: Mru/w Applicant Christopher IL King DOW: 09 March 2004 awchment chamber.) FIG. 52 Step sckp 5 of achmc# alorighn (4t side view throat the witer of a zcpeencstivx hair-flow pathway showing the ctwnS AN shown in PG. S1 (saws different perpectire) FG. 53: Step sdsu 6 of auachmcn; isobAdon algrithm. (IOp plan view showing hair channels at Pa pin; at which the UV apical pathway is Used to solidify the liquid polymer beads on the haits and hair extensions before them) FIG. 54 Step left 7 of atachmemr isolation a jrhma (Top plan view showing entnce gtes being slid back over the channels to block onranc in and Out Of tit RMCbment aM&.) FIG. 55: Step series 7 of nacdent isolation algorithin (lop plan view ahowing the scalp-hair-mukiple-pushback gaze and pincher havingrnrscsed our of she amushmens reas sr4 the haepeenuien n ple.p.,,weapre Ameoit as a pushout actuator as it pushes hairs out of the attachment sra.) FIG. 55.1: Step sAedes 7 or atschmextisohation algorithm. (Top Plan View. Atached haeis and hair eKtensions after they have been pushed out of the anadinent area. The pincher is shown retractedinto its nowh Lo the righ. but all other hair hadles are not illuntd for caity.) FIG. 56: Step swis. 7 of aflehment algithu llswtrated from left side view through the center of A reprentative hair.

flow pathway.

FIG. 57: Step series 8 of Attachment isolation algnthm. (Top plan view showing hairs pushed cosnpltely out of the acchnent area but sdtin tshe notches of rho h-xwn lple~pbbaa gate. At this die, the pushback gate begis to move tovards the exiting hais.) FIG. 58: Stap seris 9 of atrachmenrsolstion allgprithi. (7ap plan view showing the exhing hairs clear of the hairextesion-muliple-pushback gate and surrounded by the pullback hook at the beginning of the cit channel and heading towards its back.) FIG. 59: Step seies 9 of atachment isolation algpnithm. (Top plan view shawing the pullback hook as ir and the exiting hairs ncar the cad of the exit channel.) FIG. 60. Step serice 9 of Rtrachcment isolation slgurithm. (ILft side view through the caster of a rqresentative hair-flw pathway illusirating the step shown by FIG. 59 from a different prnpective. It shows how dhe exting hairs and hair extensions ami pulled from the straightener and hair-exension-holding clip rapoctively.) MG. 61; Illustration of how a acpip hair is pulled from de arrightaer and e hair ataision frm its clip by d bendunder belr system. (Right side perspective %iew.) FIG. a As in FIG. 6t but focusing morc closely on how hainr and hair cxtensions exit chc srrightne and holding cartridges, respectivrely. (Right aide perspective view.) FIG. 63: The nachmenr stack as held by the bek buckle (Top-ftonr-left perspective view.) FIG. 63.1; The satchment stock as held by the belt buckle showing the relative position of the bend-under-belt assembly. (Left side view.) FIG. 64: Segment of cable ribbon shown exploded. (Top-frrntleft perspective view.) FIG. 64.1: Segment of cable ribbon shown snapped together. (Cop-rontle perspective view.) FIG. 6 Cable xibbon relative to the belt buckle and attachment stack. (rop-fwm-lcfr perpective view.) FIG. 66; Fiber opte engagesnent with het buckle and attachment stach. (Top-back-left perspective diew.) PIC). 67: Contactcard. (Right Side perspective view) FIG. ft Conae card conanected with aachment stck, (Top back perspective view.) FIG. 591 Adhesive supply line connected with anachment slack. (orp back peapective view.) FIG. 70i General form of bend-under bels shown in isoladon. (lrop-foat-leI perspectve view.) 6 COMS ID No: SMBI-0065s180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aut"nsatwd lm Isuldd -ur I Pa 1 mba Sytatv A DIVISIONAL appl. ikd ON PARENT. 12903/99 Appliranr Chrlnphr it. King fuer; 9Marrh 2n04 PIG. 711 Belt-pulley tibs shown supporting trailing segmneof bend-under-beh assembly in isoladon (lopfont-ft perspective view.) FIG. 71.1. Single belt-puilayefb in isolation. (Fat view.) PIG. 71.2: Single pulley-wheel in isolation (Prnt view.) FIG. 713: Icer portion of pulkydb in isolation. (Bottom perspective view.) FIG. 71.4 Single bel-pulley db wit short segments of bend-uider beirs running through It. (Froa view.) FIG. 72: Band-under belt asembls nneling font relative to its pulley film. (rap-frcae.aft peqpective view.) FIG. 73 The various atuctures that connect to the attachment sack shown salative to each other with the attachment stack made invisible. (Top bck pespecdlve view.) PIG. 74: B23e unit that contains the support equipment fnr both the attacher and remover handle units that are connected toit. (Top-ftont4Iht perpective view.) MO. 75: Handle units outer rame (1op-front-right perspective view) PI. 7& Belt buin attached to hadl wt..(ap-hntcigu perspective view) PIG.77: Hair slrsightaner in isoati. (1Vop-frnt-left parpeeive view.) PIQ0. 78-79.: Straightener and sttchment stach rotation relative to each other over variouo srfacc. (Right aide schematic view.) PO. 79: The omchnec. s m handle uni. hel by human hsn4. (Left side view.) FIG. 79.1: The attachment system handle unit being n over the human head guided by the tack cap. (Left aide View,) PIG. 80 The aoightener shown in isoation running over the surface of the sc4 (ap-fant-4efl petspective view.) FIO. 80.1: Schematic depicion of straighrtncr-dne movement relative toe scalp hair, t shows only one fragmentary vertical segment of a stationary straightener tinc and one fragmenary verical segment. (Schematic fun view from I slighdy hit perspective.) PIG. 80.2: The straightener shown in isolation running over the surface of the scalp. (Top View.) FIG. 81; Thc moving set of straightcmr tines shown in isolation. (tront peapecdve view.) FIG. 81.1: The moving setofsiraightenr zines shown in isolation. (Back perpectdve view.) FIG. 82The static et of arrightener tines shown in isolation. (Front perspctive view.) FIG. 82.1; The sttac set of Kraighwner tines shown in isoladon. (Back pcrpectivc view.) FIG. 83: 1Iack (gidc) cap ahown in perspecdve moody from the back.

FIG. 83.1: Track (guide) cap shown in peeepeccrve mostly ftoin the (ton FIG. 4 The renver in isolatiwn. (Top-f&ontclft perspective view.) FIG. 84.1; A single suction nmnle of the remover relative to a bend-under-belt syem in isolation. (Top-frontL-ift perspective view.) FIG. 85: HaIr awnsions being carried away by bend-unde-bek system where a -ingle hair-chanel guide is shown as a wireftarne. (Left side perspeeive.) FIC. ft- Hair-uteusion-mvacuum-bek-t fr unt. (Perspective View.) FIG, 86.1: Internal levels with dead-end slits inside vacuum-belk-ansfer uni. (Perspective View.) FIG, 57: Hafr-cnwationrvacuum bk-emasfcr unit. (Perpective view Erto zgt FIG. 8: fair-eucnsloo-vacuum-bck-transfer ul. (Right side view.) PIG. 89: Hsiruienaiowvrcu ble-nfu sat. (Top view.) FIG. 90t Hair-ezeension-vacuum-ek.mnsfer unit (FerspeCtive view (raM left side.) PIG. 91: unit. Illsatrsting hair extension being pulled horn systam by the secondary-ranspori belm. (Perspective view from left side) 7 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 A mmrcrd Knir Tnnloimn Bns Pmr~nshi !;ymrm A DITSIONI. appL Flird ON PARENT 12903/99 Appliemutc Chritoher X. King Dae: 09 March 2004 FIG. 912 1 andle unit being loweard naft dock. (Peapccdva jie fxom 6xhl PIG' 9 CuatuPY Of hw'ndk Unit triggerd to slide apes as liidic uwit in owered unto 4t dock. &Pcrsp~c view fiumn right aida-) MGC. 94. Ravetuing clip fillr turned in direction of docks. (Peupctiw.) MGC. 95& Rewebaig cdip fillr turnd in dlitection of hair extension transport btks. (Perspectiv view froma right side.) FIG. 95.1: Reversing clip filler turned in directin of hairetension am"or belts. (Riht side vie.) FIG. 961 Clip enidga sitting amp a single cartridge dock in isolation.L (Purpecrive view fran right aide.) MIG. 97: A act o steidge docks, snout of which hsve their interior mechanism exposed. (Penspecrive view from right side.) FIG. O9! The revensing clip filler shown relative toiaset of carWcdg docks. (Perspective vew.) FIG. W. H-air extension Introduction cartridge. (Front peespective view.) FIG. 99.11: Hair'exteinskcinuducto carrdg. Crop view.) FIG. 100:- H "xaxn -inwodc=&a catidge adiive in aset of cartridge docks. (Panraectiva view.) FIG. t110h11 nin-nodc calaig shown relative to the clip of a sinigle clip Cartridge T7he dip Cartridge itself i not shown. (Fromt perspeetiv view.) MIGS. 1 02 -102.11:Tharmal bubble jet electricall circut Patterns- Crop View.) FIG. 1022 Ilieaal bubble jet elecutial sqauccuresralae to iho nolzzl dn tiny drive. (Ibp view-) FIG. 101.3; Close kipillustration of a vapor bunt triggred by an electricail mehnce-bhemgelnent at the tip of a hubble-jet nozzle (rap VIEW.) FIG. 105-103.1: Splizding-nuzle set shown ins sequential views su a pitbaU]-lke glob of adhesive moves throughiT a.

veiew.) FIG. 103.2: System that supplies the spitball-like splirdug nozzles, (Schematic side view.) FIG. lQ4t Atwhchstw-chambr nouake stck. (P1crspccdwc view.) FIG&. 105-105.2,:m i-lard on-tupply spool feeding a target ama. (Scmatic sidec %iew) FiG. 105.3: Pcensed attachmzent arcs in attacrmcoc stack tincs being fed by a hsir'cxcwaion-suppy spooL (Scheai~c illue mraist top of tinces but side of the supply spool)) FIC). 106: Anchapr-,mifloJ hai estaxabu.

FIG. 10&1I: Purr-rail-inscrlock clip fox balding anichor-unifiedl hair axnsios. (Front view.) FIG. 106.2; Pure-rai-Interlock c~p for holdig anchor-untfIed hair extesions, (Side view.) FIG10106-.:Pnhmdsilsagt clip Awr holig arzhor-uaicg hagir caruions. (Front view.) FIG. 106.4. Pincb-andl-alide-along4aI clip for hollding srthor-unifisj hair euxeiois, 0"ld view.) FIG. 10Y7: Overhanging 'eter to limit Access to pincher notches. (Top Viem) FIG. 10B; Tranapon-.brwsrd gate with r ua-shaped notches. (Fop View.) FIG. 10161:Trnsport-foswsrd gRaewth sloped notchco. Crop View.) FIG. 109: Floor level of the hair-pathway-gude smirmure with tip-trnch fronts tint are sloped. (rop view.) FIG. 109.1. A tarot' of the hair-pathway-guide structure wit tip-trench fronts that are slloped. It represents a level higher in the smelting crdler than die floorcledllusnared by FIG, 109. (Top viw.) FIGS. 110,110.4: Various pincher shapes ilustrated acharnadcallty &timtin side.

FIGS. 110.5-110.6: Vmiona3 pincher shapes illustratd schematcally fix=i the tap.

FIG. 111: Puiack gam, entrance gate, and holding gate shown relative to two hair crass-sectlrns in a macslong are.

(1'op view.) PIGS. 112-112.3: Fliblefiqeriaolasonane obstruction mom shown sequentially isolat a sigle hair. (Ibp View.) a COMS 10 No: SMSI1-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09

I

Autamated Hair Isolation and Proccusing Sytm A DIVISIONAL appL Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Chdsropher X Iing DeL; 09 March 2004 PIGS. 111. 101 Tapered-end spring fingers shown ruative to three hair crosa-secdon in a metering area sequentially isolating a single hair. (Top View) FIGS. 114-114,4: Wedf-ahspad inolation-sma obstruedon meens shown sequentilly iDstig. 2 Ricgl hair. (Top View.) FIGS. 115-115.2: Sb hir-imneter-INTERVAL-spaccd-pushbackpte system shown scquenaaliy isolating a singkl hair. crop view.) FIG. 116: Rarance Sae with sub-chmbea foring a metering ares, 1: is designed for use with the sub-halr-diameter.

ACCURACY-apacd-puslaeh-pt systern. (Top View.) FIGS. 216.11,t 16.19: Sub-hhkldlamaer ACCU RACY-spwce-pushck-pa sstenm shown fequentially isol4*Vg a single hair. (Top vew) FIC. 116.2: Accuracy-spaced type of pushback pe in isolation. (Top view.) FIGS. 117-117.2: Tine ficxibility iit (Various top views.) FIG. 11B: Holding pat syastm shown ralative to the &ibis-finer..ila in sra-obsanrdon means. (rap View.) FIG. 119: Tranyocfowwrd gates aligned with holding-4a notches foamed between the holding gates (Cop View.) FIG. 120: Movement and control vf a typical sliding tne layt illuorated. (Top View) PIG. 120.1: Movement sad cantl of a typical sliding tine layer illustrated. Shows a more canples movement pam than FPr. 120 made posibe In parr by the moe complicatd shape of its movmnernt-conrol sk (Top view.) FIG. 120.2; Interface of actuation cables with a aback of oluimg thie layers. (Front view.) FIG. 121: Schematic of the stiaigbaenets functional znes mladve to the atuchmun stack. (Side view.) FIG. 122-122.2: Pushdown method of bend-under iMlutzted achmaically in sequential views. @ide view.) 110. 125: Cross-setdons] reshaping orifice in isoladon with a hair at it its cencer. (Perspecive view.) FIG. 124; Cross-secdonal reshaping odfice In isolation shown with ridged edges tsr reinfoxcemem and increased blade life. (Perspective view.) FIG. 125: Crosacctional wshaping orifice in isolation with a hak at it its center. kde view.) FIG. 126: Coating onfice shown in isolation sunnunding a hair. (Perspective view.) FIQ. 127: Coating orifice plugged into fluid vupply. (Side view.) FIG. 120: Coag oriace wikh conicant crpg-section. (Skie view.) FIG. 129: Coting orifce with nantwvd bottom. (Side view.) FIG. 130 Costing orifice with narrowed top and bono. (Side view.) 11O. 131: Canwering guide; reshaping orifice, and coating orifics processing a hair being longiswlinally drawn thuouglh them (Perspective view.) FIG. 132: Single coating orik level Mustantiug two coating oritkes combined onto a single assembly. (Perspective view.) 1IG. 133: Several in-line coating-office assablies attached by vertical supports. (Perspective view.) FIG. 134: The wuically supporrud costing orifices ofFIG.13) shown supported by moving tine assemblies.

(Petspective view.) PIG. 135; Schematic movnemnt of in-line orifice nsemblic (Top view.) MIG. 136: Nested coating orifices (ide view.) FIG. 137: Ctnaitdgorifices noted with xazor-drnmed carving oifices. (Side view.) FIG. 138: Hair cenrring-gukle halves surroundings hair (Tap view.) FI-. 139: Hair centering-guide halves surrounding a hair. (Perspective view.) FIG. 140: Hair centernnggide halves with projections on their bottom so control the masimum extent of tIler 9 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 AutAaL miL fish I(L a l Pu n.Maiu Syuts A DIVISIONAL app. FIlnJ ON PARENT, 12903/99 Appliernr Chdsfrphn- Rt, "King fla,; (19 Ma'freh 2ti movmene relatdive to each other. (Bonom view.) FIG. 141; Tic-upporeod-orific hahp shown separated as when their pinch i relesed (Perspective view.) FIGS.142-134. Pencasing snckelkvmd away from the scalp surfa in sequ= nal view.. Tlids elevaton alows forI naonceaung hair eirpath. (Right side view.) FIG. 144: Convex spinneret cylinder. (Front view.) FIG. 145: Concave spinneser cylinder. (Pront view.) UG. 146 Cnvex and concoave spinneret cylinders mashetd rher. (Frmot view.) BEST MODES OF CARRYING OLUrrHE

INVENTION

Since this invendon is ot mete impovemnt over a aitilair peior art device but, rather, an entmirelty new device, I am not cing to b able reference a similar device and arely cite the improvements that constitute my inventin. Insuitiad, I am geoing to pick n aunembodiment of it and zecite its physical msructumes in g at dautdL 'The embodiment I will pick to do this is used for the attachment of one o very few hair extensions to one or a very few hlae growing out of the Kelp. I willnow prcac an cxpinsti on of the physical structures of my invention and how they am intended t mausert with each other.

No doubt you've seen electri hair Pimmrs. You know drle type choc barbers bun men's heads wich to give them a crew cut The attachment device willbe describing to you is run through the hairt in much the ame weay that such an electric hair trimmer Is. If yove ever looked at an electdic hair tfimmer, you may have noticed tut the cutting blades an to be a hybrid between scissonrs and a comb, A comb because the cutting blades have a fork configmation and between each two fork tidoes there is an empty channel space whe hatis can enter. Scissonr because the cuttidng blades are composed oftwo sharp layer s smcked on top of each odher tha oscillAbe reldtive to each other. ilsese oscilations namrow the hair chancla causing the hairs in them to be cut.

Just as an electric hair trimmer has comb-likc channels through which hair can flow so mo does my hair atcher.Just as an electric hair immner has layers that ocdllatc relative to each other so too does by hair amacher. Of course, my hatir attacher has many moe oswillating layers than a hair trimmner does. In fact, this- embodiment has about twenty layers stacked on top of each other. Each layer is slightly different from dte one belowy it. Some layers oscillat back and forth ohrers don't. But generally the layers =e based around a tincd-comb-like design that has hair channels th allow hairs to flow through rhem.

TheC must comple and challenaging part of nay invention to undrctmand is this stack of about twenty laycar, In gnnral, I cIll this stack the pmrocesing circuit stack because it guides hairs through a planned path during the isolation and hair eens ion aruchmemt processing. Depending an the conter I may also call it shilar nmles like the atrachment ciruit stck, the attachment sack, the at*nacher stack, the attacher, and the pro cesin stack. In the case of the f t embodiment, I will describe a rystem whose goal is hair oextetion attachment; I will call this stack the attachoent dir a h stack because It guides halm through a planned path during the process of hairk.extension atrachmencUL For short, I may refer to it either as the attachment stack or attachment cirecuit.

To better understand the attachment circuit, I encourac you to think of a cimventional kelectric hair trimamer as I describe it to you. Remember that fe attachment circuit ia vcry anumlogous to the moving metal cutting- onbs of an electric hair tmmer.

I will now begin describing each levdel oft the aturachmlnent circuito the f n t ernboenat. The arttachment Circuit is conpoocd of many, most likely metal, layee racked on top of each other. Each layer ha slighdy dif erent purpose and as such a slightly differeat ross-sectional shape, from the layer below it. I will start describing the lowes COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 -Autcxnncd flair isolation "ni Proem3in9g ystem A 151VSAIONAI, appi tiled ON PAKEiN;r Applicant: Christopher it King DOMe; 09 March 2004 level] of the arcachucnc circuit and work my way up- 'a other Words, if die auaclnant ci"Wut Ineck were a building, I Wo4 ul t the groUnd Hoor andl go up one: floota ra uimse. After davcibing the le-Cis eparately in dhirk bottom-totop stacking ozder, I wAl descdafi mcharnatically how thesm apt. Work tcogae. In ocher wortlE, I Will teil YOU When and whae these las perform their funcuions relative one and ochat Hlowever, dues something I am going to do much lacer, In the following explanation, each layer's function will be descibed independently of the Others, Don't worry if you dentr fully qippeciawe the significance of an isolated layer during the following explanation. I11 explain how the layers fitnction together ltun.

When imagining tis artcdunrncircuit: moving over the scar4, assume char the hair. era standing straiaht up lM a cop of corn Acing on accoting harseeer. The device cha ewss tese hairs to) stand straight LIP Will be disaused later.

Descxipdon of the Attadhenn Circuit Stack's Indiual Parts Thq Swaionasy Hair Channel Levels Referring to FIG.t, notic the lowest. level of the achtnenr circuit stack, shown all by itself from art top perspective view. tj pdnraiy has two fiinctonL. One is to servo as a protectve florx layer fur the highe levels in the staeiThecotheuIs to srans a path through whichamip hairsecAn moave. ReferigtorFIG. l.1, which is a plan top vliw vish Only the firont portions enlarjed, notice t funneling triasgular rkw fmonts 1A st die front of this layer. They gather hairs together in order to bring them to the Area where they will be sathed. Although the actual Attachment process occurs atr higher levels, it occurs directdy Above the Area IF'. IHow attachment occurs end where the loose hair exnains that ice to be Attached coneit ~i ll be discussed lowt For now', ftat realise that once anueched, each halt is RItazd to the right, Along wow 1B, such that it maIket it past the corner and then it movesa backewards through the exit channel 10, along arrow IC, towards the connectivity bridge I D at the back of the exit channel.

If this wer an elm tric lark txinimner, the top of the haig would simply be cut off and we wsouldn't have to worry about how hairs get under the wonaectivity-bridg; ID At the back of the gal; channel. I call ID) a connrctivity-bridge because It holds all the tins together. Sinix thiv is not a hair tuingc. somnic mp; haa to tic made to bend the hair topsi under the connectivity-briclg at a rate fast; enough wo keep thc exit channel 10 from overfilling with hairs. If overfill was to occur, the ha which startedl standing up relatively straight and perpndcular to the scalp would be poehacd flat and parallel to the scalp back through their entire path. even in the anaichnwvnt Area V. The system wouki not function properly with haizs lying on their aides in such a snanner, T7hus, a Inl-undear conneciwlty-briage sysemrn is used. it is ithe goal of this system to bend the raps of balm under the connccrlvlry-bdrdge I1) at a hiner rate than hairs can baud up in front of the connectivity bdklg in eait channel I1C.

Referriag to FIG. 2Z we ace a perspective: drawing of a bentd-under hei system Notice that a hair channel, wich the halrs move throtgh, is shown as a wire-fime. The portion IC of the rawing is the exik channeL. The portion I A is the fesne Jing fruntnuoec portion of the hair channiel Referring to FIG. 22, we see a pezospective -view of the bendIunder belt system shown in kolDation. Nodice bow it has;a fiunl shape 2F' at Its firont that helps gather hairs into ic The trailing portion of s the trg portion of the system that helps convey hairs "ra backwads.

In Fig 21, is a different perspective view from the eft side The lines 2( represent hairs growing out of the scalp 2D. The= scal stands still below, buwth PM system smoved through the hair. Thug,. the relative mnovement of the hair itselfi front the front to the back of the sysun In the direction of the mrow 2ff. shown behind the rear end of the I

I

COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autoated flak Tuoladan Ind Processig System A IrTVSJONAL appi. T'ed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Appliauc: Christpher IL King Dare. 09 March 2004 eidt canneal. Because the systems doesn't cue the tops of thes hairs like a heir trimmer doeo, the hain run into a dead end whee they meet up with the tine-conecivity bridgg I D. Lefit to their own, the hairs would st pili4 up in die ext channel IG, wnit would get so backed up with bairs that the bairn ware tiered to &i down flat, psaule mo thi ecalp andl likely pointing towarsit the funneling Ertont.mont portion tA.

To overcome ti.; the bend-under belt system 2E in FIG. 2, is configured as two belts which coaverge on each other and dmulaneoutly help funnel hairs to their convwege 2F At which point they em pinched and pulled back by the belts. One belt is moving counter-clockwlae, the one clockwise; the snat effect ia linear motion applied to the heirs pinched between the two balts in the direction of arrow 214 The dra ben dos tops of the haits uinder the oln cdle buidge 111, which Las a 4We end In hone of it Since the hairs we attacked to the salp, thewr bottoms can't mave. Conacquensy, a. the tops of the hairsi arn oved by the belts, they Are increaslr~y pulle out of the belts until finally the belts drop the hair sa illustrated by ste of hairs 2C shown in FIG. 2.1. MAso something to keep in windl is that the belts art running relatively fast in cospanson to the speed that the antchee in bein combed through the hair. As such, bairn don't gets chance to imld up in thes alt channtel in front of its deadead.

1-7. 12 showe the bend-under belt, assemibly alone from s left aie perVpective view. In FIG& .2-2.2,1I jlt showed two bendl-under belts floating in sasc later I'll dearibe how these bh am e supported relative to each, other.

Although In these drnwing t belt Pportios Of the systeM wrap around the froitnneling pordion ThF, in prxolce, said funneling portirn may have belts ufpped Around it or not. If ort it would lust serve As a passive guide to funnel hairs to the moving belt portions behind it. Also note, in these drawings one bendl-under-belt pair Is shown per h*altnntel.

In pactce several hair channel, might share a single belt pair. This would mean that the bairn might be bent under not the very back ccinncctivity-bridgc portion of the channel, but instead, die latera sides or tin portdons.

Return you attention to MIG. 1. which is the lowest level in .IM system. Now that I've explained how hair flows through this levelZ I want to draw your attention to one mtom detail. Look as these four h~a II. A bolt can be run through each and used to line this Lnrel up with dhe levels above, which also hive hole, FIG. 3 is thx next Isigheasr level. It is theasconmd level in the stack sod is the level of Yhe liquil-polyns-nozzlr walls. Th1is polymer is used to oon the plastic. attachment boead that hold the hair itewalow to tim scalp hairs. Th1 level hats channels SLA that the liqupid polyrnez flows throtubso reach fit nozzles B. Functionally, tese channels M)Aarc equivalent to pip= or syringe needlecs, Notice how they can share a singlaid input line because a snanifuM 3G at the back of the atrehebtt statc connects each individual dne branch.

In FIG. 4, an indlividlual see of nosales is shown Fiont tup froat prspectiv. Notice their position relativr- to the hair channel 40, and the similarity between this drawing and maCT 3. In MG0.4, we are not so much concerned wvith the padh the hairs take trougeh the lisle channel. Instead, norice rtse very ends of the polymer Chennels narrow to form soakis 3a. ike a syringe needle, dhe liquid polymer can't esape from these nozzles unless it i pit under a certain amount of pressure. By delvering this pressure In hoats, individual polymer droplets QH cat be squeezd ot# that will fly towards each scalp hair'hairextension pair 4A held before said nozzles soasa toanin alkjuklbead around said h&l pairs. There are tour total baits shown in this drawiing.1Ther ae two pairs 4Ai each with a single scalp bait and a single hair extension.

In FIG. 5San individual set ot nozzles Is shown It=u a back perspective viem, the two llcjtd plastic attichment beads4 SA are shown after being applied to the hairs by the nozzle.. Each be-ad is surrounding one scalp hair and one hair exremsao. How these beads an herde-ned into solid plastic will be discussed later beciuse this is the 5mnccion of another level located disectly abvim Now lack to PFIG. 3. recall that this is the second level in die smelting otrder. Other than the nozzle portion.

12 COMS 10 NO: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aiirrnarrul Kair Inlam and Premaing $srm A MXV ITONAI, app). FIle ON PARENT; 129111/99 Applicant; Christopher IL. Kin Dare: 09 MIarch 2004 notis hew thim layer remtsa immilar to level 1, wasuhown in Eric. I. Thi s bcaUe she hatw pathway meat gaeai open, at this rw-section aim~ In FIG. 3. we a secod diff-ee froan level I is the additional channel 3C. Whereas, the scabi hair testsu from thes direction of arrow looe hair extenions cite frome dhr direction of aneqw 3R, T1hey sever in the middle, which is the attachment area IF, shown heme encircled by an oval, Th1is additional open arta 3C, called the hair emtealo tip tch, helps form The pathway that the hair extenions flow through, Level one, as shown in FIG. I, is nor quo in the corssponmding ar ecause it serves ass2 flowt that protects the dipi ofsak loose hair extensions from rubbing against the scalp.

T1he thied level it shown in PTC;. 6 and Is almtost Idtcal to let 1, to shown in FIG. 1. Wheremasel one, serve am the floor of the channel that suppliesa the nailas with liquid adhesive polymer, lave) three in FIG. 6 aeres am the ceiling to the polymer channel to prevent leakage feom the top of te chantet After all,a4 pipe must be closed on all sides to agery a Iquid.

Aniother differanca from level I in that this level has ant opening 6A that help fort a pathway foe the hair extensions. Also. notice the single circular hole 63 at the vezy buck of this layer. It saerves ua opening foe the fluid polymer input line to plug into the undertlying polymer channe.

OInce youa undersad how level two seives a a pipeline to carry liquid polymer, thlan undermstanding Jewel 4 in FIG. 7Is easy. It is merely a passageway wo qpa the utrzavagg light that will be wsed to solidiiy vhe lIqui polymer bead Unlike a liquid diet can he transported by an empty pipe, UWI 4iht must be arded on the inside oftchannels formed out of glrsa or asnter transparent matrial 7A. to other words, fihet optics or spcially shaped glass prisms that rake advantage of the principal of total internal reflection.

FMG. Sisa back perspective atf such an optical systm. Technically, the fornk-Ie partion 8A is a soli prisma of glass. not Abeou ptlcs. However &x &ns~ihlhy, fiber optic cables SC Interface with die wolU prism at this point 88 at the back. The flexible fiber optics is usd assa "light-hose" that bring light hton its source several feet away.

Return your attenton to level four am shown in FI7G. 7. This layer is used to hold ina place these specially shaped glass light channels, For simplicity, dhe glass channels arc depicted, a Coming to nozzie-AICe paints 711. ha acltousity the ends of these glass channoe sihould be designed such that they best focu ligt on the polymer bead in front of thcm. Thus, the aexual design of this Igt pathway will have to be refined by an optical engineer vslng computer ofrAwse that predicts die movement of light through fiber optics and specially shaped glass prisms. The optical designers goa will bea to focus UV' light on the attahnt heads, which are in ste ottachmdent areas 11F.

Understand slaue area cn6hat surroundO this glst's prism 7Am nide ofnttssl or whatever sestaisis the levels of die attachmnent circuit stack ste made.7'The ilas prism, 7A Is msnat likely manufacmured! separately and then placed in an empty parhway carved t it. Thut is carved into the sarounina material of thist level, To tevncw look at F10. 9. the spherical objects &A ate the plasti attchehntm beads. T'hey were sprayed out am a liquid by she nozzles 38. Notice the cad of the optical channel 7H whene UIV ight is directed at the liquid beads to harden them into solid plastLc We haven't discussed this pert 9C yt. This samne pant is shown in isolation in FIG. and called the picher.

FI1G. I D is the pinchser. It mowna to hold the hairs sogether up against the wall where die nozales wa UJV outputs are. Whenever a part in referred to as the ploelte, It should be asumed to be this part, unless the cont urara; otherwise. We'l dscuss it maet later. Per now, sauce borw the pintcher 9C, as shown in FIG. 9, surnsundm the polymer beads SA during their application and hardening By pressing the notches of said pincher up against the channel wall, where the nozzies are, chambers which I will refer to as stuclunt chienbes are fored.

FIG0. 11 is leel five. It serves as a protective top layer over the optical channels of level 4. In other words, it 13 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (ltm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 AnTrnrWmM Hainr Tnlirmn and Pmc uin Syn1mrm A DIVISION appl. FilCi ON PARENT; 129Wft/99 Applicanc Chdstpher I. King DEn 09 March 2004 sandwiches tIe glass prism of lcwveal 4 from the top.

FIG. 121 I Lvd six and i, the scnuor lay r. Eklrc currens uozr light will bc en acros gapo in the ghannel, between two specific pints on asch hair pahway. For exampl, electricity mauld be sun beItm two alecamical paths 12D and 12D1' to form an elecrdcal ciruit that bridges gap 12L Ifdem Iea scalp hzai between these specific points, then the electric curreantor light will be disturbed in a different way than ifthese is not. This will allow for the detection of when a scalp hair is gon to be entermidng che attdurachment chanbem Raenember bar the atachmnuet chambers ae positioned in front of the oaies l at I f a sacsip hair is not woing to be eawaing one of the attachment chambers, then, ideally, that MtachAmnt chambs polymer noxsle should not be fied. 11is will prevent the hair asensions iaied Into Se uah1n chambers withou matching scalp heir to reain unued and unspolled with adhesive polymer Howerm er, this ideal scenario involving individual control of polymer ozzles may or may noe he imphleamnted in pracdte.

If the seimor layer: in 12 uses electicity, i should be coated with some kind of insulator such as Teflon such that iison't shorted out by coming into direct contact with an adjacent mutal layer. If it usas light, the optical pathways of this layer should be coated width a materd al hss opdtically dense than themselves. Thle fragrmenalry mar of this ansar laycr, shown enlarged from top perapctivp view in FIG 12.I1, ha, cooatn 12C that interface with cither lectric wires or fiber optic cables. These contacts should not he coated.

NCTBE The samenso cusents could be au cross th metering areas of a chana.el. If this La your ag dine eading this, you wodt understand what the metering armeas Am yet. To understand the sigalfcnce of the metering amas, you first have to undersand the functions of the hair handing tines which lie in hi her levels and will be described and later.

The next higher level is level seven and has the configuadon as shown in FIGO. 11. This level's primary job is to protect the plasde coated senso ayer below it f on the repeated rubbing of the hair handling does immediately above. Remember that we haven't discussed the hair handling tnes yet, but they'e rigbc above this laycr moving back and forth, tubbing on it Also, since his is the non-maving level that directly underlies most of the moving hair handling tines, it can be thought of as working with the hair handling tines to help podsition dthe ht r while they're being isolated and positioned in the a tachment chambers.

The next highest levels (levols eighs-fourcon) are where the movring hair handling tdnoe waide. The bair handling tines are used in isolating out hMrs and potioning thee In place during atachment And once antachment has occuMCrred, the hair handling tincs a used so facilixat the attached ha' t I cal lc the moving layers the hair handling tines because they bandI hairs and have a fusk-like shape composed of tines. For short, I call the hair haalling tines the hair handlers.

SCHEMATIC P ENCIIS lBefore we discuss the details of the hair handlers, notice the sequential seins of drawings shown i FIGS. 14- 142. In FIG. 14, we've got five horiaontal pencil. These horsonal pencils are being pushed against a block by opting 14A. In FIG. 14. we see dthat a vurtial pencil has been bmught down into the horizontal pencils Since thec is only a distance of about one pencil-width betweena the block 148 and the vertical pdil, only one horizontal pencil can fit bcrween them. The other four horizontal pencils are pushed bacrkwards into the spring 14A. In FIG. 14Z, we see the block 14B being lifted and allowing She one horizdontal pencil m escape The remaining horizontal pencils are rpped behind the vertical penaL Consequently. one pencil haq been maretd our or isolasted, and since the spring continues to push the renaining pencils forward, we can continue meterag out pencils one at a time until no more pencils remain.

14 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australla: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aumrrarcd flii slation, and Piocuuing Systems A OI)MIONAb app 1 Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicafn Cbdnnphrr 1t. King fl: 09 Marrh Indthe context of the presnt igaveodon. the vertical pencil that antis down and pushes ste hodaccis pencis back v4i be cozuicrd a pushlbark ga" "l'ushbsck" becuse it pushes backward thsc pencils that it doesn't meter out in ftonoflsaeif. "Gaee" bicause it contzols tin flowof pencils by getting in thair way. The block 14B3 that keeps ths fronrtrnost horizontal pencil from miovig away, in PIUS3.14 ad 14. 1, will be considered an etrance gate, 2 RancCe because it controls whether the pencils behind it afe fee to enter the next ame along their path. Pisabbecc gates and entrance gate waotk broger. Is facs, the distance benveen a pshbaclr e and an entrance gite can be used to help detenntine how many pencls (ar by asnlap hairs) as metesed nut at one dime. That area between 2 pusbback gans and an entratce gate is considered the anstating area, The metering awat those asa Within which the hais awe isolated before "en promised& Incldena4l, recsll that the sensmr, in FTC.- 12, that cleck for the presence of hairs In the miateing ans. lamunher; how I said diat you didn't rell know what a auing ae is. Now you do.'The -m between a pwsbeck gate And entrance gate is the metering ares tiat they cheek. Of course, in dIfferent embodImfets, said senscir might chek diferent points along the chameL even points aknwg the bead-under systmn Obviously, I showed you the pencil maetring diagratu, in P1(3. 14, beause my device meter out inidividual hairs in much bre same way that three pencils we inctrse ourt Of course, you way be wondering if hait is too fleatle to he mted out this way. The ase is that a hair thatia six inches long behaves nothing bhre a pencil that is mix inches long& such a lengt of halb wsd flip around unccnnlbly. On %he ocher hand, a lengru ofttad rh4at' only one smm Ion&, or loe, behaves quite rigidly. Suich a short piece of hair cad be held in a tweazees and will point saight our riot bending in the Rlighna The rccvanc ofw itc nun baits tidity is disc moy hair totterig device operates on hair cros-secions whose length is lidte morie than one trm, often much less. in ocher words, since the bik handW*ngtes are made of din shears oftmetal you can tiack many layers of thems In the thickness of 1 mm.

It is true that thcm haiss I'm dealinrg with flip around considerably pA~t thce saal approxi-narclyI tns derp lengh of halt where mcmng and smanipulation is performned. However, in the following discuasion of' the hair handliag inca, I want you toanly caotaer yourselIf with an appruximately uric nan long length of a hair that behaves touch like a rigd pencil.

lttnicram ht hait-hanuling riots are so thin that alrhoulgi they are on differet ltvels, they can be though; of as being uss exactly the sarre level, T'hiu is genetally tru eepr (o7r lvel eight that has signtificaut Vertical deth. We Will discuss char later. Even dhe very top non-moving level Qevtl seven a shown In FIG. 11) which somne hair handlers rub agshsel can be thought of.s being on cxactly the same level s al of the hair handlers.

Th1e previous penci diagram illustrates the Lue Of pushaCk gae% insIa ccxUMELartlo that Loans oane nmering9 Ares andl as such meters ou one hair or one group of hirs ft ak im. Of course since the head hat aboat 100,000 halt* on it, it is to our advantage to mete out as manny hairs as we can at ocen.. Understand that when I say meter out, this Inmplies Isolation of a certain number of balmt, ideally isolated individally. Certainly, if it's our ambition to deal with rtnny hairs at once, we ozn t settle for meacrig our laij clumrps of halt ar a dine and risen attaching hair excenslora to these large duups of hair. Such a staqi, although fat, would reduce the quality of the hairstyle created. Instead, it is my goal to confrt the aysei w hane multiple mrcerg areas per channel. Each esering sams is capable of isolating one or a very fmw hairs in it, As such. I will present at systm that has two meterig aress Me channel. However, in przecticre, the number of metring ares per channetl could easil be increased beyond two.

The sequential views in P103. 15-15.2 show the per nci ererrig system modified such that there are, nor one, is COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Re0ceived by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aurcxnwd Hir Isolstion aInd Proeining Systemi A DIWISIONAL app). Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicsnt Chtisropher IL. King; Dae: 09 March 2004 bPut IwuazuvsA"g sins., Rails drm juml havnig ums vztLsl Vwus] dt"i1n a. puwk[,6tkwusa. we t~a user see's.' patmL I, u14 ~AsaA4. wse uoc hast vi:1l.4 uql, eutiloec bovw Ilm-±1 au LwvumWckcaisg Mie 15A usj 1513 bet~wCu these three t'arkal pencils.

you shmuld underistand that two of these three vertical pencil; behave both.as pushbad arid orrzcr pro.

All three vertical pencils behave As poabback gates because they areall capable of pushing behind themrselves the haits that they do nor mnee out. However, the fronm two varticall pericils I 3C and 1 5) Alin serve as entrancepnaes. 'ftjs Is because, they got in front of the bodzontal pencils dhat hen been metered out and, in doing io, fbem the &roat gates; of MCIoIsouring nsasL This is what an entrance gate does. It prevens hair, hrom entering the now ursa of the system until it let them. However; die vry last of the three vertical penceib s a puft pushbaca woe. All the pencils behind it have been puished back out of thr: way and into the spting 14A. 4awaves; none of the horizonal] perils behind It are in metaring ares, so It cant be considered an entrace ppasa Alhough these three vertiCal penil act like both puslhba4ck iptic and suniedau corance gates. I will refer to such aiconaiguan 2xa multiple puabback gate. Multiple becausze it is maeup of several pusbbacc Sates, not just a single puebck gae as shown in the firs pencil diagram PIG3. 14.

Multiple puabsck gates form notches that hold the isolated pencils. Three holding notches alien the pwhback pites io also stru as trefaport~forward gates. This is tonmy they movthte pencils, or hairs. firewaMt from their metering steps Into the azrachinen area. This fowd motion is deopicwd in the dipgram by arrow The Moving Hair H4arrer TIine-Assembly Levels 1Te levels I'm about to discuss arc die moving hait handlers. Mdost of diemn slde frmn side To side others can also file forwad and backward, ltagardlesc of the direction a hai handler moves, in t"i embodimnen, ir is moved by cables that am attached toit, For example, FIG 14 is level cight ina dhe stacking orden It is the nthigher level in the stack above the level seen tlhe highest non-maving level I showed you. In fact, level seven is shown shaded darkly below level eight in FIG. t16. Level eight is only dhe lihtly shaded layer on top. Levd tight's front-moat, partiao is capable of moving from side to sie. Referring to P13. 16.1 An ilosgeod perspqctive fronarview of only the front-most Portions of level eight, there are ca4bics 1OA and J.06 attachedl to the iconnccdvky-bzrjp pon~ion cif the moving tineassemably I 6C of level eight. The cable I16A on the left is capable of pulling It to the left, die cable 16B osn the right to the righr. In either caue. it Is Only the veiy front piece 16C that is capable of movlng. This rear area 18 0 is part o f level eight but doesn't apvc, Its only purpose is to remaina s nd wichcd between other levlp su a# to support t stock. just as htis shepurposeoite second Loro(auilgina tobean hvcbedherween the &srand third. This trim ataliltse moving hair handier rlels Generally. it Is only their front moiar portions that mre moved.

In this embodimnt, anont of the hant-haridling tiara are thin layers of sheet mnetal. Level eight, As showsn in K6 Is the exception. Whereas maost of its aurhee is tot: a thin sheet of mn4l a: Its tine tips 9C, it thickens such that it can extend down vertically into the attachment &a of the layer below. Level eight's main purpose is to bold scalp bairs and hair extensions in position while they are being attached together. It does this by moving sideways from right to left. It ends its journcy presed up against left wall 16? of the attachent area. It holds scalp hairs andi hair extensns tcgedher against this left wall ltncnebe that this lft wail is where the anaechmentt noaules and IUV light ouqnnxaree located. B3y pinching =cAlp hat and hair extensions between this left wall and Ind4 level eight holds hairs in position during hair extension artachmenr.

In FI G. 17. we ses a mnore detailed look at the shape of the pincher's notches. Notice how dimere trrwo notches 1 7A. Each notch an fbrm an attachment chamber where ame scalp hair and ows or more hair extensions can 16 COMS 10 No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (H:mn) 15:24 Date 2004-03-0s Autmawred Hair Isolation and Proomuing Sysam A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Appliant Chrisropher 1L King Dre: 09 Miarch 2004 be isolated togothot. When pinched up against the left wal, thes chambers are closed on al four vertical sides such that the lxi cannot scape. In this cmnbodimuent each notch or hak holding chambers has im own correponding nuric on the left wall. In FIG. 17, thes am two notched hairlolding chambers that corrspond to the two unales that I showed yoau atil. Thau, in this system, each channel ihas two isolated attadhment chambers and will apply two amuahment beads per channel eat a time.

Noc the notches are somewhat hollowed out in the middle such that the has are grasped at the bottom and top bur are not touched by the pincher in the midl. Notice how this allows the liquid polymer attachrnt eads 17B to remain antouched by the pincher.

Anocher thing to noda about the pincher ips 9C, as shown in PIG. 1t.1, s that they project to the left aore at the top than at the hoetm.'his is because its top is in closer caotacet wit the other hair handling tines above it When the. other hair handling tines hand hairsk offto the pinche m, we can depend on the bhat cross.sectios being right between the middle of the noaches at the very top of the pinuners because dhat is where the other hair hand directdy above, have positiouned the hairs. And hairs behave rgidly arer short hmthbs. However, the lower portione of the halr that extend down oea the boattom of the attachment chamber are more likely to flip around and not be exactly when we went themn. Tha, the eloped overhangof the pincher, as habown cnlarge]d by FIG. 162, functions msch that the tops tf the hairs get pinched the very flst and lower polu on the hairs get pinched progresasiely later such that the lax point of's hair to get pinched is the lowest point to get pinched.

FIGS. 18-18.2 show a more detailed representation of the pinching acotkin showna sequendially. Thbese drawings show the pinchtrt 18 and the left will 185 ~uin closer to each other in three progressive steps. Only one irolartm notch of the pincher is showt In practice, the pincher likely hasb multiple such iolation notches, The pincher is shown in shaded on the tigh; the wall Is shown as a wireamce on the left. Rernember that this wall is where the polymer nozles and UV outpurs A& The mot important thing to nodte about this drawing i* that the tope of both the pincher and its coresponding positon on the wall slant forward, This causcs the higher portions tof haes to get pinched first and the lower portions IasL. This schemer allows for shed wayward scalp hair sad hair exssension rips tom l prugressively pushed into th ctennIr of Attachment chamWbr form top down. One salp hair nd oneC hair extension is sIVowni n etch step. Pleae note this mans one scalp hair would be attached to the scalp, and thus, it wouldin't truly have a lkose dtip as shown in this diagranm, only each hair extcension would. 'Thi dzawing shows two loose tipe toemphasi convergence of the hair and hair extenskom.

In 110. 19 we see kvd nirne which erves to nprnw the entrance 19A which allows cvalp hairs into the attachment ar=. Level niar izs lihe ter shaded area, representing a moving tine-assembly. In the background, you can see those undeying layet that make up the hair passage way. Level #9 works with the wails of the underlying passageway 198 as if they were all one layet.

From this top plan view, we can see how this level works with the underlying channel This tinc-assetmbly ye would normally start out not overlapping the hair passageways atalL This allows moac than enough width for more than one scalp hair to fit acroe s each peasageway. Of course, we only want to allow one scalp hair into each metenag area 19A at a time. So the purpose of this ennuwing hyet is to be movred out (here f um left to ight) over the passageway narrowing it such that only one hair can dt across its width.

Iftyou'I renmember the pencil diagrams, showing pencils being metrzed out, youl recall thdue was one straight line of pencils. If the pencils, instead, had been stacked several layers deep, then more dan one pencil per metering area would have been mat red out Since we only want to mter out one hair per utering ares, it is important to narrow the hatir pathway to one heir width.

17 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autornured Hair Isolation and Processng Sys=e A DIVISIONAL, app 1 Filed ON ]PARENT; 12903/99 Appliat Christopher IL King Dar: 09 March 204 Now you may ask "II a narowed Pathway is what you want, why don't you just make the undlerlying pathway pezrinen4 narerowed so you don't need this moving pszc?" Thc nuson I'm nut doingil that is because penmnrngly narrowing she pathway to just oNe hair width as taily asidog fat hass to ge jammured. By allowing the pathway to he narrowed only twnporarly, we shoul! be able to prevent hair jammning.

Also, notie thac the very end 19C of this narrower actually overhangs the hair channels so much that it doessi just niarrow the hair channels but it actually close themr off. This is because t portion 19C of the narrower serves as aO n otes gAte tZo rhe AarnChmnrama so that un1mesRUEd hais dnt entar prearrely. I Will Call this type Of hair handlersa chosan narrowin aurance gate because it both nuros the heir ehatmel andI control, entrane into the auschmient area. in thoos, we coul put rhtc functions in two septet *lneaasembliae of hsk htndeti: be"s I've put them in one. Frinally, notice that Only the inot of this leval s shown. Ibis leVel is relly much, longer in hick, and has holes through it lk the previous layers showni. Mtany of the Mnowing layers will be shown truncuted in the urns mna. Note:- I penci diagram, PEG3. 14. the block 14B3 served as an entrance gate that prevented Pendils fromn escaping pminasssrely befoe they 7 wre metered out. This is what I mean by "meace pta.' PIG. 2) shows the next highe level, level ten. 'Mis level o"erv to) Uam h entrance chat allows looe hiri extenskis into the xcnhac If you understand twint I jut amid about narrowing the; vslp hair enitrance, then you alread know how this level workes. It's the sameo thing except iA for arrwinig the entrance passageway of loose hair qxmswion instead oftrshl, hairs. Like the on one scalp hair side, this levl is a cmibinatiog chonnel narter sand entrance Rate in one.

MG. 21 shows thet net highe kevl, levell eleven. It is the scalp hair muldiple-pushhbacr ipte. It et= out sc*l hairs putting one scalp hair inito each of its two nsectin areas 21&. when it slides from sight to left. Of course, remuember thns a multiple puabback gate casn have m=m than Just m metezing areas. lir~ iraporat to understand chat these pushhaek games work with the layers above sand below titan Foc entimple, the scalp hair narrower in FIG. 19 (which is levej ninc) ha alreadly axnowed the hair pathway t onc heir-width. Neat4 the: multiple pushback ptra of this level inwaici with the resulting narrowed lisne of heirs.

You sh=u keep in indx chat FIG. 21 shows multiple puihback gate% mouch hWge than actual size. To gee ss idea of octWs vlam, consider chat each of the notches 21A is only wida enoqgh to hold about One hair. In other words, the width of t chse meteisng noches idet moe than one: hair.

Alchoq~h this part has been named a pushbock gate, it also serves othe funcins. I've already mentioned how each pusliback gat of a multiple pusbback gate can also be considered an entranice Bare. But muldple-puslhsck gates can hart stil yct other 6mnvtin& Oncc tir metering wraae Sic. W ith hair,, the nui-shakgat; can hec moved, in the direction of snrow, 218, straiht ahead into the aronluns area 21C carrying the hairs it has mectered out with it.

TIs function ofte muiri-paahhack gate should be considered irs a ul-canspoat function.

Notice chAt this level ha mcxc thia just two cables attached to ic, It has two that pull it side to side 210 and 21liK and it his two that ptgl it forwards and backwards alpF and 210G.

In FIG. 22, the topmaost liter shaded level is the next highe level, level twelve. It is the chatnelUocdog slide out preventxr. leas shown superimposed on top of level eleven, the scak) side muld-puabback gates shown in darker shading said which we just UAke about I just mentionedi how the multi-pusbbaek gates car) be slid straight ahead of themselves to transport the hairs in clxii meterig areas. However, since left to themselves, multiple pusliback gatra are opmion One aide, they ightt be atrris of loosing their nscmd 6ai6 out of thi upen side unless somethin~g prevena this. That is the purpose of thisi level It restrains aide to side movemnt of the hairs int the pusacit gates as they're carnied forward. By doing th its are at less risk of sliding our of their macrung ntioches during Uranepofl. [11 explain this pant two laer, foir now, just unadersand it keeps hairs in the meting notches, of the pualaback gazes, while chos is COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (H-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-a9 Automnated lie olation aud Proeaing Sytm= A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT. 1=93/99 Applicanc, Christopher IL. King Dae; 09 Mairch 2004 metoting notches ats on the mxo. Its path of motions i Itoa'lids only in a forwazd and backward dirnedan.

In FIG 23 is the nomi highrlevcL, leel thirte This is the bair 04nsoo wulsiplo-pusltack pit. It mesecra out heir eummnsionsa the =mm way the scalp hair rnulpla-puahback Sitenuaters out scalp hairs. It too is analogoaus to the pene1-ceteriag diagram. A difference is thut die hair extensions it deals with conut through die hair extension tip trench, in the directiort of arrow 23A, while the scal hkirs desk with by the other pushbsck gate come from the oppcwlMe direction. Recall that rit sealp ride pubiback gate was placed fthr forward mmd on rho oppouite Wec of the hair pathway.

In FIG 24 =s shown die nmr higher level, level f~ton This is ft pullback hook level. After the attached hsirW hae been pushe to the itht and *at of 'he osacba*o clusnlbur, "ue still aims; trael back through the exit channel arma beinre being engaged by the bend-under beits sita the back of the channel. After scalp hair. and hair extensions have been attached together in attachment are 24A, they are ejected to the uights and move back into and thtroughi the exit chunuid ag arrow 2413.

To a certain extent, just the mnoving oldihe systam over the scaip will cause these baits to travel tn the back of the gxnt channel, However, in this embodiment, we must be absolutely certain dwu exiding hair. under no ckrcurnances can backtrack ad4 rewrn to attachmecnt Arm MA. Further selA we typos attached hairy to reach the bend-under aswea as% mon:.t pesuir. 7hs way their mostnive tip. are puled dlear of the attachment circuitst soon as possible n as so free up zoom for moum hairs to enter due xachnru system That is what thi lovelrs responsiblicy is. it moves backwards along wrow 24C In order to pull bairs back it it.

P510. 23 x Bid. PFl5kL1VW Ur L1= pJUMIiLkL laJUk Ja MUtfLkTsl l L4%IdistaanfspIvadlUEs Ax1k 'lust pulk everything in the exit channel to its very back where it can be enggd by.a bend-under belt This hook moves bnckwards, in the direction of arrow 24C, at rte end of every arrachsnenr cycle carring exiting bairs with it. This book is the highest moving hair handler in tis emnbodimnent. Note; Of course, to do lea jobs ainctional equivalent of the pullback booik could be upeti For example, the book 4oen't have to be dlosed on the leEr. side because the underlyinig exit channel would prevent hairs ftvm slipping out of it from the Wie anyway.

rh; Spring-Pin J-eak' The nlext five highet levels fifteen through nineteen shown figs 26-3Q, should bue considered together as at single group. Tha group of levels lis two general purposes. First, the back of ts ret of levels ontain spring-loaded pins whose duty it is to engage the hair cdips, whiich hold the hair extaipoione. These spring-loaded pins push these clips forward towards the attauneut ares.

Loat FIGS. 2&-30X Notice how each uf these levels is almost identical to the others except, dugt we see differtent ews-secdona, such as 27H1, of the darkly shadod part as shown in FIG. 27. TIbe ros-sections make up a part called a sprig-pb assembly. which is on the inside of these top five levels.

Referring to FIG.- 26, int that the central front fuvneling tines 26A of these levels are shown as unattached and fiosting i space. In pmactice at leas one of these levels would have connectivity bridges holding these regions wpgther an.shown by thec second layer 34E firm perspective top view in FIG. 3t Au such. most of the central front funneli* teat ha these layers would not have connectivity bridge of daeir own but would be connected vertically to a layer tint den. The reaon (6r this ia to prevent die lir extension, from bring to bend oversa connectivity bridge at a point too close to their holding clip (to he discussed larm%) because their bend angle miht he too sharp.

If um wete to take the qnisang pins out of the stacked layers whiech wpport andi hold them, tsid sptrg-pin assemablies woul look as they do FIG. 31. Notice the springs 31A ar the back of each of die four shown sprina 19 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by iP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automated Hair Isoladaon and Froaxtiing Systemi A DIVISIONAL app). Filed ON PARENT; 1.9%3/99 Applicate Chritoher XK.Iing Dom: 09 Miarch 25204 asembles, tbey push each pin fortward, Nodic how ehe 'hap. of the spaugS pie, corrspond. with daddy shadeed arms, IculoDs shown in FIGS 26-30.

Carurip &c Clp Alon Re fecrm to FIG. 32, dhe hair~excetion..hold4n clips 32A4 afe held acether in clip-holding cartridges lie 321J Each cattridge has as many clips as the mracher has channels. Each clip should have A sprk.Algike resilience thee allows it to hold babsa in les interor by pinching them, fit saw 2asembly tutted upsidle dowi s sowsm in PIG. 32.1, notice diae the clip-holing costridge has open slot 32Z ont its bottom (Tbe corresponding slots on &bm top of the cartridg amn opft In ie ame mane.) Retwimg to FIG. 32.2Z noie %tacd clip has A wide Intcdor 32D in th int Ouet nars to a de2d and 3M and tben spreada hack spart again towards the rear 321'. Tis dead endI can he achieved by simply thickeanin the interior edges of the dips itowards each other or by placing a fUejcble webbing 'lanns there. 'Mis duad end, oc the fidble webbing cotwuung it. will uasually have a funnel shape orc V-shape so that the v s res hairs to be used lie direcly in the center of the clip and straight in front of tla. steignng peg (an ben dscribad hatr) The reason xdead end is balpfiAl is so that the buck portions of the dlip can help provide spring force. by doing so, the rermosa hairs in the dip wll not be held much tighter than the front most hairs in it.

Carrdogr a Pins In FIG. 33, each sltt.33K, and its coarupoding slot oat the bottom of the clip-holding cartridge 32, is wide enough to allow te vertical portion, or clp-cngaarnt pm 33A, of a sprhng-piss in FIG. 31.1 to stick up trough it and matewith thc opria-pin-teccivung hole W3 of its conecspondiog dip inside said cartrdge. In FIG. 53.1, the iholated springpin and clip off wn the side shows bow the spring pins and clips marc inside The carrdge. This is to salr that the pMn 3MA Is dedpged to stick rhough a hale 335 i the hait ceenalon hoLdng clips. Thus, pin 3MA Isa dllp-esngagemenr pin. T1his is to say that she pin 3,M you occ sticing up from tb; sop of the attachment stark in FIG. 34 is designed to stick though:a hole in the hair extension holding clip. Thus, pin pardion 3MA is itself adip-nggrnnt jpn Simnplliec Aggregatq Stack Also In FIG. 34, notice at nucaanguhet labs 34B that cmxn up at the very back. These mba axe paq of tbs spring-pins sod ran be used to pull than badvwrds Remember that since these pins are upiing-louded, left to their own, they will cmove foinrur These ribs aft used to pull the sprlngpls back to a standard contracced poslrkn.L Tis standeani contracted P04ieiN~ where all pit an; pulled to the very back, malts loading and unloading clip caftri~gcs posm -a This is because all of the upr4Wsigi are lined up eased 7 y uiah each aeher o athei very back of their sos Note; ro save spact, die tear slots 34C, the one& the rectangular tabs mnove in, lane been scaled much shorter than they li"l would be, Rosily, their length would nicer likely be equal to the forvW slts 34D) in front of diem, the ones the rotid dip-engiacmena pins 33A smove i, because chest tabs are connected to and muse Move the sunic dismnwe as the dlpengagement pins do.

Caus* itjh Rubber BUa As sa ced betore, the sprig-pin receiving holes 3311cof the clips, as ina MO1. 53. 1, should be lined up with each othe befe their cartridg is laded or umicaded atop of the atauzhrou sack., To se bow this can be done, trer an FIG;. 35. The dil)-receiving hao aithe clips ame lined up by rubber hand 35A diac ecircles the cartridge and pushes all of ite clip, backwards, n sergs they will go. Notic how said rubber band souynd, the carw~idige gad fit* into groove.

Notice the rubber band its into hooks 333 on the dips checki pulls backwards, Thus, dhe clips are pulled back as far as COMS ID No: SMBI-0055 180 Received by IP AUstralla: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autczasvd Hair looluxion and Procming Systcm A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Ch hstpher 3. K egDm:09 March2004 they will go so that they are hand up with each other, and the garne can be aid of the epriag-pins, in the amchment stack (achieved by a mcchanism deactibed lan). Conequently, t4e pin-zrccving hole of the dips and the spring-pincbp.engagement pins match up perfectly. This makes taking om caraiddr off the chp..enagenwnt pins and putting another on easy. Please note the Srpings of the spring pine will be strong enough to ovecome the rubber baud and push their Cips brwaM despite it.

Clip Peg I aild you that levels fifteen through ninateen, shown in PIGS. 26-30, have two purpose& I have explained the fia purpose., cfer to FIG. 56 see do second and PI<. 36.1 to see an enaged fion; of ts loOL This saeond purpose is dut the finnts of thee levls conain funneling channels36A thet un to stabilim the hair extension tips 36B hanging down from the clips. This -4y the hairs hang in thin lines weiting to get into the suathment area 36C.

Without these funneling channels, these hair atensin tips might flip around fom akide to side. Perhaps, this side to side movememt would laid to hair extension Lips hoping fam channel to channel or worse yet bunching up bef"re eareeng the asrachunnt area. I cal the funneling as 36A the hair .censioe hopper. It is pan of the hair.Mrenuion-cip trench end guides and funnels the hair extension tips into narrowed partions of aiW trench. Each clip may have a straightening peg 36D behind it that extends vertically thrmgh its channel Notice that the straighztning peg 36D is just slighdy dinner than the mos narow portion 36E of the fmnating hair channels of hair extension ip =rnch Paintbrush Obstacle Scnmio 1: To grca benterintuitive understanding of what this seraighcening peg does, imagine guiding rho bristles 37A, in FIG. 37, of a paintbrush down a trench ony slightly wider thin the brush. You shoukl imagine this trench as having two vertical wale 37D and 372. If you hold only the handle of the paintbrwh. then should the brietes cncounwr an obstacle 37B in this trench, iU bristles will bend backwards when yu apply enough forward pwsuurc.

Scenalio 22 In the vcord scensio shown by F7O 1. hnsinc the annm vituation except that "an put your f(ager 37, down into the trench behind the brigtler of the tuch. In thi cras, you can prt the brittler with nl of your csrngth into the obstacle and they will not bend. the srraiglrtning peg serves the same purpose as your finger.

FIG. 3 ilustrates what might happen so the hair extension tips 38A if there wer= no straightening peg. Notice how the tips curve excessively backward. The purpose of the ssraighrening peg is to prevent this. If the tips were allowed to curve excessively backward, the clip 38B might advace fkreard without moving the hair extoasorn tips forward with it.

Clip Peg Referring once apgin to FIG. 36.1, the clipia shown with its straighwning pcg 36D. Since the tips are kept elatively straight, the hair extension 4ps can he pushed forward with greater spring force than they could be otherwise, Spring Pin isolated As you can see from PIG. 31, the ermihteningpeg 28A is pert of the vping-pin system. An aleamativo approach wouk be to attach a stunghnng pEg to each clip eather dun malingli psnofthe spring piL Of course 21 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autcxmat-d Hair loltion and ProSmaing yatm A OtlVIdONAL appL 1led ON PAKISNT; lV /W Applinc Christopher I King Du: 09 March 1004 uch an apprmdch would be at a disadvantage because each clip would be more coroplm and difficult to manufactusi.

And since dhec arc mote clips, beca c they arc rnuvable,; than thcr atc spring-pinm iis bear to attach the tratghtening peg to each spingpin, not to each ch lip.

It may be undsirable to extend the stsighwnng pep down below level fliwmn s shown by FIGO. 20, because if they were any Iowa, they could come in contact with the fraile hair handling tines. In fact in the previous drawings (FIGS. 26-30). di straighenrdag peg doesn't extend below level sixtren a: shown by FIG. 27. In these drawIngs portions ofstraightening peg are dhown as short segments. In pa.t ular, notice the short straightMening.pg segaments as illuasrated by 28A in FIG. 2B.Just som FIG. 26 is the layer below FIG. 27, PIG. 28-30 represent increasingly higher adjacent lovels. Notiodce how she peg snegmentc 28A in PIO 28 also etlends up through he higher levels as shown by FIG. 20 Of course, it is desirabk for the springloaded clips to advance the hair dps towards the attachmemt area but they nust not advance fistse than the hair atenminns in them 2= used. Referring to MIG. 27.1, th channl obestrsdn 27A helps keep the hair xension clips from advancing faster tha the hair extensions in them are used. It does this besave the hair extensions hanging down firom the clips me forted up agpinets it. This design only allows the springloded clips to advance when the frmnt-moste hairs In them are attached and pulled firom the clip by the hend.under syspts.

A second purpose served by said channel obstruction is to prevent scalp h irs from advancmg to the point wher they actually start pushing the catrid cips backwiards away fromn the attachment ares, Remember that the scalp hairs are corning fom the direction of arvw'27B.

As shown in FIG. 27 and 27.1, in this particular embodiment, said channel obstrucidon is only placed on level sixteen. It is not placed on the levels above it because this wouldn't give exiting hair extensinos an area to overhang the channel obsttuction without holding the cunrtidge back. It is not pl ced under this lcl because directly beneath is the actachn ns area, and the hairs musr have enough clearance above them to bend uAer channel obstmdion 27A in order to enter the attachment. area. You might not completely understand these two concern.ms now but it will become apparent when I explain exactly how hairp flow through the system. The actual placement height and thicknAes of the chaMnnel obstruction 27A is srenching th mUSt be calibrated cpirially during prorotyping. In other words, whm I refer ws only placing k on level sixteen thsat something specific only to this set of drawings. This is not to say that couldn't* be placed on more than one level or a different level number so long as the above concerns are taken into account To Itevlew Simplified Aggregate Stack 110. 34 Is a disram of the attachmot stack It's aimplified in that it doesn't contain every level that the awachment stack would have in practice. Instead, to keep things simple, it only shows several presentative levch. 'Ihe followi are some overall points about the system; 1. The Attachment Stack is Likely Made ofshects of Meait A. Most of the levels that I have desczibed am very thin pieces of sheets metal. Some of them have a thickness similar to that or a piace of paper. Of course, since they's composed of metal. thy'z much stroger and more rigid than paper. [e sliding hair harxndlers are especially dd, eacept for level ighs that has ips that extend vertically 22 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 AutcxnRe I-air mislato and Processing S*an A OI1VIIN'AL-sppL. Hild ON h'AKttNI:% lt2tfl/ Applicane Chdbwpher L King DanL; 09q Merel 200 downward into the attachment asat Mwe Shet offstmtaa be Ohaped into thu cr(ss-sectIons IPVa described above using Variouts mnlidsz 1. Photcmiscal etching. A technoilogy aila to that usa! in ma2kina icrochips only neither as expensive -O CUZMMS Photo Ctelsag nvCl'es'9 castin a she"t of meta! with aubguse; that hardens on cposurt wgto. A Pattern is optically Projected on the surface, anad the Surffice is developed. Those areas asn dhe surface that w=r exposed to light remain protected after developing. Those Areas of the surface that werenot exposed to light have only bare metal that ie susceptible to chants!l erchins Thus, sh 1 apes can be etched into the metal sheet by exposing it to an add Photochemical etching will provide sufficient accuracy to fabticate most of the layer. of dais invention.

Z. Phoeo~relst hsoimlg A "ill accurite addiive fabrication method that depeds on dep~ositig An df-lolyte on an electicaLIT cisttaul pattern. It can foams sheets oftmetal with isers having tolerances ofnes Micron or tighter. This level of accuracy will not be needed for most cross-secdcwvj of thip Invention. Thus, its added expense over photochemaical etchini is utoiduhd for most levels of dhis nuichin. However, there inaybe a lbankted number of levels that could benefit fran the rcurscy Ofa ekcto&-n&a Lase cutting- A luer beam can be used to cst metal prec:isey and accuratey.1However, laser cutting Is generally coo slow to Ps to cut echcl levl fyes a blank piece of sheer meta for production puipose.. Rnahe± laser cutting should he used to alt tabs off parta produced by phoochcnicsl eazilg at electxoa'ftsring 4, Motlding- Some pasw ewh glans optical prism Ak shown in level fouir, As shown in FIGS. 7 and 5, might be manufactured by molding Laser Chemical Vapor Deposition (L-CYD)- LCVD Is an emneging technology thilt promises to Allow small partsto bfonerd dreglfrm the vapor phase by wir alascr beam. It promises tohbeighly acurate bud s nor commercially available yet. in vapor phase deposition, a certaina cnns-secconaj shape is projected using high~emrpy light or electron beams. In the tifurre, ir snighi prove to be in effective mant fix producing ie stick levels, This technology I* known to produce extrmly pure And cxtresily smotag maccrsis.

6. Any other analogous terbnoagy can be used to manutiacture this invntion The abovc five exanples stm only Paon tuiliticm.

JI. Holding the l4V515 ofcbeStickcTogether: The above merhodxs dcrzibe WsY$ of forming patterns fax individa crops-5=senl layers. However, these IndivicduSl layers mausr somehow be attached. There are iseveral ways ftht tis can be dotr, icuding bur not limited ttx A. Sang with ascces This tod would usc a tlhin Eian oa adhesv napie between the surfacs oftOat various levels of the stack MdihouS a rciatively easy method, Adhesives are probably not reliable enough 6r tis Application. For erasuple. The polymer adhesive this sy~tem asses an Attach halts together might Itself degreade the adhesive.

13 elding- Welding waild most likely be done with laser beam. For exanpkc two or more thin layers of mnetal can be welded mjrtber by hiting the surface aonore of temn witha s laer beam. This is probably the mtoxn reliable way Attaching various levels of the stack to each other. It Allows forea durable hermetic seAl, Which is especially usefoor tannin channels that carry liquid.

C Bolting. Otherwije loose layers can have holes that run through tuern that allow theom to be held, together by Wa ts. Reliataly, bolts wrould prvibabhy used in crnbinadon wits a ns suich as welding, Thei bolts coul be sidle Through holes I E In FIG. I and bcenoopus; holes throuh ocher parallel levels.

The hair handlers that satd to~ sld telative to each other will be attahe by running a rod through them.

However, this rod and hair handler assembly will not prevent the layer ftnm skling relative wo each other.

23 COMS ID No: SMBI-0065518o Received by IP Australia: Timne 15:24 Date (Y-M-ch) 2004-03-09 Apnarni flr Tmn ansI Pmrasfru Ryas -A DIVA SIONAI, app). Flrd ON PARENT; 12903/99 ApplicatC Cheitoher I Yin aet 09 M(Arch 2004 RaflwILM t FIG. 39, th ulsm 39N mcml l"u W L6. ya tudamsta. y Live eluusjated lamd, that 6Lis 6ld through bola 'a the clip carUidges 2B, This wll help position the scmovsic clip cartkdgaa atop the awtachaeit;uit stack. Of CnurEs, thea elongated clip casridge engagmnn rod. s30 don't have tob bolts running through the ansk ;tr* iuwa4 they could just be attached near the surface.

IlL Attaching Pedpheral Conponients to the Attachment Suck The functions of the stachment stack are aided by various aernal componentc attached to it. The following is a recitation of how same of these peripheral conponent attach: Refes 2 to FIG. 39we "i a peeprcdve front view ofati abbrevltes hair eteiasion atement stack, the hair enxeioan cips 39C are held by the dip cartidge 32B. The hair enension clips 39C extend from the cartridae and allow the tips hair extensions (not shown) which they hold to extend below, pehps in dmaling manner The finneling area 36A. in FIG. 36.1 guide these hair extansion tsa in idividual channels, I call the areas of these hyatt thatguide and (uine! hair aexensint the hair eXnsion happens. In PIG. 39 and PIG. 39.1, the hair hopper lkvie# are mEpeesented in abreviaed foes by the top two stacked levels 39A and 39D.

In FIG. 39. the cables 39E olide the hair handlers idewys and forwand n bckward bry lad off to devices that pullan them cmusing them to move. (il say mor about this liater.) Of course the hair handlers are at the same levels as their cable. In thi unbodinan, de layers where the moving hair handlers are need not have funneling fronts, so there is noting but air space at the fronts of their layers. Im moving hair handlers are important because they move hair. around and put them where we want them In FIG. 39 and FIG. 39.1. below the hair bandlers are the lower seadorary hair channel levels where the nozzles reside, rpresened in abbreviated form by the two lowest stacked leveh 39P. It is in these lower levels where the polymer adhesive is applied to the hairs.

In FIG. 39.1 we me a prsnpective back vicw of the awchtment stack. notice the spdng-pin-pullback cable lsso 39C around the rectangulr spring-pin tabs. This configurarian makes it possible to pull all the spring pins to the back of the cartridge, thearby, pulling all the hair extension hokling clips to the back of the cartridge in hi with each other.

Refearing to rearvilw in PIG. '39.1, hair extension holding clips 39C are pulled to the very back of their cortuidge and lined up wih each other. This d achieed smly by pulling the lasso-shapeg cab)* 390 backwardt. In FIG. 39, the lasso pulls the spring-pin tabe 34B that it surrounds backwards Simultaneously, this causes the hair cxtension clps to bx pulled backwards. ldeally, thls lasso cable leads to an actuator, such as a solenoid, that pulls it backwards when the eyatcln's COmputer sts it to.

In FIC. 39.1, noice that the sensor circuin extend to the very back where their contacts are expomel on surface 3911. Tis is where the electric wires or dber opti cables cone in contact with the sensor circuirs.

A liquid adhesive is used to attach the hairs together. Tbe back of level three (in unabbeyiated version but the lowest level in FIG.39.1), shown as surbec391, is where the liquid adhedve is introdaced into the attachment stack.

The outline of the manifold pathways 30 can be seen in FIG. 39.1. Really, the liquid adhesive manifold would be concteald under level three in the unabeeviatad version, and onfr a single adbesive input hole would be seen. A hose 391 carying the liquid polymer adhesive will be attached to thi single hle in level three (unabbcvincd version) The liquid adhesive will then be caried sideways and then fhward to the atrachment nozzles by the nanitold pathways which real are formed into kvel two (unabseviactl version).

Acwutun Cable lareduce with Hair Hhndlwres Referig to FIG. 40. the sliding hair handlers are rached to actuator dtiven cables 40A atid 405. Remember 24 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 A uuernmd Knlir Tolaion and Proeming System A DIVISIONAL gpp1. Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Clesroher IL Xing Dow-. 09 March 2001 that the hair handlers are thin sheeti of meal An flterto is anY device; that ces something back and frt. A solerxazd i imU; type of ACttator.

Before, I deictebe how actuatort drivan cables such as 40LA and 4041,in FIG. 40, monve oilly rIse fins portion of a frvql. The hoot portioni, of coums, being a hair hindjnr dne-asssbwy lbs issue we will concern ourselves wit now is how these cables are attached to the levee that they move without interfering with other levels. For example. how the cable attached to one bair handler tine-assembly sheer 40C stays ot of the way of the levels above and below it, such as hair handler tloe-usaeznhly 4013 below. Since it is expected that these actuator driven cin will be attached mo the tap (of bottom) of a sliding hair handler dine-assembly, dhe wtear of cable attachment like AWE Vill as such be thicker than The test of the layer to wh i Iis esached. As such, ak cable1 Ql040040 notch 4OW has to be cut In te overling hair handler assembhly 4OC ahove the point o f cable attachment A0EL This to sllow the cable to fit between the two abets of metal, which compote the hair handler tine-asmblies 40C end 40D, while at the same time allowing thae two sheens of metal to lie surface to surfame Thee cable claranca notchee 4OF 'will have to be wide enoughb to allw salqsta clarance margins LOG around the cabW* Al thay and the shogte of mtoal theru attached to awvn soun4d Remember that these sliding halx handles not only might move side to iside, bus some cif them also can inovc (erward and backward. Aa such. the cable clarnetc notches most he adajluately 12Wg in order to leave margins Mec 40M fr movesnent in aeveral directions benvssn cable attchmnts Ike 4QE aint edgs of clearance nohs like The spacing scheme shown hens asumes that the thickness avaable in cable attachmnent area 40E wil be no pSmter than the rhickrness of one doe-Raebly level. In other words, wit are assuming that the attached cable AOA ii no thicke= than she sheet, metal of which the sliding hair handlier tine-azmmlic ace made. Thus, cable cleaance. notches can be just one sheet dinc-.semzbly thick. Tise allows foar rhe cable attachments and cubic clearance notches to be alternated between two positions, per hair handler dtin-assembly tile. For anmpke the left tide of these hai handless will have cable 40A with notrch 401' above it and! A second cable 40ff attached to tine-asmbly 400 at a scaxsd caibleattachment position 40). Of course if there bad beenx a third fait handler dne-aaaerldly stacked above levcl 40(2, it would have bad to have a cable clearanct: notch over position 40j, This worM allow all cable attachments on this side to be altenated between juet two cab le-clarance4-notcb positions.

However, if the: cable attachments were tcr ibaci one layer oSf sheet metal, then the clearnct notce would have to be ade thicker. In oither words, they would be muqds throu severa layers of sheet metl ab~ove them to allow for the clearance of just one attached cable. Should ibis becorne necessay, cable attachments would have to be aliomatad between nr thtan two positionss pe cable-atachmetnt side.

Alrernslvcly, using cable/hair bandler intrface sheets would allow thicker cables to be used wh~ile still alternaing 4atchment notches betweenpinr two positionis. In such confliuruon.m the thick solenold-driven cables am not attached dtirest to the sliest meal of the hair handlers, but instead, afe attachedi to thin fleible sheets. These thin sheets then go on to atch to the ghost metal of the hair handlers. Since these interface sheets at no thicker than one sheet of the hair handlers, thirk clearance notches can be alternated ber*ee just rtwo posidons. even though the aolenoid-sluven cAblms themselves ay be much thicker than just one hekr-hamller-te-assembly level, Pleae note the cable attachment psons could be placed anywhere on a hair-handler sine-assemrbly, includin direct attachment to the sdoes or beck of the assembly.

The distances the hair handilers slie must he conlld very accurately. Elcast we arc dealing with such small distances, the solenoid -driven cables themserlves are not likel to be accurate enough. in order to achieve accuracy in movemnt. a movement control rod 39) will. be saeel Movement control rods not only keep the aiding laymr in place bur, alao, control their path and distanc of movement. For example. dne-assenl 40D represensts level cogt, which is 2S COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (i-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 A uangd solatnm nd Proemiqg Spam A DIVISIONAL appI Pied ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicone Christopher IL Icin Dare: 09 Murch 20()4 the picher that moves firm side to side puusaing hais betwe is notches up apinat tho left waL By pressing up gspinet thc ele, of No; slot 40K, the catrml rod 39j WaIxolS how Ea the eine-maoembly moves from side to aide, Thiar ass soin parts that nova nat only in two direction., but four Mair control rode and slot aides contra the paths of their movemena ia asimilar fishion.

In FIG. 39, the control rod 39J is shown relative to the rear of the attachment stack In this embodiment, it runs through the thickness of the entire arebhment stick. Howyer, Ir asrves is pupote solely in the levels of the traoving hair handlers.

Nua*Wlal Dmetsisons of the Attachment Stack- I want to make sur you have a good understanding of the si of the atachmut stack. T11e nfowing lists tome Inkeadon about its dimnadons: -Its shout s wide as the head of a nte 1-1.5 inches (254-S.81 cm) and, or perhaps, as wide as ao ulactric hair trhmer which is 1.5-2 Inches (3.81-5.08 cm).

-Eaqh channel in It is about he width of an lecric hair rimaer's channels, anywhere from .3 to 1.5 mm (.0197-. 059 inches).

-The srcachment stack dlrwing, which I've been showing you, are simplifled. They only have four channels. In pfatices the system would have about 15-25 channels, not just four.

-The langth the amaehment cink stack wil depend largely on how long, the hair satensian holding clips have to be made. I would expect that stck's length to be between 4-8 inches.

-1 would estimate that die height of the stack (frem it wcst level to its rep level where the bottom of the clip cartrkge rests) to be less rhan I Inch (2.54 cn).

-7 he above physical dimensions are only guidelines to wundeanding the first =nxxJimceM of the system Hown*r, they should in no way be construed a limitadons.

Remember tha F10. 39 shows a vezsion of the acchmnat stack that Ia simplificd, in that it only shows about six rsprnentative levels. The actual attachnent stack would have closer to twenty levels. Atr all, calier about twenty diffemrn levels wer described individually.

fair Handler Movemmew Sequence I "ve j4l emrhe Mrlaings phyonat F sww04 A" *M e pa V SWAJa umci stack fliktvally Now. I will erxplain how the various air handlers of the atsachnent circuit stack work together, I will give you a better idea of exactly how and when they move relative to each othe, In the f*llowin description, now that most of the drawings represent ceon-secdoml views of the attachment stack. The crosa-seerions run pamlll to the layers of the attachment stack. The hair extension cross-sections ae represented by lightly shaded circles, and the scalp hair crosssections by darkly shaded drcles.

Siep Series #1 In FIG. 41, we see that the cuannel narrowig enxtancegats 421 and 410, respectively for the solp hairs 41D and the for the hair catznsiu 41E, have been moved uer to nanmw their chsnrels. They will likely make this move exactly at the same time. They also scrve as entrance gaes by preventing hairs from prematurely enterig the attesment area.

Recall, the purpose of the channel narrowing emrance sates b to cemporanly narrow the channel down to one 26 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automae tisltion and un A VISIONAL, mppi ViledON YAKNT. VU3//W Aplz..t. ChdswptL IL KkqS Base. 09 10a. ±064 hair-widt in mactering aream 4tA and 41B, while preventingth haim f&rom making unauthodaed ntry into the aaiichment area. Notice the conwctvity bridges 41C of dthe har-handing-dne assembly SOp Setif* #2 In FIG. 42, the combination entrance gate/channel narrowem have already been moved over the hair channels in the previous step. As such. in tisi step, they are only shown as oudtlinesa In this step, the pushbsck gaies 42A, both one f&r the scalp hairs 42A and ont for the hair extenasios 4 2 are moved over their channelsM in cadse to Cloamse a specified numbar of hair. into their metering area notches 21A. Both pushback gate. may move exactly at the amen time. Notice how each pushbhack gate has to met g are now ches, each which grabs one hair.

Now look at 1IG. 43, it shows what's happening in this step tn the haiis fian the left mide of the channel plan view. Nodce how we can see the hair extension entmace gate 43A and scalpo hair entrance gate 19C. lhey prevent both the hair extensaions and scalp hair from enacring the attachment area 43C prematurely. Al, no mkdcc tat that the hair axtemkni multiple pushback gate. 42A' and the scalp hair multiple pushhack gates 42A. The tansioning hair staightens 430 is swaighmning th, scalp hairs 41D. 1 hair extensions 41E are being held by hair extension dip 32A.

There is a Atraightening peg 2&A shown behind the hais extensions. The channel obsuWaction, previously shown as 27A in FIG. 27, is shown here in FIG. 43 as 27A. 7T scalp hains extend upwards from Acalp 430. The aobstruxtion ItH represeams the forward edge of is floor level of dthe hak etension ip wench. The tip wench is the channel thtc supplies the hair extemsions~. Sometimes scalp hairs won't get processed until their folk cles have already passed under aind past the attachment area, in which case such haiks might have to band aound obametiaon 11.

In FIG. 44, the previous side view is shown in a perspective view. Notice how the hair extensions 41 are lhanging down f xn the halt ctension holding clip 431. Notice the straighteningpeg 28A below the clip 431. It keeps these hair extensions fom curving excessively backwards. Device 44C in front is the tensioning scalp hair staightener. I have not dcesscibed exactly how it works, for now, just think of it as functionally equivalict to human fingers which pinch the scalp hairs 41D and lift them stUight up away fromn the scalp. The scalp hair straightencr ensurev that the scalp hairs stand straight up, like rws of comrn facing an oncoaning hazesrvr. '1'hehand-under system 44D is shown in this drawing, "he wire-frame outlinri 44G zrepresents the lowest levels of the hair channel pathway of the attachmeant atack When looking at the aide view in FIG. 43. kcp in rmind thai the lightly shaded lines rcpresent bair exnscuions 41W hanging down from whse they're held by clip 32A. The hair extension ends are loose, so its helpful to think of them behav ing much lhe the aideaoe s paintibuals This is to sy that the clip 32A hold the hairse together much Ilke the rmetl crimp of a paintbrush.

In fact, FIG. 45 shows a painrbtrush 45A superrs d on the dipped hair exrensions with homokous regionts of the two alined. Like painthrush hbrisdle the hair exeension tips 45C are frce ro move about within certaint limits. But also Ike a paintrt h, to a large extent these dlps want to point straight downwad,. Also, notice the stmighmting peg 28A and the daddy shaded canel obtmuction You know the obstrucmtion that prevents the hair extensions frlom advancing faster than they're attached. The hair extension dip, straightening peg, andl channel obr cdtiun tzngther fmciT bnaly serve lke the aidn of rcal paintbrush crimp Since only a limited number othaks are to be metered out at a dime, the small delicate hair handler gaes only let a specifioed nanlmr past them at a im. If you can imaginc yoturancif manually taking a small straight pin and using it to ccun out one bdstle from a paintbrush at a time, then you'll have a good inruidve undertranding of how the pushback ptes count out hair extension tips. In FIG. 43. liane 41E show the haJr extensions and they move in dl e direction of arrow 43M.

27 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autcxnawd Hair Isolirtio and Processing *astm A Dr'VJSIONAL appl. MilA ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant: Chritoher it Icing Mee: 09 Mairch 2004 The scalp hais am shown anh bLima. 41D arnd move in die relative direction of arrow 43L The main diffacnc between vscalp hairs md hair exteiuam is that the sc4p hair; aw held undexr tenion between te scAp andi the straightseer 41G, hut the hair extmsslions 41E 2se only bald by clip 3M. For now, think of rte tensioning hair saulghenet 430*to two huamn fingmca pirnching hairs and pulling lb=ti straih up away fom the scalp. We Will discuss the design of the straighener in detail later. te scalp hairs. in contrast to the hair eztensins. behave less like paintbrush bristles and smore like litle poqmila being held ate under tension. Once again. if you can imagine yourself using a straight pi to cownt out liris one its a tfraponsy Wi held under tesion, then you'll havena goad liscuitive undstandling of what the poubbace Bates do tothe scalp hairs.

Look a FIG. 42- By running an eletric curres or light beam *eron the channel at eb metering area 21A, we can serti whether or not they have scalp ham in tem. If they dont have scalp hairs in thiem, then their corresponding attacment noi1se need not be Wrd That is to say if thfee It not a teak, hair in a Metering area, then the cose nozzle that corresponds to it need no: shoot out a bead of adhesive- However, t"i stratcgy is probably needlesasly comnplax because it r"quires each nosole to. he indapendatntly conntroled. Most likely the simple: adhme ao firing all nozzles irs the syowu at once will bc wsed.

step saes #3 In the previous step, as shown by PFt0. neither puabback gate 42A nor 4W or sli" out prevention PTA 42(2 hadl been moved into the Attachment area yet In tis step, as ilkastritesiIn FIG. 46, both the pushlieck Satos and slids-our purvnlon gate have slid over the muaclunenc area. This slie out pcrveater's Purpose is to Prevent hair extensions (and two a lesser extcat scalp hairs) frow faling out of the open skies; of their push badk site ring notches before tep usitack Sas come to r lined up with each other The slde our peventer should be moved forward, as shown, into rte attachment ae slightly before, or at the sanme time as, the pushbacc gates are Also in this step. both pwshbaek gates have been moved swraighdford in osuio to carry the hairs they h*ad merrc our mro, the attachment am. N otice. how the two hai extensions in the hair owlnsion puabbacir gate's notches 44B match up perfrcrly wish the two scalp hairs ins thc scalp hair pushliack gates notches 21A. Mhen pasalback gates movq hairs (rei the original metring ares location to the sittachmenit area, they at; functioning as tkanwport-foswwrd gates.

In FIG 47. notice what this step looks like ions at left aisle plan view. The hair extensions are lined uip with the salp h2ir in the attachment ame, because both the scalp and hair extension pusbck ga notches line up.

Step Series #4 Referring to FIG, 41 whIch Js a top plan view, this step begns with the slide our prevention gate bein moved back to its original position, so that it no longer blocks t hairs from esocaping from t open sides of this pusacl gate notches. Of course, it doesn't need to block themi anymore since the puahback gate notches dre lied up and, asi such, block hairs ftoue escaping hrn each other. Look clesety, the puabbeck gises arc harder to see becaurt only their outlines are ahown; they are not shaded because they do not move la thiis step, Thec second par that does mnone in this step, is the pincher 9(2. Notice hovw the pinacher haas two totchen iii it thac lot up perterly with the two hair holding notches of each of the pusitbacc gate. I t bngirs (or at least condiuit. ix journqz) (tons the 41st to dhe left. Along is jmuraey it pushes both the hair extensions sod scalp hairs togethecr in Eront of the left wall of she attachment aten. Here, they are hseld .dll and dose together infA-amornthe adthesive polymner attachment nozzles in thi WAll.

Refer back to FIG. 16.2 in order to we a rhrec-dkssesisiona piture of rtse pincher. Recall that its top ]s slanted 28 COMS 10 No: SMBI1-0o65518o Received by IP Australia: Time (ltm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aucantgd Hair Isolation and Proemaing System A DIVISIONAL .ppL Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Chropher IL Kin Dar:09Match2004 forwad such that it conesin contact with the hair eensions a where they are beig held by the pushback gates, w"ruw (r 6w= jvalub Vc 11K pLudhet JV. T 1 1. 1-ak WInhl- di ill,U1ta lay s actr of dsiswiagu, a 0 FIG$.

ti-11.2. Since It' slanted deaign pinches the highet pordone of the hair extensions itn islet its knwer levels pinch die hair exensims pnugreshvcy later, g"ing any wayward bwer hair potionsinta alignment with the notchCP above then (Schematically flon the SIDE--First half of step #4 only:) lltratEs dhe very beginning of this step from the left side, In this duwing, the pincher is on Is way but has not completed its journey tn left. Notice how the lower portioce 49A of the hairs extending below the puabback gases ae not completely held ogether unlike the higher pordosm 498, which ae held men closely by the pushbesh gate notches above the pincher.

(Schomatically fiom the SIDE-Second half of step #4 oniy) In FIG. 50, we see the scond half of this stap from the left sida. The pincher haa moved farther leftwnsd. We can se that the previously wayward hair ponton 50A bae been brought into alignment with the pushback gate notche 42A and 42A' abore thm. Because of th shape of the hair pincher, it pinchce the his together at a point near 42A. above the attachsnt nozzles and a point -ear WA, below the attachment nozzles. Notice how the pincher chambers arm relatively w'ie In the middle near an 500, such that they fo empty chambers aruntd the li* bundles of pinched hair. These empty chambers are carved out in order to give the attachment bead toom to form around the helm.

EcAKH ON STRAIGJITENER ACTIVATED IN ThIS STEP At this point, there should be something that clamps down on the scalp hairs while gli attachment beads arc being applied so that attachmenc system can't be tnoved during this time. The part of the yatcm that is most capable of doing this is die tensioning hair straightenr. Since we haven't discnsu4 the ssmightener in derail, just think of it a two human finge capable of pinching hairs and pulling them straight up away fhow the scalp.mAc vuaightsicr should rlrip rkiwn rinrr rhr pirhrr has nrmshrd Irs HRft mnrr prakin, This wIU prrvrnr thr anarhmnrr syrrn Frnm hing moved forward in the hair unil the attachment beads are in place. In essence, the straightener is functioning asa brake.

ftefersbly, the smghtener should brake after pinching tagether and pulling hairs up, o just after pinching befoe pulling hairs up. 11is strategy will suae that duing the nqachment proces proper al scalp hair are pulled tight.

Step Series In this stop. VIG. 51 shows the pincher 9C is up against the left wall. 1hx polymer adhesive nozzles 38 shoot a hurt of liquid polymer at the hairs held together and centered in the hollow attachment chambers in fromt of them The attachment chambers are forned when the pincher notches are pressed up against the left wll of the attachment area.

These dotted line circles 51C represent the liuid attachnent polymer surrounding the hairs and hair cxtenionL.

In FIG. 52, thi step Is illuatrated from the left side. Notice these newly formed attachment heads SA, shown as dark circles.

Stp SeWis #6 In FICI. notice the UV optical pathway 7M. This UV fight source hiu the lquid polymer beads lA with a 29 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 -AuLtAIJwmL 11raiA4 Pu Sy 5 tu-n- A DIVSIONAL pp. PILl ON PARENT. 12903/99 Appkiane Chdlsopber IL King Due; 09 Marh 2004 flash ofintamre UV light anorder to harden tin Step Sedan #7 Rlaegse Bake: At this paint' die straightener should iceset is pinch on the scalp hair. Thin will allow the attachment system to advance fomnrd over the scalp.

We've attached the salp milw and hair exunalco lostler but we tall have so help these atached haes nit flit atiebment system. 'rh falowing explanadon il explain thi step. This step a beat eplained by using two different drAmiro.

Schawnticaly from the TOP--Pinst hlff af Sap maimA 97 anyr In FIG. 4 the flst thing that happens is that entrance plus are slid hack over the hair channel, bloddag entrance to the atthmnent area, If they hadn't been already. Ne=. the walp hair pushback ga"a move to the tight placing them where they ak this drawing.

Schematically from the 'LUP--Second half of step series i7 only; In FIG. 55, we cn see that the hait pincher has also moved firom left to right Although the way I've broken it down into two drawis night auget die pincher doesn't move unil the scalp-hair pushback gates have moved, this is not the case. Really, I jtss drew them as separate steps for chuity. Ideatly, the pincher and the scalp-hair push back gates would start theit jiirney to the ght at erCsdy the same time. Refeirng to PIG. 55.1, he pincher ends its journey to the right by retracting into this pinccr-ueiracron notch 554 which hae been fumed into the 4& hair channel loVer aatirmary levels. Ramener that this pincher has a portion that hangs down vcrdcally ino the stationary channels as can be seen in FIG. 16-1t6.

The scalp-hair pushback gates after moving to sight, as they did in figure 54, xtract straight back away from the attachment area. to come to relt where they se in FIG. The hair-cxension pushback gates move to the right, from where they were in figure 54. to come to zest in line with exit channel 1G. is shows In FIG. 55. NodIce that when it moves to the right, lt pushes the hats in its notches to right also. The pushbsck gate is funcioning As a pwhout actuatot in this step because it is pushing hiz oMt of the anchnent area. Notice how the Attached haisa 55B have been pushd so for to the ight that they are lined up with exit channel I.

Schematically from the SIDE-Both halves of step serIes #7 The left side view ofthis scrics of steps is shown in FIG. 56. Notice how the enrance gates 43A and 19C hIve returned to a position where they block antrance to the attachment area. Also, notke that the scalp-hair scalp pwshback gates and the pinches are no lop in contact with the hais, that's why they're notdrawn in this diagram. Only the hair extension pushback gate 42A'ls still In contact with the hais. The lair extension pushback gate Is ftncdoni,* as a puahout actunar in this step. It pushes the attached hairs out of die anachtm= res to the exit channel.

Stp limsies #8 In FI. 57, slighdy before the hair extension puslback gate ends iLs journey m the right, dir pullback hook COMS ID No: SM8I-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 an n Pa inA DIV SIONAI, appL. Fild ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant: Christopher 1L Iin Dn.: 09q March 1004 1939 57A begins its journey tined to met up with the pushed out hairs foon as they have moved far enough light to allow them to be pullkd back into thu exit channel 'li, 4a to *Ay that. idcally,. the pulback hook phouWl come into contact with the punhad out hairs 55B sightly befom they have Conpletely ended dhak jourey to the righ Sep Sedes #9 Schemadically from the TOP--Ftti half of step series #9 o u In FIG. 58, 00ce the pullback hook 57A has susrounded the exidg hAire S8B, die ha= extension puahback gates 42A' are free to move back to the left to whe they are shown in thi drawing Schematically from the TOP-Second half of step series #9 nnl As shown, in FIG. 59, the pushback gae doesn't stop its Journey back. It continues straight back away front the snachment area, pulling du exiting hairs fairther and Fahrb back in the czk channel until they are engaged by the hancpunder vytem. Once the exting haim ae sqpgJ by the bend-under avsuan, the pullback ase is s tastume to its odmnal staring positio. Alo. notice that the hair extension pushback gates have retumed to their original position Schematically from the SIDE-Both halves of step seties #9 FG. 00 shows ris seies of sup; frn a IetA side plan riew. The exiting hak bundles (0A are being pulled back in ifs direction of arrow 608 by the pullback hook 57A. At the back of the exit channel, the hair bundles 60A wi be handed off to the bend-under sysern, which will continue this backwards poling motion of the hait bundles This allows the pullback hook 57A to move forward rcturning to its starting position. Notice how the attached scalp hairs 41D, shown as darkly shaded lines, and die atached hair excensions 41B, shown as lighdv shaded lines, are being pulled out of the tensioning hair stailghrener 43G and hair etmion dip 32A. respectively. Since the hair extensions 41 arc attached to the scalp hains by the attachment beads 5A. they move with the acalp hair. If the hair eatwions were not attached, their dps wouki moot likely bend over the pullback hook 574 ard they would not be pulled from tduk holding clip.

In FIG. 00, the front edge of hal-extension-channl Boor is denoted by I R. This same front edge Is also shown by tH In PIQ.1, Refening again to IG. 00. notice how scatp haits 60K dat originate under thIs floor 1 bend amyund it. even if ctuc higher postions have not been allowed into the aulneut area yet. Tlls it fine because the pincher wiE tend to push the scalp hairs 60H thar underlie the atuchtment area out of its way. This way these hairs wil be pashed below or to the side of where the sttachmen4 procas occuns. Thus. thes scalp hairs will notIntcfer with the attachment process but instead, will wait their turn.

RJSTARTTHE CYCLE AGAIN- We can restart the cycle agin evn before te poillback hook has reuned to its original position or even reached the beck ofthe exit chunreL WE DO NOT HAVE TO WAIT FOR THE HOOK TO DO THIS BEFORE STAWRING THE NEXT CYCLE. THE NPXT CYCLE CAN START BEFORE TIlE HOOK FINISHES TIS BUSINESS AND RETURNS TO 11S STARING POSITON.

WHY IS IT POBSrBLE TO BRING ADDTIONAL HA1S INUO THE ATTACHMENT AREA BEFORE HAIRS FROM THE PAST CYCIES HAVE COMPLErELY CLEARED THE ATTACHMENT SYSTEM? THE ANSWER

FOLLOWS.

31 COMS ID No: SMBI-oS5180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Awiinrn Hlair Tsnladnn and Pma .4ng,*yrrm A DIrSIONA, split Filed ON PARENT: 12911)1/99 Applkaant Christoher 3. Krng Dae: 09 March 2004 FIG. 61 shows thlu Mal1y own thing, as 14G. 64 onl in prspective view from the sight side. Theg pullback hook is nox shown in Mr. 61. Tis ie brause the exiting hairs have already been engaged by the beud-undtl system, snd they no longer need the pullback book. Notice that when the saad hair etteninsra 41H and attached scalp, asirs 410 are pulle backwosds, tension can their lower potiona 610 and 61t4, mqwecaveh, to rie up at an nsgla, And In doing so, the attached scal hairs and attached hair extensions get out of the way of the Ltnattacbed scalp halts and unattched hair extensions behind than, even before they are endrely puied ftnm the hatr straightener channel 6tM and hair exaents c~p 32A. respecdv4j. This maketi it possible for the spring-loaded ha~r exhesumc clip 32A to advance Coward pushing its fiont-most unattached hiair extensions into the channel obssrucioti 77A, even before the Attached hair extenia hot cgrnplealy estitel the clip that holds It. Also, snotice how dtin g hais 41K so 4103 have been pulled clear of the functional an 6C of rise hair handling tines, so that the hair handling dues are free to mntr Out, and position mcct haits tat attachment. Pat visual claity in this dingam, no unattached hair extensions cc scalp hairs are shown beind die attached o=e.

Note The funcsinal 2=em af dhe hair handling sice are dend as thshereeilyru armsz of the hair handling Oines. usually at Otir very ende, that actually toulh ad mmniplue the haisi and lik etensions. Further, in a more sbam:ct sa;, the defintion, of functional area can be ecendd to the aide; of the hair channels that aictuially touch and guide rte hale; and heir entionis. Also. dicrte areas with a specific incdk% such as nozzls, intakes, andi dipole amds of a sensor gsR can be coniterd AinctionsO areas.

You =y be wondering ifthe tops of the attached bait extensions &ad scalp hies 41H and 4M0 which haven't yet claed chair clip 32A aod hair sraghtener channels 61144 respectively, wn'z get held up when they press ragainst the dead end at the hair earnsion channel obstruction 27A.

The answer Is no. Attached hairs and halt exierims will move around die h exension channel obotucxtion 27A. To futither understand how they move around It takesa look as FIG. 62. It' altnila to FIG. 6 1, Only its a dose up of tOw sacs near the chsanel obstruction, In FIG. V, time exiting hairs and hair extenskmn that arc being pulled out of the stratightener 430 and clip 32A are under tension and, as auch they do not waent to banig straight down, but instead, they want to became more parale with the clips. In doing so, they a= farced to Knave up at an angle closer to the bottoxm of the hair extesion clipis. Notice how the exiting hair exteaissi have a bond 62A that ovushangs the hair extension chantel olncructivn 27A. As such, the exiting hair exttrnsins do riotpress up atgainst the hair earenelon channel obstruction, but instead overhang it, 'tii leaves; the unprocessed hair exstcosions 4112 (two shown) behind, to come In contact with both the channel obstruction 27A end the halt handles; located ar rtse level of 62E below, aecaus of this cunfigvniioa, the uqroccaseed hair cateniona 4112 ate fiee to lie pushrS forward into die dead end 27A. which also: mnane, they've been pushed fozrsard Aw enough to be engaged by hair handlers I betd at die level of 62E-, such as die poshhack gates.

Also, niotice how a st ptocess is occurring with the upper ends of the scalp bairs 41D, A dadtcrshaded scx~p hait has heen attached to a lighter-shaded hair extension and it is pulled around to right of the chiannel. obstructioni 27% This way the unprocessed scalp hairs, such as those two behind, are free to he enagd by the hair handlers, even beore those Ahead ofthem, endrely exit the system. 'ibus, the cycleis f to samt again, even though attached baits and hair extensions fias previous cycles hive not cessyletely cleared die syartem.

Recall, the reason we use this hai extension channel ob structin V7A is to prevent the hit extension cli 52A from advancing forward Lanter than the histr extensions 41 ESin it are used, and to pm the scalp hair 410) from interfering with said dip. MAo note, chat while the atachment adhesive is being applied by the nonles, die puabback gates would he free to return to the metering area along the channels ad isolate mote hairs at this timre. Ti;p could be made possible by introduckig a dediated pusbout seactor, so tharth~e hair extension pushback gates don:t need mo 32 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: rime (Hint) 15:24 Dale (Y-M-tl) 2004-03-09 Autruan i. I l T1lating a 1 Pl-iwasa Sya-tnm A DIVISIONAL, sppt Fl9ad ON PAIRENT. 12903/99 Applirfennr rChdsmpher it. King fe,; 09 hfarrh 2004 serve this dual purposa.

flow the Attachment Stack and the Pripheral Strue.nmas CoameWd t it ae Suppate&d A simplified version of the ttachment circuit suck is shown in isolation in FIG. 34. However, the Attachment stack can't function in coalere isolation, as its shown. Instead, it must be connected with cables, belts, and wires that support Ins fictions. Also, it idrally should somehow be conuiead to a handle such thrat it can be moved over the scalp by a human hand. (OCe in a more ambitious embodimenat by ai msechanical memns such an a robmic am.) Up to this posm, I hve dmcEtbed the endte stmAchnmnt cd=e smack, and some peripheral stucmtes con ected to it. Now, I wil discs how these pe ipheral stmucdtums ae thmselvme supported, and how a human hand can most Ideally hold the attachment stack.

In FIG. 63, the entire sahmat stasck is amown a stagle object 6A. Its individual layers have been omitmnd.

The first ng that is connected to the Stachment stuck 6SA is the suwoundig gray stmructomre 65B33. ve named it the belt buckle because like a man's belt buckle s rigid, planar, and ttsched to a longer flexible structe," The longer flodble strucatres that the belt huckle is connected to include cables, wins, and a linew chain of ib. thart supports the bend-undoe bel However, hat wating fex semcmns are nor shown in PIO. 03. They wMa be 4cussed latex.

Notice how the attachment circuit stack 63A a seated in the cenater of the belt buckle 63B. To keep the ttachment s ck 63A and belt buckle 635 tothier the eam bolts 39N that run though the ack's layam to help hold them together abo may run throu the floor ofthe belt buclde in order to acure the suck to it. Notice how the porions of these bola 39N directly above the tp of attachment stack have widenled collars. You should ssmme that the bottom: of these bolts are eatended thmugh a planar door in the honom of the belt buckldde and threaded so that nuts (not aen) can be sccwCd on them.

Previously, I mentioned longer flcxible structures thac atand from the back 63D of the beklt budckle Although not shown here, tdie flexible structures all lead so the suppon bar ut. By support base unitr, I mean the cencianed equipment that provides support sevice to the hand held attachment systema. Pot example, the type of vacuum cleaner that hasm a flexible hlo leading fromn a big heavy box. whor its motor and balg resdl, to a small band held nozze could be said to have t support unit Of course., the support unrit would be the big heavy box where its motor ridesc because it provides suction to the handle unit. In a similar manner, the handle hel Attacher system could be said to have a suppor unit. This sppon unit serves various unctions each ov which will ke described in torn below.

Solenalds/Acrunot s: I have already mentioned that the hbair handling ties ir eliding layers that must be moved back and forthb. The power to side them back and ftirth is delivered thmugh cabies connected to solenoids or asome other form of actuator.

As discussed carlier, there are multiple sliding hair handlers in the attachment stack, ch with at least two attached cables. Two cables because the cables must be grouped in opposing pairs that PULl in opposite directiomns.

With this many cabls, each attached to its own solasmlnoid or apip the cables could taily get entamgd with ach other if som effort Isn't made to isolate than rom each other.

Manufaciurs of bic)cle bakes isolat individual brake cables in flxible tubes. Ideally. the inside sufaces of these tubes has a low coefficient of fricdon so dt it can guilde the cable around bends without generating a gret deal of friction, The actuator cables used with the attachment stack will also be isolated in rube-like structures whose internal 33 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automated Hanir isolaition and V'ro~sskg87stmVM- A Onl JAIONAI apPi. tiled ON PAtitNtI' i-Jv1/w Applicant Chritoher IL King Dae: 09 March 2004 aurace ave ahkw cficent Of ftfcron wve; fn theftwill iny suc tubsoequktud.we will use a lnable stxuctur that has the cross-secctions of any tubes paall to each other such thas they lonn a t,4e uibbons, In order to get the cables int this tube-ribbon, it may he helpful to coufigun the ribbons having two oasp -togeher bale.

Reitigto PLOG. 64. the two halves 4AL and 04A of the cable ribbon are sho' wnbefore thiwjesnapped togethor around the cables 64C FIG. 644 shows the cable ribbon halves snapped togeten This diagram shows iust one abat le tigib of such a tube-ribbon 65A, hut remnther the te-lbhost toa long and flexible amrure midst up of many suds iegtmant-lIgtA FIG. 65 shows how two tube-ribbomu 65A can be used to earry actuator cables to rhe attachmnt spack. Notice how the aeuaror cables 65C and 13 GS etsa out o( ehela "ub ribbons up alon the langth of the belt buicklest which point they ste guided arouad aonms 6511 on the belt buckle and attached to thih corresponiding siding hair handler layers, in the attachment stack Thecables 65C, which ane guided around cornes, whose cuuvature lies in a plant parallel to the top sufface of the auzhsunent stack, are used to slide the heir handling dn back and forth in a sideways manner.

The cables 651), which am gied ar ound comea wharm curvature "xe in a plane perpendeular to thet top of the attachon stackt, ame used to slide hair handling tines in a front and beck direction.

Cablas anid Wires Which Semws MCoinductive Pathways: Variacs types of sting might. be conducted along pathway. between the support base unit and t flehateax tack. Poe crseple, ultraviolet light could be Conducted 21ong fiber Optics in order so supply the attachment stock with the UV It need. to harden tie adhesive polymer beads. Either light, which requires fiber optic;, oz elecuriciry, which requires conductive wires, must be carried in sensor circuits In attics wo detect die presence of baitss Also, if individul polymer adhesive nozzles are confgured to operate bidependendy at each other, then the best way to aichieve this is to use electricity to power the ejectiont of liquid adhesive bead. The most likely way* electricity would be used. in tii msnnacr is to outwe a vapor burst by heating up a liquid with electrical resistance or the actuation of a piezo-electric device in the ozzle regions. Certainly, in such configuatlion; there would have so be mnany individuxAl wirce to fa=e Indepandent eletical Circuits.

Io t cuse of delivring UVm tohe plymier hardening vystern, one bundle of fAbe optics would be: sufficicnt.

Thois bccaum eis One Ifs an V oustputs arm turnedan ait ote 147. 66 shows aneninmplc of suchaitsingle tibcr optic cable bundle 66A. Notice how sai bundle Interfaces with the back of the UJV conductive prismt 66B. In FIG, 66. A side of the belt buckle him been made wparcc so that the UV? conductive prism in its intoe can be aeen.

However, in the case of isolated circuits, whether they are fo~r sensors or et noralna, many different wIrca or fiber optic cables wil have to he used. At the point where these cables or wires rach the Attachmnent stack, they will have to be connected to itAt preise pears that atch the wifes up with their corresponding circuits in the attachmeat stck FIG. 67 shows how this could be done. Multiple cable or wire ribbons 67A should be connected to a contact card 675. 'li wire or cables attach to the top surface of the contact card Electricity or liht fromn thce wires or cables is conducted through independent conductive patches that run vertically though the contact cud Rzferrisg to FIG. 68. the contact card 6713 is shorwn mated with the nanria of circuit contacts on surface 68A which extends from the bealk of die attchent sftack. Notice how the contac card allowsl r ce wires3 to be attached us a unit to the circuit contacts on the attachmnent stack. Whedher optic cables carrying light or wires carrying electricityr, the contact card approach should be applicable.

Moses to csirty lpies and liquids: 34 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (H:mn) 15:24 Date (Y-M-cl) 2004-03-09 Automated Hair Imoluuion and Processing *Wai A DIVISIONAL appl. Med] ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applause Christopher It King DW-: 09 March 2004 Referring tv 19G. 69, the ndhesiv liquid pplyner is delryceied to the auMhmp4tr stack by box 391, which rtjns tromi the base s nto 2n hate in the badc at the attachment st ack. Assuming ndlvidual control or the let axlis a saes not necessary or achieved by uasngindividuol electrical circuits, then only ons hose %Ci be needed to carvy Ikpid polymer to the attachment stack. Within the attchment steels, the liquid polymer from This one hose will be distributed amonig the Indivdual polymer nonalee.

If individuul control of the polymer nozzles is acluievel by giving ach nozzle iis own line whose pressure bun*. anenerated byea pneumaic mans, in the has. unit, then it would be necesary to lead individuul horns to the attachament ow-k. Thiese ind~v~dul hosee would Ideally pica on a ribbon configuration and Inresilce with te acevdhmr stelt with a wnsac card caefiumzon. Howwve, indiviual ptneutic control is Probably not dhe preferrd emibodimnent. to use.

In a= aubcxjnmeu which requzima gn or anodher lipid to be blown or staced, then further hoses connectin the auttdcrment stack wit dhe base unit waill be ase In sachban embodimnte, additional level, with home-raceiving hole.

would etend from, the back of the attchmnt stack ins0 sumnupr staie-step potrn.

Belt Pulley Libs Support The Bend-Under Belts Previously, 1i FIGS. 2-12, 1 introdtuced bend-under belts de afly to peent haire (roa piling up its the attachmnent, myan However, I didn't explain hoew these belts ae suppomted Itwill do tant now. KG. 70 show two bend under belt pain. Back bend undr bel r *is cmpoxed of two oppoaing bMrs pinched together and moving in The ame honar direcdion. The two belts of each pair convrge at 2F' where they pinch hales between tem and catty those heimrb th em Alrhgh no support strctcure is shown In FIG. 70 any supporr structure for such boleis should ideally hove the Fbokwing qualities: 1. It should pinch the two belts together.

2- It should hold the beltsa insa way that they ar free so move with very littm friction.

3.1It should hold the belt insa way that they don't fall 1 ovee of whssirvcr ts holding than.

4.1 shock!W neither obstruct the fovanene of hairs carried by the belts nrw prevent the hars from folling frevof the belt assemzbly when said hairs are pulled from said belt assembly under trnelon.

MG0.71 ahowva shonrsegment Eoa ouppvot cw wih suchquuitncs. leasuadc up sp oinedrihe. I call each rib a pulley-rib. Eac h rib has go these four cylindrical structures 714A, which pinch thc Two belts together in t6r middle 718 of the ssemnbly. Notice how this arched shape 71C bassa spting-Ille quality that helps pinch the belts together in the middle. This alows the belts To pinch hairs hxrwcen Then and cary the hairs. F'urtczr, in FIQ. 71.2, the cylinders 714A widoen near their tip 710 so aw cradle the belts, in a nochd 7 13, and prevent themn from escap* inanllyL if you look closely, you'll see that che cylindrical objects 71A have a second cylinder 7tIE running through their hallow centers, which served sin ale. This alow the cylinders to act as toilera that convey, the belts with very little ffiction.

Naturlly, the inet surface of these rollers an outer surfeen of their sales should both be nrude of.a low icfficienit of friction nmatial such as Teflon or even employee bearings Referring to FIG. 7 1. 1, fiur of these adles 71 E and the arched shaped spring means 71 C amr molded as ant plastic ibl 71RF May o f these plastic ribs Are Joied to~tne as asingle molded Pan by a kong flexible rod 7 10. Th1is long fleible snoklde part is attached to or molded... single pac with.i portiona 71 H of the beb buck. In order to hold the bE l aes 714, in PIG. 712 in place, planar parts 711r (PIO& 71.1 and 71.3) with Ideially chainfred holes COMS ID No: SMBI-0055518o Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aut-urnI-irsolrmation and PrOewdug Sysn- A ONYSIONAL 'pp 1 .g Pie0N PARENT go03 Applicasc Chdaroher IL Kin 0M.e: 0 March 2004 a T 23 Could be snapped onto3 dhe tapered dipi O cit uIric7 Ii under the rolery. Segments vschas ter should be Placed slong the length of the beltasapoly to bold its belts in pl=AM9 anit$ route between die bate uni. anid the arachrnenr stick The previously descibed pulley-rib support saruenre supports die two belts in areas where they are pinched together and pataila, audi s along wrow 7MA i PIG. 70. Howeve, the comg itmid-shaped sra 2P ne a different kind of belt support structure other than die pdley..dh type. The futnnel-shaped ares needs bet supports that look tos like, those shown In FIG. 72- Thi support adles die belt 72A In its nochdW shaped e'ea 728 while it guides it around in a curing fiannel shape.

We've discussed how these coqonas support die belt, but what supports thesie supports tlieisehresp The answer depends on the point along the lcength ti the belt assembly, FOE enrupwle, in MI. 72. the tunel shaped support 72D sad a few of the pullay..&s behind it see connctecad much chat they han down from bottomn 72(2 of the belt buckle support atmectun., The bottom of the belt buckle is shown sa trnwpamnt blink 72C, in diis drawing.

lim FG. 63.1. the belt bucklea2saemtbly it showen framea let side plan slew. Thbe ct 2H is the bend-under system assembly. Notice how dhe lznd-under asnmbi a11 exutol down faut dOe very bonom atbWEhbucde 03H.

Since Ste belt buckle is itself 6#AW it holds those pulle-rbs attached to Its undeasface in a atmight Inflexible path.

However, the belts are msnot likely driven by motors in the base unit, which am most likely sevenal feet away.

Conuequently, the belts should ideally be connected to rie base unit in a flexiblie manner Thus, the puley-nh:s that pinch the belts together should be inched to each other In a fleldbk* marmer wher le Wrily Is needed. At such, individual pollcy-ribo are connected together as shown in 1FIG. 731. N otic how the inivdual pvulley-ribs Are connelcd at their tops by a flenible rod 3writure 7 1G. Assa resith the belt assembly is inflexible directly under the belt buckle underssrface 71 H but extends fromn the belt buckle sa filible structur that leads to the support ba unit.

Abov,,-mPny flexible mean* of connecting the base Unit with the auacr handle unit were decribed. In 111G.

many of those Muig; s= shown all together. To Increasc clarity. the atrctebi smtac IF nvkdblek i dradewing.

HoweVer. YOU should think Of everyting 6hoWn as Connecting to o near the attachmntg sack In order to consolidate these vidons hWes, cables, wins and belts, we could run themr all though one Large fletible enveloping hose 73 A that surrounds them all. This enveloping hose 73A io show as an outlina. Although this drawing only ohows one short megmnt of it, really, it is a 6-ig flexi"l mtructure very li"y aeversi feet long.

Eirther the enveloping hoit should remain open with a alit on its tuderside 732, ast It own liene, or the bend under belts must mmon outsidle of it until a scfflclnnuau,,ce fromn attachment stack where the hairs, carrid by die bend-undcr helms have beta dropped. 711a is to say the scal halt in the bend-under sysen should be firee of obstructions between themselves and the surface of the hutnan bead.

I* FIG.74 of the bmase unit, we see enveloping hoses 74A and 741) com-ing In fom both the hair extension attachment and remtval (not disecsssed yet) units, recttiy. Mlso vm can see the various flextible lies 74C including hoses, cables, wits; and belts cominig back out af their enveloping homes and going to the funictional area of the base unit thsc serve them. The nrioua levels of the base unit represent differnt (inconal ascs within it. Tie aructure to rigt of rthe base unit las yet. to be discussed. For now, Justr realize htis when removed (from the heuul) hair exttensions are taken and placed into clip cartridge held bere them on docko. 'Thii fillig of clip cartridges im accomplished by.a mechanism that moves from one docked catridge to the nexn, most likely lerally.

36 COMS ID No: SMBI-0065618o Received by IP Australia: Time 16:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aunm._asd Hair Isolation and P ro sing Ssytm A DIVISIONAL app t L Filed ON PARENT 12903/99 Appat Christopher L King Dm-t: 09 Muf'ch 2004 Additionally. the basn unit has the fallokadag componewts: 7413: HOME RcvzeringWFilcr 74R! Advance Ret I notch 74P: Passagway for Rnover's Suctwn Hloes 74G; OUTPU' belts for Tzansfeted Hairs (to filler) Wheels 74H: Vacuum Hal Ttransfer Chamber 741: INPUT balts for Ramoved Ham i r Drive Wheels 74. Ramovet's Solenoids 74K- Remove belt pasatgewmy Dlve Wheel 74L! Attacher's adhaesive hose passagway 74M: Attacher's Soleoid for Sliding Tined Channels 74N: Attche's Sensor &Jet Electric Wire Pasaeway 7 40 Asachtar's UV Fiber Opdtics pagey 74P: Attacher's Pullback BelS's Drive Wheels 74Q: Belt Drive Motors and Primary Pulley Syatrm 74R- Vacuum Source/tV Source/Conml Eleconics 74& $helf 11r itierion of rontainers oftVV Adhesive Handle Smiectuninm fat the Attachment Stck-Belt Buckle Assembly: Previously, I've described the atachmeAnt suck and the bck bucklde hat supports it, but the user must hold the belt buckle itsel FIG. 75 shows a perspective view of the handle nak outer-ftme. The handle unit outer-frame may also be zcfnted to as the handle unit or handle although haadkl unit might also eiaer to the entire handle unit avwmbly belt buckle, attachment stck, and all It is the handle unit that the user will use to hold and move the attachment stack anembly through the hair. Notice the lower holes 754 through the stilts 755 of the handle unit. Th peg 63F, shown in FIG. 63, pM j e from the belt bckle ad inarM into the lower hoks 75A, shown in FIG. 75, in order to attach the bel buckle to this handle, .Tl* pegin-ho connection serves ass rotational hinge. Idcally, the centers of tha pegp shouI lie along a line that interacets the attachment area* of the attachment staick. This will casur chat the attachment areas ae held dthe correct distance above the scalp regardles of tthe rotional angle of the belt buckle. Alternatively, the belt buckle might be atached to the handle structure by s fleible yielding rcans such as spring q'ther than a hing.

Ideally, this yielding mans would allow the belt buckle to follow the shape of the scalp while keeping the attachrment ares at a reladvely comnant distance above the tcalp.

Also, notice these humps 75C in front of the lower peg connection hole. Their purposc as to push hairs out of the way so said hairs don't get caujb in the peg-in-hole connectionrm area.

Notice the top of the handlc unit is a separate piece. This sepurte piece forms a canopy 75D that can slide on tracks 75E1. Notice that this picture shows a cable loop 75F delivered inside of tube 750. This cable loop is used to automatically open the canopy what dchanng hair csnmion cariridges Since thed c antpy alides forwards to open and backwards to close, it sweeps the long ends of the stored unattached hair extemsions backwards and out of tdc way Of the use's hands and fout of the na muinem stack. In other embodiments, the canopy might move out of tde way roa tdoolly (especially forwin) or simply by being removed. Although embodimen thar have no protective canopy are a posibility, it is beat to make nsn the long ends of the unatt;achej hair entasionp have a oenave notch or compartment to reside in that keeps dhem out of che way of the user's hands and the tont of the tachment suck.

37 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autonated Hair Tmbdon a d Poewming Synmc A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Chi pher it King Date: 09 March 2004 In FIG. 76, the bdt buckle is shown attached to the handle unit. Notice that the peW-n-hols connectn 76A pennits the belt Ibunckle to ant relative to the hale However, the belt buckle is prre ed from tating Wo f r downwnd past bodzntal the by shelves 76B which project inward fam the bottom ofat the handle under the belt buckle 760.

Although I asill haven't explained how the tensioning hair stightaenez worksl, FIG. 77 shows what its exterior looks like. Notice how the straightener has a peg 77A, similar to the one the belt buckle has. Said peg will allow it to be rowinally eattached to the handle uanit., In FIG. 76, the maightmane' peg connects to the handle through the second set of holes 76C that rs above the hols used by the belt buc le to conne. Just as the bilt bucktle's peg in hole conne don allows rtedon, so too does the r ehtsbners.

FIG. 78 lilustrtes how both the attachment stack-belt buckdlde assembly 76G sad the masioning halt straightnr 430 rotate to follow the curraturz of dhe scalp 78C. FG10. 78 shows relative position over flat scalp areas.

PIcG. 78.1 aver convex scalp areas 78C' and IG. 78.2 over concave scalp amaa 783C. Especially, notice how noms part of the straightener always maatainsm contact wit dt scalp. This allows the straightener to gmb even hais that are lying flat on the surface of the scalp and lift them straight up and perpendicular to the scalp .ikc corn in a field. Also, notice that the portions of the bek buckle near the pivot 63P always remain the same baht abhov the scalp although the reaward porcions might have a gras deal otf height vadiahlkty.

PIG. 79 shows the entire handle unit being held by a human hand 79A. Notide the teasioning hair straightener 430 *ad the bek buckle assembly 760. PIG. 79.1 shaw how the handle un t is held by a human hand and gided over the scalp between the tracks of the track.gAuide cap 79D. In FIG. 79.1, nodtice the hair extension clip carkltge 3211 and the hair esmasions 41E that it is holding Scalp Flair Tensioning Straogtsner FIG. 80 ilustrates the tensioning hair straightener itself It picks hairs 41D up and, under tension, stzaightens them away from the scalp.

In the pan top vriew in FIG. 80, notice that the straightner has, fimeling channels. A these funneling a ras GOD nanrow, sc p hairs 41D are forced between them Into the narmw pathways. as shown by the arrows 0oB.

In die perapeedvct view in FIG. 80, once again, notice howis front encontap the scalp hairs 41 D frmr and funnels them into thin chanels. The scalp Is represented by 80C Also, notice how the straghtenet is composed of lightly-shaded tin and dadler- hadcd tine.

The perspectiedve largely front view in FIG. 81 shows nly the lighrly-shaded doe skme. In the largely mear view in 81.1, we can see dthat all the lighdy-shaded tine are connected to eainch other, by a connecdrvity bridge 81A at their backs.

Th lahqgely frot view in FIG. 82 sabow only the darker-shaded tins aokmne. In the lagcly rear view in FlIG.

82.1, we can see that all of dze darker-shaded lines are connecud to each other, by two connecdvky bridges 82A and 828 at their backs Thus, in FIG. 80, all the lightly-shaded tines can be moved as a unit while all the darker-shaded ines remain etationary a a unit. The exact Ats mdchiniscms that move the timus ae a detail thasf not important for this discussion. What is importm Is thed padt that the lines am moved along.

38 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 AutomastedJ Hair llsru and P1oewsin4 Systcm A DIVISIONAL app). Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant; Christoher It KYgDr;09Mrh20 11G. MA. ilusaca the Movacut scheme thitI used to get the tiew to inct pinch and then lift hairs up straight. As the arrows 6odsira die darknr-baded tines ma remai stil The lighdlyelded tine, SOP am moved sequentially along die pathway iudicmd by t sno 41-4 pirec, the ughtk-shaded ioes Wp are mo~ved towards the darkcr-shaded tines 80E as the bottm arrow #1 indicates, This narrows the ehannels and pinches hairs 41D betyeen the lighdlyaded dtine SOP and darker-shaded tie 8O0Z In order a) lift Mhe hairs, the lightly-shaded tines are raiked up along dhe sraw, #1 I oider to repeat the process. the llghdly-sladed dines must heck away from die daker-shaded dunes mud theu lower, as shown by snrow. #3 end #L This it a procMe that occrsarepeatedly and rapidly so that hairs do not have tie to fall back doxwn while the lightly-shaded tines are backing stway aod lowering themselves.

Please note, that the tioes SOB thetnseyc needn't move and in this particular mnadimwn don't although in other emubodimnents both ss migh move. In this embodient since the tine& BUB don't move, it is they that rest on the scalp. As shown, tines MO might be nosted within tine. BOB so cat dtae 805 retctouch the scalp. Akternadvely, daias SOP at dhirk lowest porsiins miught touch the scalp.

Refeerig to PIG -8W, the connectivity beidge. 804, whiichi hold the sng tnrSieso together, mr placed usp where dheyre out of the way- of the lower pactdous of the hairs which are binngpulle straight. 'ie connectivity bridges am= a cerain heigh; sbove die scalp~ Hains oger than tbis hetight will only be pulle xr=#ic to the height of the connectivity bridge, which is all thats necessazty. Portions of hairs that arn longer thean the bidge is high will be forced to band under the connectivity bridge rate than bring pulled straight 'this too is aorepubki. We don't need each entire hair to be srragla only the area near its toots whene we're attachlqi a hair extension to iL.

Also. notice char only the portion 80t towards the (roar of the srraloxuere is law eootgh to touch the scalp.

We only need one point of the acraiglircer to touch the scalp where-it can pick up any hairs lying flat against the scalp.

A fter the: haira havc been picked uip sway frtom the scalp, they will continue to be pinched, held, antI straightened by trailing pordions 80) of tie struightener, which needn't touch the scalp. The main reaso chat the wtaightener is so for above the scalp In "r back regions im because she arracher circuit stack and its beltbuckde must be abkz to fit under the tr end gf the Knrei14rat. Resmnber that the pupose. of tis scrsighcw"e isat feed ther atchcnent stack with straight hhirnhctl4 under tcasler,.1 Tdo this. it baa to tunlinfhton of the attdicr andit illdoh isJob bcr the attachment stack so that hairs remain straight under tenson all die way bade ud]i they're sttadied.

Of coure, thene are other ways of snlghteing hairs away fom the scalp, other than a device exactly like the one 4hown. For cxkanple, a vacLWn norxslc could be place over the hairs to otem iest ut op. Simoilarly. edtblowing nozzles coiuld beu placed narthde scalp to blow hair straight up.L The pmoblem withi these ether methods is that they're likely to pull the danglinig hair extenion rips upward which Is undeskable. t urthermsore, hairs tar aft being blown or sucked by air currents, typically, could not be put under asnuch rtnion or held as stable as hailm could be by a direct contact mechanical straightener. lioldng hairs Ltader tension is espeially caiCia for tightl culed hair.

Also, don't forget thsc this staightener might be usnd to clam down om hair, and prevent forward movemrern of the attachment system duting the application the adhesive polymer beads Use of a Track-Cap to Guid e Overhead Movemnti Before hair extensionsa ame attached or removed, act of tracks is plated on the head, FIGS. 83 and 813.1 shows what these rackts look like on the scalp. These tracks milght be made our ofla rigd plastic char has been cuswmr-mol"~ to fitsa qsecillc pesn's head. Alternatively, the tracks could4 be pre-enanufsctuaW -i several standard sizes. Notic that these tracks are all attached into a single piece that can be placed on the head W1c a helmet Thus. I Efve such a set of 239 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autrnated Imi Isoation and itrcCig Sysem- A OV JIAIONAL appl Iled ON PtKliSN'TL i2 s/w Appli.sna Chrloher L Kih Date; 09 March h264 tUsda the Camne track.cap 79D (a trmckguide cap). Th umks are dl spaced the seame width from each othert at all phnm, Thcirspaping wdh is equal to the width of the attachment circuit stck, or itax prcssing swipe width to be moe MWCt. The enet mehdd uzsed to custum fam thei tracks to the humn head isn't impartant ight now. For now, just know that if a custo m fit is desir, we form a flexible plastic to the contours of a specific person's head ad then chemically treat it isuch that it becomes a rigid plastic that retains its shape. Once this tmck-guide cap is formed it can be used many dmes on the same person.

Notice how the steat herween the tracks form several rows over the scalp. Racal that the arwacnent circuir stack holds the hair extensins it is going to attach in clip cartridges.' The eystmin will ikely use one clip cartridge for vsqy wck-row ots calp. This Is o say, every dine die stachm mn stk gets to the ad of* unaek.row, Ith is picked up off of the scalp and its hairexiusdaon cartridge should hbe near empty so it will be mzaoved, and a new full hai extension eartridgkle will be placed on the attachment Sck the system will be a through the neat row of sclp.

As shwn in PIG. 76, because the alt buckle and handla are wider than the stachnut. stack itelf, their width will also be greater the track's width 76D. For this reaao the vestical prdons 76E of the handle will 5er as stilt which lft the outer margins of the bek buckle above the tacks.

The tensioning saighisnem 430 should be mde t fit precisely betwmeen the tracks such dt it can fit down between dthe racks and mouch the scalp. The smaghsnor should fir snuggly between the aks so tha the be eween the tacks and staghtene guides the entire handle uidt over the scalp. AdditionallMy, a snug fit will allow the straightener to catpe any hais pmressed qup against the tracks sway from therm and into it. In pracice, the straighlter might be Just slighdtly wider than dthe inacr-sur ces of the tracksd. This way it will push the tracks sloghdy apart allowing any hairs whose roots oinarse unda the tracks mare direct access to the arachmenr tdck In other words, such hairs will nor have to bend around the tacks in order enter the attachment stack.

The Hair lExtension Remover rv discssed how the hair extendions are atwtached to the soclp hair; by the attadxuent rcircuit etack. I've dlscussad how the a;tnchment stack is held by a parned tha chat belt buckle which hif i s bdeld by s handle. However, once attached, the hair extensionsm will grow out away fiom the sculp and need to be Ecuacd and xe-attached nar the scalp again. I have invented a te ovl device to perform this function. From here after, I will usually refet to this device a the rcnmovye. Bdeow, I will dcacrbc how the remnover functions.

FIG. 8Is a perspecdIve drawing of the remover, in Ioladkin &all how I descriled t e attachment stack in JIsolation L That is to ay, I described how it worked before showing how it was attached to the belt buckle, a handJe, or even any of the cables that supply k with power. I'm going to do the same king with the renmovce The ranTover, like the attachment stac will likdy be held by a belt buckle which itself will be held by a handle. Akrrnadvcly, the remover might attach directly into the handle unit without the aid of a belt-buckle in a similar way that the tensioning straightener doea. In any cale, FIG, 84 in iolatkmo from most strucm-r that aunround alnd aupport is. For now, just know that die structures uned to spport it and move If through the hair are very similar to those used for the aachmrent sack.

The list thing to notice about the renover is that, Ike arrachmnent stack, it has funneling channels in fron as it is moved through the hair, it funnels the hairs down into these nmacwed pasegeways ot hair chanade l4A.

Although it is nor shown in PIG. 84, jdeally, the remover has a tensioning hair aaig*tener itldf that is In fromnt of ard COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aumaed Hair Isoltion and Processing Syse A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PAREINT 12903/99 Applicant Chdropher L King D0e: 09 March 2004 ovha gs it As suh rout opdmaUy, ithe hairl that enter the moernt arc pulled stpaiht up under tntion Tha W t not just fliping around in 4ts hairvlcvxie.

In order fn the remover t dach ths hair& annim from the sclp hair, in this embdlknent, the removers is gaing to apply a solvent to the hairs. This sohent will be applied along the haIr shaft from a point little above where we expect the attachment beads to be to a point down near the scalp. However, since the solvent ttquires several minutes to work, the remover will have to make two passes tmhrough the hair. The first pass is to apply the solvent. The second pass i to wash dthe solvent off and casry away the freed hal extenioans, PVitt Pass-Appksslon of Solan 0 On the fisat pass pipe 848 squirts solvent out f nori, hols S4C. Alreztaively, said na= holes might he conigtued as a sidangle conrdnous vertical sli. The solvent moves out of the natts to the left and gets on the hairs that are moving through the narrowed passageways 84A. Although the solvent might be a liquid. it may be preferable to use a solvent with the viscosity of al rs s ~ld paste.'FO advant:ss to using a ar a hat it dos not evapanota as fat s i aliquid and that it says where it is put k. A* sch.ayou can think of the solvent as being applied to the hairs in a long flat crmdnnuous bead or ribbon much like what comes out of aulking gun or toothpua rtoube, only fRlatter.

After the solen bead Is applied, the hairs enccuter bend-uader system 84Q that bends them under the connmeridvsy bride of the esnover. However, unlik e dw attcher;s bend under sysem, which is idally placed as clowe to the sealp as we ean get It. the removets r e placed a signicant distanco above the scalp. More speclically, most optimnly, the renamover's bend nider symm is placed above the area where the solvent has been applied to tIhe hairs by nozrzls 84C. This way the bend under system only touches portions of the haits above where the solvent was applied to then As such, dte solvenrt wil nor be grearly disturbed.

To help contain the sokenr ind washing tfluid, the remover's channels 84A have walls M4 IdeaUlly higher than any of the nozzke 84C. Pleac note the solvcnt output ight be entirely integrated into these hair channel walls. Th are just shown as separate in PIG. 84 f o illustrative pu-poes.

Second Pase-Washing and the tenoval of the Hair 1.xtenuionsr Aftr vwaiting veral minutes fer th 3*ove t complan cly dissolve the adhesive that holks the hair seansionk the remover will snke a usoand peas. On the second pass., pipe serbly 84H wjuikr a wahing fluid out of nozzles 84, most likely water and a shampoo or dele rgen This washing fluid wa.thes the solvent off the hairs. As the washing fluid is applied, ts s qupw nozzles 840 vacuum it up before it has. chance, cape and make a mnsa. Of ctwte, the lairs themalves will be pulled townds sail vacuum nozzles 84. Since the hais are perpendauar to the vacutun nozzles, they won't be sucked nto the nozzles but, instead, will just lHe flat on the surface of the vacuum nozzles.

However, the hairs wdon't stay there for long. Notice how the bend under system 84D juts out slightly in front of the vacuum notales 84G. Of course, the detached hals will be pulled away by the Lbend-under system. Mome soecificaly, they'I be pulled backwards and under the vacuum nor des 840. Although this happens to both scalp hairs and hair extenskuism, they meet take a seprate route soon after this point The scalp hairs, In the remover's bend u der belts, take the fmliar path described fior scalp hairs in dw aeachment systenm; I will b6ily describe this path again., Referriwg to FIG. 2.1, once engaged by the bend-under be the scalp hairs are bear under the mnnectivity bridge 1D and, because they're asacheld to the scalp, dropped. Of course, in this versioa of the remover the onnrctivity-bridge at the back of the channel should be aoanqd to be the vacuum nozzles 840, as shown in FIG. 84 41 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automatd Har oltmion and Processing Ssm A DIVIsIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT 12903/99 Applicant Chusrpher It Kkg Dane 09 Mrch 2004 However. something cloc happaens to th hai cat easins, As FIG, 85 whow., sinc the hair cxwoanaen 41E ase nor attached to the acaip, thae's nothing to pull than our of the band-under belt assarably 2R. Consequedy, the bendunder-bel system pullp said hair undur the hair channel dead and ID and Juet canies them away. I'll explain exacrly what happens to the carriedeway hair extensions later, for now, just know that theym headed for a system thas going to put them in the hair exatnsion clip cartrid~es used by she awachment system. In other words, thene recycled.

However, in a simpler modknimmt, thie hair tensions could simply be disposed of Hair Exnsion Recycling Sysm (Opdotonal) Once amoved from the scp, the hair tensin can beha mrcycled and used again. When this happens, the hail axtateilons aen tnsported away and processed through seeral steps that ready them for reuse. Ultimately, the hair extemins will be loaded into the hair extension clip cartridge that am used with the atachment system.

ve explained howa the nsommver remove hair xteanion an d transports them away using what I have areferred to in the past a band-.under bets. In the context of this discumssion, we will call the bend-ander belts that lad fom the ramovr the first r anport bckat, btecause they are the Srar belta to tramport the hair Vxtcnsions away from the remover off to ans adier component of the systarMa.

1he device shown, in FIG. 85, is lled the hair eatension vacuum belt tnafer unit. [he fiart transport bells 86A take the hal extensions to this devia which transfers said hairemasians to a set of second transfer beks S6B in such a way that the hair extensions arc al grabbed at the same distance from their tips. hisa is to say that when the remover mmovws ha exinsimons, we cannot expect the fisnt rmnspont belts 86A to grab them all rat the exact same distance from their ps. Therefore, we use the vacuum belt transfer device to line up the hair extensionk tips and then let a mcond set of belts 86B carry the lined-up heirs away. Aligning hair acnsion tips evenly is important because, when we Icead the clip cartridges tfor the attachment sysaem, we will wan all the hair extensions to hang down about the same distance from the dips in iedar fo the hait atachment aystnm to function sliably.

The vactuuma belt transfer unit work in the following manner. Pinst the belk set 86A which is a firut tranpor belt system, and is likdely the call end of fthe bamnd-under belt system that s fom the remove. kings hair exenslous to the vacuum on rse unit. The hair extensions 41E deargle below the first transport belt 86A and i pulled through this min slit 86D in the side of the unit. As such, the lower end of each hair ateasro lags behind and gets slightly hld up at 862 whe Alit 86D dead ends in the kIr platfona 861 while the higher tip of the hair does not gact caught tp until the slit 86D dead ends at 86F in the higher platfoorn. T'his reamns the highest tip o hair extension 41E advances farther A*trward than is lower portions. Also, in the area 86F where the higher platform dead ends, the firar srarport belts diverge, so that they atrop pinching the hair eatesions. Consequendy, de belt. drop the upper ip 86G of the hair extensmim 41 E. However, the hair extension does nor fall downwards because there is a vacuum being applied from above. Specifically, the vacuum is introducled through this pamae 86IK FIG. 86.1 shows an isolated view of the internal platfornms levels and their dead-mnd slitse.

Thus, as shown in FIG. 87, air is sucked through the vacuum tn ser unit In such a way that it takes the paths depicted by maows 87A. llis catass the hair extension 41E which is no longer being pinched by the fit transport belt system to be sucked upwanl tip firs. It is vewry important rha the hair extension Is sucked up tip first, not all at once as a tangled bal or middle first as an verted U-shape.

42 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aijitausatud~ 1j Isia l2ulduu ru 1 PW2u 8 Sava- PIIiN L 1711-1a ON PARENT. 12903/99 Appllcane Cbdurapher IL King Doe m arh,0 MGl. lMf i a 9lW plant virw 4f the syntm that I will 41s e i i.ttrat why rtse hair assnotinnonar surAW i p tip 1115t- [kcrause the tip has been relemed at WOSAand tihe re -air intake opc ngPalenlrcing the sides ofh De al.o the saIme lerva, dhat tip ia Rnabfrt to air flowing past its -2 shown by ch'a arae 2£1. TUis air flowing poor vacuumsu tue tip upward. However, the lower pIletr level 861 doesn't have any air intakes and iu f iy- &l sIrd of ontearlw occuriingabove it. lFurtelm'orc, since the dead end in this lower Platmn occurs back at 86E3, the lower portion of the heir eniao Is held back in a manner thar Arches shieldsl i ftm doi rit i flow Of the watcuwn, Ibas, the lower porto 88201f the hir examcat experience no direct Mi fromn the views. Only the higher portion 88J of the hait extenssion guto pulled upwsrrh by thmnvcuumn rip fist. "he lower Portion 882 of the hair eatnaon that laP behind actually at am someowhat of on anchor that holds relatively sill allowing the vacuum to pun "i upper tip insight up undei somea deg=a of tanaica, Of courts as the upper tip of the hair extension am pulled up, the lower porucons Of the hair extension are aiding up from below following In SAid tip's path. The important thing is that the lower pozeicca of the heir extesion are Uolowing in die tiP's path. The lower portions not being incloed up ahtead or at the same time a; the tip, Cmuruaquan4l, thu hair axtension always points venticaivy upwards.

As Ohe tip gets pulled higher and bighqx, it mnoves up thi passag MR1. Becpa of the aerodynamics of the syrn, all tips will nun-c to the center of the pasageway 8614 as they are pulled up. However. they =r not pulled up indefirnitly. At poant 8MG, the movement of the air current s no longer upward but switches to horianntsi. This, of Course, iorces rite tip ofldie hoir extension to ove tsod~mw ntao o belts 8utt Thene are the second transport belts Ow&ng to the aerodynamic totes, Ql bers will be forced to Mke Ceardy identical patba. ibis, they will be pulle sidwap, at the lame poant and as such, the second menqxzrt belts 96B will pinch all halt extensIons at the samte distance front their *p.

PIG. 89 shows a koV plan view of the vacuum belt ransfer system. The thingto notice here are the daddy shaded funneling shields 89A in front of the second transport belts 861H. Theit purpose is tohelp Funnel the hair extensions into the middle of the two pinching second transprt belt so that thees; no chanc that a hair extzsio will fly off t the sd& and not get pinched]. Recall chat they hair extensxis arc causing Emm die direcion of arrow 89C.

Reering to FIG0. 90k which is son off-back pcrspecstiv view of the unrt noticc tat 0=er I;a vertical slit present at point 90A, and continuous wish it is it horizoncal slit Prevent at point 9GB which continues to herin a vertical slit at 90C. Theme slits are very thin so a nor to disrupt the ale flow by slowing W0eat q0uate of al to be sucked in through them, insead of through the dieigrAud air intakoe BOB belw. Tisi sit seric* migh have a resiliet mnaterial on its atge to act as as rea and further induce air inite thacuh it. The puqnme of this long continuous slit: is no give die hanging ends of dhe hir cacensixis apieace where they cmt exit mid still renmin oriented largely vertically downward, In contrast, if them slima weren't presen t lower portlims of the hak tsonus would be fored to bend to horizontally and be drafted along door 905 that untderlies the second transport belts 86B. If this wern to happen, the tran hair: extrnsion tips would get too close to the enorance 90F of the scond tcrnsport belts, Undesirably, such+ trailintips mnight themselves We vacuumed upwads and pinched by the second tasoaport bes. In other wovrds, the same hair extension would be piched twtrc by the belts. Thia roust not happen Only die upper lading tips of hair extnsions should be pinched by the second transport bels. Otherwlse, the hair extension 4sk will be loaded impopely Tohensure that the nrailing tip does not get engaged by the belts. the continuous slit at 908 Wa Is fter exa!njd downward trough slit area 900 on the sidle oldihe vacuum transfer unit's dome.

43 COMS 10 No: SMBI-005518o Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-ag Aucxnatcl lt TwcIsdat and Procasluig System A bWTRlOiNAL appi. Flied ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant: Christopher IL Meg Date: 09 Marh 2004 In FIG. 91, the puqoma of alit 90G. that goes down themide ofthe dome, is to pull the lWier pqetioiji of the hair extcniions iwceaingly furlher away from the vucwusn and pincidrig belts, wich Ame at0919,. As the leading ends of then hair extenins DIC are moved away by the ascand tenspour bohts, the mriling endes mind to follow the domc slt 9W0 in order to mluve nWin. Ideally, this dome slic ohio a spiral, zither than m~righr path, down ds tile of the dome. The purpose for this spialpath is to make it more &ifflesdlt for the hait cireasions to backtrack up the sAt under the pull of the Muacsm. Instead, the traiig tips; of the hirk extensions axe held safely away from the vacuum whame they cannot he pulled into the second transport helts. Evanuully, each halz extension Wil be pulled entirely fronm the orystetm, so ilhuorred by this aisee 0 If, of hair earenaoag.no Nom: Sorb the ko plasongs vwith 4ele4 s andi eik 4lk Pe optional. They aft ill mftns oft as*Hnig rte traiinH pardons of the hiair eesion frosn a vwnwm engagemntmccuodn. All dues really required itsian assemly of a vacuum sad conveyance which fhowte air over said conveyance means, such s helts, and an initial hair conveyance inans, such a s l to releas dhe lts in the prouktuicy of said asscmb&y Optionally. any means wicth (to some diges) ahielda die trailing (oa relaive to duicriptions only, lowar> pardlons hair extnsios form alt currwrns while preferentially Alloing their leading (Dr upper) portions geters exposure could hi used Finally, engagement mcchaniges that use some other hair sruightninslg mfn,. likce those meniqnal in this document aitea posAibliy. For example, at fuseional equivaentuof tis system that uses electrical charges to attrac the hairs to the second coner=m Sys tem, is a posalbulk.

You should note that thinta would likely tbe ocne vacuum belt transfer unit Likm this &ir ceach bend-under belt pair leading horn the remtove. FIG. 84 shows a remover which has three benid-under belt pairs, and as such, it wiln havc thme vacuum transfer units, each Ike the one 841 just finished describing However, several first transport belts coming it= a vacuum aunuufu unit with one s of second transport belts ia a possiblity.

Thc bcncl-wxlr Wet pair; were reoamed the fiat hatr extension transport helts whtcn discussed with reference to thlt vacuum belt transfer twin. Of course, the first hair extension transport helm could be supported by the pulley-rib syarem previously describcd and iluttedi in FIG. 71. Such a pulleyrib system sllows flexible movement of each heir pair it supports. IUs nmm that the rmovce handile unit and she vAcuum bel t messer unit could he flexibly connected Further still. it is Ekely dsdrable that the lower cud of chi hair cxwntsivn that Was bonded to each scalp hair is the seine end that Is bonded again after recclng. For thito occur, the bonded end of each removed hair eitension must he made the leadin end that gets pinched In the vacuum belt transfer utfle Toumke dna possible. the hair extensions removvd frxom the reover mu,: bec Rlippd tipoid down before being ntzrducd into the vacuum bet trainsfer wile The fl&xib6 nature of the belt puley-rib system makes thia posaible. Bach flexibe belt pair is simply twisted 1 W along Ita parh fern the remover handle unit mo the vacuum belt tmnsfr unit, During a It W lip, thene is ris k of the hair extensions getting tangled with te belts Tis ristk could be reduced by isolating the reins sharve the belt fvrn t hose below 6y mecans of planar shelves that extend outwani laterally on both sides of each belk past Ideally, tbese plans:i shelves should be indepeodato of the belts but presed against said belts. Said planar shelves should be siqportnd herwee the protective aides of the pulley-rbs and should he flexible thMtIWehca Another place that the pulley-rb, eonf uradon could be used to achieve flexibility is the second transport belt systemt. Refering to FIG. 91, the hair exrenskst 91C are tarriel away on the second transport belts 86B to their next procesping station. 11e neat pmmrang sttion is fliey Rteerpng Clip Filer, which is discussed below. Since the Revesing Clp Filer moves from aide to ide like the head of a dot matrix printer, a potion of the second transport 44 COMS 10 No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (Htm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 1111111111M Aunxnaad Hair solatin nd Poccung S0em A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicant Christopher L King Dre:; 0 March 2004 PRN;1939 belts which leads to i mut be made flaibla or at lot movable, in order to flow its movemen This ficxbility can be achieved by using a chain of xczibl pulicy-ri like thoe described cadlen Recall, I sid that the bend-uneki belts that lead from the 2ttacher were made flible by uaing i pulley.-cb configuratian, and went on in describe twse pulleyribis in chuB.

Charging the Hair Eitension Clp Cauzidgos on the Amtachmnt Stack Using the Docks I have explained how the vacuum belt transfar unit readies hair exitnsion for rouse in clip cartridges. I will now discuss how these clip casnidges ar haW on docks sad, nt thest, lotded onto the auchrnent rack. In M77G. 92, we sm the aachmen systen hadle unit 92A miamE upside-down ova a dock 0923 tat holds a hale extension clip cartrklge. For visual darity, the attachment stack, straightener, and most, but not nit of the belt buckle belt buckle have been made invisible in this drawing In PIG. 93, the xzacunm sysaten handle unit 93A has b bugh farther down over dock 93B. Notice how the aeclhmn handle unit 93A slicks down thes pins 93C. Thesw pins sp both th@ attachment handle unit and belt buckle nith the dock. This is achieved because both the lower portion of the handle unit ourfrme and the belt buckle each have thik rwn pair of pin interlock stats 931 and 93F7, respcccvely. Nodes that atchough che belt buckle's pin interlock slos 93F are shown, the bet buckle itself is not. Furthermnne, as the attachment handle slides down these pins. switch is ttiaered that causes the tap canopy 93D of the arachment handie to glide open. This exposes the top of the attachment stack. Akhough the attachnment stack is omitted from this dmwin& recall that the top of the attachment stack is where the clip cartridges arrach fix use. Thus, this configuradon brirg the clip cartridge on the dock in contact with the top of the encachment stack. The clip cartridges are desied to lock onto the top of the attachmnnt tak Perhaps, the clip cartridges will be made mnapietic so that they are attracted to the metallic atschmcent stack How ever it is done, the clip cmuzidge ae attracted away from the docks and onto the top of the amochment stack Ar which paint, the attachment handle is raised back up off the dckdA and its top slides closed again. The sacbment system is now loaded with halt extensions and is ready to be run over the scalp.

Wien lthe clip cartridge is craptied, the handle is bought back down oar the dock wheu: it Laiginally picked up the msddwg. Th1i time the provs is reversed. The cnpty clip cartridge is stracted away forn the top of the strachmrent itack and backonto the docks. This is likely adlieved by the cartridge-pinching structures 95G on the sides of the dock moving 6wacis and grabbing die clip ctre Now, the cartridge-ice attachamen stack is reedy to pick up a All cuteSdge from anothet dock. Noaer Tim cartridge pinching asactrmES might be made to move in and out by running a threaded rod through rheir threaded holes 9311 and rting it. Of course, the left and ight cannidge-pinching halves wil have to be hruajed in opposite directions so that they will move in opposit directions.

Filling Replacment Clip Carddges with Hair Extensions on the Docks I have described how the clip cartridges ae held on docs so that they can be utalized by die actachnent .yawm, and bow vacuum bel tranter unit feeds the accand transport belms with hair extension all grabbed as the same distance from their rips. The Molowing disacssion ceners on what happens in between these two points. In other word, how the chp cartridges are liad with recyclad hoir asnekoa FIG. 94 shows the Reversing Clip Filler. it is where the second transport belts bdng the hair extensions.. In 4S COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autrnad Hair Isolation an Proceming Sfema A DIVISIONAL appL Filed ON PARENT 12903/99 Applicac C hnopher K. Iing D;e: 09 March 1004 facts th second transport belm 6B amu shown eneatding it Noticd that there n fou at& of aond maMpun bels 86B shown. F4ch rct composed of iur brts, two upper and two low0r, just as they were when they let the vacuurm tanc units. Since this particular drawing shows f nets of belts, we ae asauming that they have conme from a remnr that has four bend-under bcts, which means its part of a systaem that lso likely has four separate vacuum belt transfer unit Nodce that there are clips being held by irremovable clip cartridge 94. This irrenmovabkle clip cartridge has a simnlur configuronto the ones used by the tarachmut sack, however, i particular clip cgrtidge 94B can neither be removed from Its position on support 94C nor used on the assachament stac As shown, these clips are empty of hairs.

Howver, this inverrted-Ldhaped support 940C has a mrtable 94D under it that can swivem it around towards the second eamspoa helts 06. This s why I cad it the asving clip fllm It is capable of rvsing se diection It clIps are facing in oaer to fsciliate filling its clips up with hair mcnsione from the second tuniparp hels 263.

When the ixemovabic dip canidge is swivled arounad cowards the second transmport bets, the reversing clip filler kuInks a shown in FIG. 95. Refesring to the plan side view in PIG. 95.t, notice how the clips 95A fit between the low level 955 of second transpo at bes and the upper level of second transpor b ts 95C. The eason for this con(fgumation is to ensurm that as the transeport helm fead the clips 9A with hair nsions that those hairs are being held art a point above and below dthe clips. This kraps the hair ercmtnoas straight and under slight tension when they enter the cHps. n conrast, it die esysem had belts only above or only below te clips, ihe hair exTension dps might bend into a horizontal position rther thin being feed in a vertia position into the clips. The hair extension sove along the second tranapona belt, in the dimrection indicared by arrow 950D. Smlaz to the hair extension clips in the atmachmens sytmsn, these hair extension dclips 95A ate also likely mounted on spring-pins or a functiional equivalent. Consequently, said clips are filled with hatir extensions by the transporr bhelm, they are pushed progmsively backwards away fromn said transpot belms. Thaus, their filled areas are pushed our of the %y of the second transp n bels that agre filling them. Tabs are the part of spaing-pin assembly 95E chat extends downward and can be pulled back by spring-pin pullback actuamt 95,0. A similar arrnSngcment could be usead on the docks in order to pull their all their spnng pins back, thercby, lining them up at the back of the carbidge dusing cartridge transfer to the anachmena t sacJs top.

After the clip art filled, they are turned lack away fEorm the iccoud transport blts, a5 shown in FIO. 94.

Notice that thec interior of the supponr contains a mechanisrm 94E. One of is pmrpm4e Is to aloose and ighcn the grip that the clips have on their hair ercendons. Prllgo Into the Impormnce of this later on below.

'The aods 94P serve tracks that the ercring Fdiller hang down from and mos along. ically. thes two rodwe are much longer than shown in this drawing. Remember, I said that the reversing filler moves fro side to side like the head of a doz matrix prnt1r Ir is these rods that it moves along, Thea notches 940 are not past of the revesing fillet but are part of an independest stati mnary level that overhangs the reversing fillezr. Hiump 941- is part of the reversing dkip filler and moves with it The hump is being ft= t cd up into the notches 940 by its spring 941. This set up allows the reversing fillt to be moved precisely one notch over to the aide. This is important because the reversing filler is going to. have to line up with another pars called the clip cartridge dodks.

Althougb similar to the ones tused on the attachment syste- the iremovabl e clip car4xe 943 is not removable and cannot be used on the attaclncnut ystor. Intsad, it has to transfer is hair natension to another dlip cartridge that Is removable and can be used on the areachmentr system. hese other dip cartridges, which am removable, am hold on the dclip carcdge docks.

46 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 -Aurunate'd Hair Iwoledon and Procuauing Sytem A DIVISIONAL. appl. piled ON PARENT; 1290o3/99 Applicant Chditoher IL King Oae: 09 Mairch 2004 FIG. 96 ahow. an kidivIdual clip cartridge dock Ito Purpowei6 to bald.a rernarsle clip cscmljge so that the Curtrktgc can be SWlled t asufrrl to she attachment sYRcM,2 as previousl dmtcibed.

In practc, seveal docks are placed side by sid in lins e shown in PIG 07. The earptior ofall five of these docks loks Aike the one on the far left-Mad end that hats clip carteidge 97A sop iL These other four docks have their easeniofl removed in ordler To show the internal part 97H% wcih is t Internal clip catrtidge loosening and pins retaction assembly. I sin not going to Ho into detai now, just know that this pan 97B3in moved up and down to loosen and tighten thse hold the clip, have on their hair eaamnion. [t doe, this by fbeds, 6 eoaed-headed speing-pine atr fir 11Mr te rea holes of the bawe extension c4.11 ThsSW OWnet allows tbe various CliP cartridge eswinoens Pins to rflc downward. fron the arui4 3 t To inceas implkiiy. all fire interned pasa we likely connected below by a cOrnnsclrity.bridgG so that they can be acettated by. asnge actuator or share a single se of sprngs. In pescdce, all five of chese docks would have a dip cartridge 97A atop, lik die far left-band dock on the end does. Each of these clip cartridges mit he. filled wit hair aragnrnns by the eversing Clip Pillar llhsssretd in% FIG, 94.

befiang to FIG. 08. tba clipst 95A ti the Reversing Clip Filler are moved toward die dip 98B3 on the docks .For perspwaive, also, npies the iblowing ;be secto cranipog belts 501B char Aill dhe clips of die Reversing Clip Filler with helt extensions, and the clip fille's own iuremovable clip artrdge. In this picture, the clip filler's clips V5A asso truri away ftoat the second transport balm M6B that fWl them with hair extension&. For visual clarity. thse drawing has urn been complicated by adding hair extrensions anth bc versin clip files dips, but you Should imgine hair extnsions barging down fron said clips.

Recad thatt I sald that the reversinig clip filler could move fivsn side to Mie &tc the head of a dot insult prinitet In FI. 98, the two cods 94F serce an thse trcs that die clip filler aides fran= side to side on. Nockc how the clip filler hangs down (tron below said rods 94F'. Sid rods are thcrmselves supported by diest by two reunguist Structures 98Ei.

Said rectangular nttuctuscs hang down 6nm the block 9SF. Nocn that said black 98F' has two rods 9510 running through it. Said rods 96G serve as tracks that the block can slide (onwardl andi backward on Thus, the kovoriig clip filler iv not only capable of moving aide to side, but it l, alsoj upablc of moving forwad and backward. In fiy, fhe belt 981H shown on these two wheels 98 Woprcants due pulley nystcnt tlat moum the dip fille rW ow r W backwatd. Aft=r the Reversing Clip Filr Itself has been filled %dft helt esreoions, it rtaes Around towards the clip cartridge dock Aaembly 9OQJ an then is otved forward cowards than, Whesn the Ravening Fqie is moved (azwasd towards the dip carridge resting on ]ra lefftnsr dock, its clips giv their hair e~tcnsioms to the clip oflthe clip cartridge on die dock The sesult is that this removable clip cartridge on the leftost dock has been filled wish h*i ettenslons aind is ready to be pickied up and used by the hair exrensldon zaacliient system. Although not shown for vista) clarity, dt hair extensions hang downward fromn these clips. T1he filled hir escsentlon clip cartlgea on that, docks are picked up by the attachment system,~ ad previously described.

To facilitate thia hair extension transfer, the grasp of each hair dlip. in dhe dip cartridges both an the docks and Reversing Ulp Filley can be loosened by a mechanism internal to the cartridge supports. Referring to P10. 94 1br the reversing dip fillr, this t3pe of loosening msedhanismn is shwnu as 94E. Referring to P1G. 97 for the earttndgc docks, this Type of loosenting mechasmis shown its97M3 Such a loosening machAnuamu works by frcing spring-pins with tapered heads up into the hair exaesion clips, thus, fixrcing their side apart. When sch a mechanism owes upwards the clips loosen, and when is moves cnnwrrc, they re-ighten. To tunsfer hair extensios to the dock, frirs the dlocks loosen 47 COMS ID No: SMBI-006551eo Receivedi by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Atrn-narI Hair Tmnlalm and PrDning *R-m A )DIVtIONALf appt. P1irl ON PARENT. 129113/99 Applicant Chdspher iL xKing Drm: 09 Mar 2004 liMl 4Kpys. Ow .m d w.v".hq dLip haa "Alv.iasd J1. LEj- fully raw"Jd, lips L m d s .k.w ra-alawibJ L Ams L4e the revering clip illter are kbsmened ad th Reversingz Clip ill0M backs way. Thu. making the hair extensin tanc complete.

In FIG. 98, to the sght 'ide of the lefmost dCip cartridge dock, are four other clip Cartridge docks. In this dawing they don't look like the leftmostr dock because rheir exterjrs aren't shown. However, in pratice, these four docks look lust lie this one on the left, each with is awn clip cartridge top. Rcall, I told you that the reversing clip fIllais capable of moving sideways like the head of a dot matric printer. The season why it can move to the aide is so that it can move klelf Into Plignmeat wh th e clip t C on the nehoring docs In the so4me manner.

There ate two things to consider about the system I've just described: 1. First the cartridge docks aren't ilkd ditzcly by the second transport belt,. 1This is because most people have hairstyles where the hairs an their head are di sent length, at diffranro piaces. When we remove hai mutensioes from the scalp, we want to be able to put there back on the scalp at approimnately the saM plac so the haityle remains the same, We want to do this while being able to comb the remover the mm direction through the hair as we do the atmchment system because this makes use of the systemn easi. However, if we move the armmover the same diacdon over scalp as the tuachment sywum and then jus direcdy fill hee clip caidges wit te hak exmnsions, Th'e fliat baie it removed will be the last hairs into the cartridges ead, as such, will be the last to be xe-attached. In other worc&, the bhua will bc applid to the wrong area of the scalp.

The solution is to use the second transport beits to fill one set of clips, namely the dips on the reversing clip i11er. This means the hair ctensions in he rering clip filler are in backward ordec. However, when the reversing clip fille rotates around and transfers its haits to a dclip cmnsidge on a dock, the haits are once again teversed Consequendy,.

they sae nowin the appsopriate order to b used by the atthaenet system. Of weure, if we wctrcn't concerned with puting hair extensions back on the head in exacdy the samec position they came fn then we would use the second transpost belts to directl fill the dock clips, omiting the Reversing Clip Filler. In this scenado, the second trnasport belts, would move laterally as the Reversing Clip F iUs does, bat deliver theirck hair extensios directly to the dock clips.

2 There, a second point Pd like so make. I said the attacchmrt system will probably have narzower andc, thus, more channels tan the aemover,. Since this would man that there ae more cl4s that need to be filled than second trmnsponrt belts, how do ail the clips gt filed? The short answer is that when the second transport belts are f lling the clips of the reverding filler, we move each second transport beit side to side slightly. This way each bek fills trnxre than just owne clip. Referring to FIG, 94., each in die act of four tabs 94) supports a pulley roller (not shown) beneath itself which supports the czatreme terminal ends of a second transport ir 86B. by moving said tabs 94J side to side, using an actuator for each, the second transport belts am be rhythnaicmly moved back and forth so that each independent sccond-uranspormt.bdelt assembly fls several clips evenly with hair atenilons. Note The tabs am staggered longitnially relative to each other so that actu tormc ehanism, whose arca of movemat and shab arc perpendicular to each tab 94). can be ataeriq l longitudinally between the tabs.

Using New I-ais F6tnsione instead of Recycled I have described how recycled hair extensions are removed f!m the scp and placed In the clips on the clip 48 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 A airrcar- Hair hlerdn InTl P nrW-V int ynWm A 01VIRONA I ,app. 1i e) ON PARINT: 12903/99 Applicant Christopher IL King Dae;t 09 March 2004 carltdgs docks, but how do anw hair arenias godtlrnuod into the syswrn By new, I tan hair esrensiona thaw wcn; not rgmvvd from the cln's headB Instead of using thse.reversng cip filler an introducdoncnVlge is uswed to fill the docked clip anidges with new hair exc ains. FIG. 99 shows a drawing of an introduction-cartidge, Notice how if, made up of two long aWS of hair extension clips 99A Joined engether. For visual clarity, only the clips on the very righemost end are shown holding only a very few hai extensaons 41E. In practice, every sng clip would be holding many bait smansiom.

Notice the two holes PI' in the far lateral sides of the roduc -carnidge. Most Maly, this cartridge in molded out of plsr and dhsposFAble, FIG. 99.1 showssa plan cop view of the same,.

In FIG. 100, we, once again, see the clip cartridge docks. Again, I'll remind you tat the exteror of every catridge dock looks like the one on the leftmost cd. The hoes 99C in the akes of dhe immduction catuddge 100D ate show ing alid, over intiduein-canidm-2ligrmn pine IOO0 attached to the carbidge dock asembly. This pirwahole mterfece will line the induction-car*ige up with al of he lodivitnal cciidges on the docks As the insrodu c rdd, clips are bzought toward. the docks, they nrnsfer their hair cxnsions to the caresdgep on the docks. To facilitate this, the knooening and tightening process of the dipx on the docks might he triggered. This could be triggered by i manual buuon or when the inrdwt car. vouches a swischas it sides over the pins 10. The Assembly that holds pins 10GC might either be temporarily moved Into position or placed so laterally to the docks that I.

does not interfee with dieoperation of the Revetting Clip Filler Referring to P10. 101, nodc how che introduction-carnige Is composed of two rows of clips. The set of clips 95A floatig in space eipresent the clips of a docked hair extension cartdge. The lower mw 99A ofintroduedoncartridge clips holds the hair cxwasions below tht docked-catzidg's clips. The uppcz tow 99A' hold the hair cxtcnbions above the dacked-caridge's clips. This confguration keeps the hair extensions relatively straight as they're ft-n-n irn th, rsrwrilg'i nips Ifthr inrsnhirrhrn.-raidh jivr had fne rw nf rlip. thre hair ntrmninns might err backwards when they come In contact with the docked-crtidge's clips RcfrOrg to FIG, 99, the front of The lutbodwetneartddge might have ia cxping asructure (not shown) tht snaps onto the hoot of it in mides to help hold the unroducsion-caridd; hair ewtznsions in its clps This cap needn't only block furwstaJ escape of the hai extensions, but also could have internal slots that fly over each hokling clip. Said slots could have narrowing interiors chat would pinch togcehcr the sips in order to tighten their grip on the hair extensnis dutirg statage.

Referring back again to FIG. 100, the king switch bar 100D g trilged when the attachment system handle unit b brought down far enough to touch it. It wogge- a circuit that apprises the system that the hand unit is binj broughedown onto the docks..Thc system response will likely include opening the canopy 93D of the handle unit as shown i FIG. 93 Back to FIG. 100, the lower long swih bar 100E gets trisered when the handle unit is brought down all the way onto the docks. Ti apprises the system this the handle unit attachment system is completely docked.

This trigger actions cniatecu with cilir placing a clip cartridge onto the docks or zemoving one from the docks. The system computer will iely act in an alemating pattemn respecr to this, For ampk, the frs time the handle smitIs brought down anto a dock it will be axsmred that a clip cartzidge needs to be picked up and th second time thatit needs to be put back on the dock A clip cartridge may be delivered from a dock to the top of the attachmen stack by loosening the Curdge-msbbmg aechanism 93.As shown in FIG. 93. The body of the clip cartridge will most likely have enough magnedc chaacrer that it will be atracted to the (op surfece of te metallic aEchtnent stacs. Since the 49 COMS ID No: SMSI-0055180 Received by IP Australia: Time 18:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autanted Hair Isolation and Pxomming System A DIVISIONAL app), Filetd ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Chrsopher IL King Dei:; 09 March 2004 cartridge holding pin 96A. in F47G. 96, and the dipegmms pin. 961 on the top of the docks line up perfierty vsh those on the sftachmeint uytin, all pins on die dock Will probbb be designed to desced (acciv4' by actoator or pasish-ly on spring) benathr and out of the cartridge allowinig thoet te achnm system ri- eiter finm the tap takin their place. Recall part 97B in FIG. 97. It most likely suppon.s the: cartridge holding end clip engagerucor pins, thus, its ducent maktes their doscent. out the cartridge possible. Tim eattnidge, withe grahbing mechanism loosen4d will remain Magnncauy attrced to rte Attacme stack when the handle unit Is mnoved away faom the docks, 'lb rmoveg a cardrkge front the attamnt syston handle unt thirreby, putting it on the dada, the process is lrnply sreed.e Th6 esidgsabbig machwjimnn tightened on the cartridge overcoming the magnetic attraction it has to dhe smebment stack, Thus, holding nid cartrige onto t6e dodes. Rferiag to FIG. IQ,0 we im d thdrada rod lIO dWiha runs through all the threaded holes of the aeuddipgnbbesm docki. Whien said rod is rotated, sruch ai by an eleactri otor, ill the gmbbers on the docks either tighten or loosen.

-The bcnd-under oyatem might sewe more then a haitrhchnl tud bend heirs underas other tian thx tinecowtacdvhty bridges. For example, it may bend some hairs under the aidei of tine-assembliet .ins cea4 of using cables tht pull Onm hair handler nembrlis, otlher types ofacwuawu coul be used including direct asttchment of rigd moving actuation rods -Th1w conerncnoan of the so-cmiled ataschmnanr track, cx any other sakgous procesing embodiment, does not have to be our of shecets. Fox example, levels fifteen through ninerce shown in K-1&826-20 could be configured as one or two molded par hat surround dhe sprgpin assemnbly.

-The- channel ohanti-on V7A In FIG. 27.1 is optional because hair handlers and opposing scalp hairs will liudy keep the lair eaten.io fio(trn advancing too liut, -lix one-to-one attachmenat chamber to nozzle tcaeistahip is optional. Somnenems one type of output nozzle: an bic Sharnd across Several chlatrs.

-The support base unit doesn't alwayr. have to be so big tat it neds to be placed seneul feet away. It could be small cnougb Io tic incorporated into the buitlic rnt.

-Both the handle wnit and belt buckle ane optional because Che attarhment stack could tic held directly by hand, albecit it, less than ideal, Alto. thse atnachen suack could be connected to a handle means by a maucturc very different than the bet buckle. l-gr cxAAplg, the atwshmcnt sack car Any tnalogw processing acack os system could bec mounttd on a handle unit in one o4 but st limited ao the following waya; -Mounted on a fulcrumn, so that ir moves rorasiomlly -Mounted on a spuhsj or othet flexible inchanusn, (or portitos of the proceasing syttem itself Made from deformaible materisk), so that in ca move in one or more of the following ways: *-Vertical retraction away frorn, and advancement towards, the scalp -Hriontal retraction away frntA and advancement tcsaaads, the scalp -Using sloped notchhs or a saito-out jxvtr to prevent hairs fronm escaping during transport nh be uncesary.

-Whenever we- 3pesh of a hair-pnchiig mess]; sutch as for the bend-under syatenm, die tenioning hair arraigcne rr the tuonsport belt system, we shuld realize that for pinching another hi-naeetmeans might be Substituted. For example, using hook. alectrical-ehaegs. or an otherwise stiky surface am such examnplee of Yvays a, enge hairs. Also, the bells needn't always be con~gured in pairs wo eneW halrs. For example. they might either use a non-Inchingso COMS 10 No: SMSI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 -Aurriaed "-Air Isolsaican and Proaming System A ]DIVISIONAL appt. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicant: Chr~tohe RL Ml19 DMr: 09 March 2004 eongngeenri means or they might Pinch lank, between thandy.. and a staionary surfaca, -n tensioning Iwir wtraitner 15 optional Pot ehample; dc hirk qold bc held "taigt by A human band.

-The htes-oindgr ayIran is optional and nor ah6SOhltty the only way of getting hair. Past obstuctionsm ssociated thl th lot-flslq #you=. For example, this too could ronceivably ha done manual*.

-In many 7 maes tis document uses relativistic descriptions. For example, freqiantly the left wall is referenced as the poition where th. nozzles are or towavd which the pinches slide, nix rdoes not mean that fn aUl embodimean this MRl be tha case. Left will of the amiecbment area Is just used as a reference to ocient te reader This is true of many directions eiven to descabe the system. Fom example, msaspon-fonwd is relative to the parnicuhu dssninadion; specific leve) numbers in the stack are tlarhre to dissson only the stocking calm of dhe hair handle and somec ofte other lavels can usually be vazieA, pcuhbacl doesn't have to he back in a mhodimanux the vadousfnctional areas of the stack cmnbe reamfageclIn diwmem ContlgurAtlone. For essnipk hale handlers an be Placed In differetit levels such as belo die nozzle outpui; fluid nonles can be placed i dlffucna poalsona othe than the le6 walL for example, they could be l~Acson. back wall of the attachment dhamber beslow the haimts.ndontip trench; the tip trench floor ca itsclf be thtcleodr to Accommsodate noies or fow soy otliemreauon. In other wrd; various functional aa can be moved arousd in sany wayasclative to each other In accordance their elaneiows. Soutetime, they can Ie omnitted or sutituted for other functional ares.

"11w use of the maxg lstak" In suachsnaar stak (or any analogousw processing suck) is nicady used as; it lacivisclc WAY of madng die dscription of the system more vivid to the reader, However, flanctionully equivalent system mnight be confgured whtich are not coussnudd as sacks, For examrple, using rncmrochine technology to put many hair-handtler functions] area. on the same level is an example of this.

-All processig stack (processing eye re) can be configured with only at single channel by ksetf -The bead-formning liquid polymer can he any lunctional equivalent adhesive of substance.

-Menaisng area may reh not only to the area between a puabbact gate (or functional equivalent) and a catranee (or ,equivalent), but also, die area where the inetering funuzim orignally like plsc4 even if sai hair handler associated with said mncering function locs move to s different position later. Although numccerig areas ame likely krind between puehiback and entrance gat%4 this doesn't hav; to be the case. Insead, they soy area wher a imiitstd numberc of har pt lns tMd. uualy to ready diem for further processing -Sornctimc the functional suea of hair handlrs are refered wa s gota or hair-handling gates -Nozzles amany form of 9dMA (gas or liquid) output or even gsaspqended soll] particle outpt Por example the word omzle does not always indicate tha dic output opening is on a project port Scn'eeinaes the word nossle can e~ven be applied to intakes into which thing. arm suckted.

-Sonmtdat. hair handler Auinctional areas perform multiple-ftmcdnx that could be split amcog mutltiple hirt handlers arid the converse is true, 7he femnhliar aeahna'rapincher with ins elopin front used to Wring wayward hairs tether couldi be spit up Into a stack of see pincher. placed on difrent levels;. deadly, tutareing progressively lowei levels prugrusively lacer. Some of aluuse lower leves; could even be placed below the satiunay levels of the attachmsent stack -Use of at tracitap is Optional.

-Ibi tlue-desczlbe mbodiment above has certain optional katuras that anft necessary and also lack certain other pssible enhamcenta. If thie synctem can perinm without a certzint funactional part, even less effectively, then dais part should be considered optional.

51 COMS ID No: SMBI-Ooossigo Received by IP Australia: Time (I-Ur) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Airnmanr H-lair Tanan and Prrnnini Wm A fIVRONAl, app. Fiul7 ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applcanoc Christopher It King Owe:. OP March 2004 RETNEMUNTS AND IDEAS CONCERNING THE ATTACHMENT STACK ITESLV (and otht type s of promasing stacks by iaogy) [(A-ITACHMENT RB1INEMBNnqJiQ Applying Adhesives in the Most Optimal Manner Previously, discusalons silnt adhesive appliction sujred that.t should be applied to the hairs in spherial beads rather than 2 thin costing Akhough beads do have real advu Woa over costiag, mch as increased peal arength, the main reason beade were used in the previous discumsions is because they are more visible in thx diagrmma In pracice, itIs betre so use long thin coaings atber dun beads. longated volumes of adhesive are rhe better on two accounts: 1. They are much harder to see than beads. 2. Because they are hard to as, they can be made longe than spherical beads. Thek additional length provides more pootection aast slipping fee. Alhoujh peel strength is len than with spherical beads. this scoin las of an issue anyway.

***Nozzle Plow Syswtner* Seveal different typs of nozzle system can be used to apply the adhesive or any other O6id substance to the hairs. Some of these systerms fr controlling norrIs flaw sa described below.

Vapor btbks gunerawd in the adhesive or oher fluid itself by small headag elocints, usually poweed by electrical resistanc could be used to propel said fluid out of t noanle. In FIG. 102.2, notice how the hoat generating reslasnce means t020 is placed near the tip of the ninsi 35. In FIG. 102.3, naoce how it generates an expiouive fbrce 102C in the directions shown by dat arrows. In order to generate eleancal iaistanc, the resistance-heatig clement 102D needs to have a higher electrical resistance than the lectrical circuits supplying it This can be achieved by making the heatg ele nt narower, thinner, or out of a material with a higher electrical resistivity than the rest of the circuit In order to nstnut an assemb where the beating element is thinner or mAd fromn diffeent material, it could be constructed using at least two layers. In MG. 102, the first laycr 102A fras the baring element itsef, in Fi 102.1; the second layer 102 is Used to reduce the tesistivity of the overall electrical circuit in all aman except the area where localized heat is desired. Possibly, gh carded by filr optics could be oed as an energy soure to generate the necessary heat In the appopdat area.

A second means of Controlling conic flow is to use individual lbne each connected to its own individual aniss-actuitor or macro-valve. By macro, I gecnrally mean a 4epra"e pat that is too iage to be wnccnpozsccd within the attacirient stack liselC An ilternadve version of this configuratin could use nny nonzles that share a common line to a single mawen-acwaror or macto-vain. In this cae, the nossles wUil probably not be individually controlled but. insteta will all fire at once.

A hybrid between the two previous configurations woul be all or many nozAs sharing a common line to their own maciro-liqid supply but am individually controlled by micro-pumps or micro-valves within the lyeas of the attachment sack. These micro-purnpa include; 1. Vapor bubble from heating clements 2. Micro-actuator, (such as Sandia's Labratoxein ruico-nmam nsgint actuator) 3. Piezo-cle& rlmeans lie those used by some ink lE pinters.

These micro-pumps will generally require an elecrc oumest in order to function For manufacturirg concerns 52 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 A anamr Hair Tmlatirm atI Prmn hg pwrn A DIVIRIONAI, app. PIled ON PARENT. 1293/99 Applican Christopher R. X)g Dare: 09 March 2004 rgardinkg "micrawints," s thde ele tomagsdc pathways sectan below.

These mkzc.pumps or mico-uales bt he placed anywhere slng the fluid supply line between the fluid supply Mervok andi final uid output noadw in the attachmunent ae. Further still, micro-pumps or valvs placed in of near the attachment stack miSht be supplied with adhesive by a mscro-pumpirg means. Such a macro-pumpitngS means, when used with a micro-purap or valve means, would place the fluid under enough pressure to carry it against gvity to the micm.pumps, howevesr ite enough pressure so that it can't exit the anko s unaided by the micro.pump.

If tneAeded, cspeadly for high viscosity adhesies, an n.line sys mn powerod by a kse uni chat osneiats pressurimed sirbuers betwm eawhdropletoalquid fired h n each output nousle. Of cone, lizhun tsnt i he used i order to push fluid through the supply lines to the cnzales. For example, an air compressor that releases pressurized it bursts into the supply line when solenoid valves open. Airbursts used between each liquid droplet ensure consistent dropler size and prevent trailg stands of adheate (or ther liquid) between each antpurn ne sad the hairs it is wening. Refrcing to FIG. 103, eadch isolored fluid supply pathway or tins of fAm asschment stack p nelly has seven] nomali chat share it. Liklede, several of ther supply ine themselves usually share single adhesive supply line fian the base tanit. For this reasone, the amount of liquid introduced into the lines should be appmXMately equal to the number of no2is dimes greater thatn the desid sh of a ingle oupus droplet. This volume of liqui mill rst be divided smong the supply tines end then the several noules on each tine. T'his division among two (splitting) noles on a single tdne is shomwn by in FIG. 103 ad 103.1. In PIG 103 a volume offluAd 103A is beng ahown pushed down the line by pressurized air 103B behind it. Representing FIG. 103 at a sliglhdy later moment is FIG. 1012 that shows volume of fluid 1 03A being divided equally between the two attachment ares nozzles 103C and 103D. In practice, there are likely mor thn two nonies ued pet attachment area. Further still, before thWs volume of liquid even reaches these attachment area nozalse, it he to be divided in a similr manner by a manifold means at the back of the attachmnnt stack which connects the individual dne supply lin togthr. Rcfczig oG tO such a manifold is illustrated by This fluid division system is the most ideal way to deliver fluids that are sluries zatset than solutions. For examrple, an adhesive that h 5 s grains of sand or fibers mechanically mixed in with it If such a slurry we delivered to the nuzacs using a liquid-in-line system that kes nuot separate small veluiwns of fluMd btwcen burs" of then it would be delivered in an unpredictable manner. This is because the liquid in the slurry wouk tend to flow around the solids In the slurry, At firsnt this would lMad to the output of undesirably lqsil-rlch droplets. WIth containued use, supply-line blockages causal by the tiling solid wokl rsOuXl A system that uas the fluid division air burst system to deliver a solids-conaining slurry must intmduce the compormenrs of the slurry intoa the linein special manner. For example, as illusmtred by FIG. 103.2, the solids 103LE and liquids 103F should be independently introduced into a midng chamber 103G. The liquid portidon 103FP should be intrAoduced through avalve 103H. The solids portions should be introduced usingmetering device 1031. It is very likely that this metering device will take the form of an actuator that pushes a specified atmoux of solids 103E into the mixing chamber 103G. 1its metering actuatce may have a notch 103J that can be filed, most likely v6 hopper, with a spqetfie volume ofolids 103F. To facilitate misin this mixing chamber minht be vibrated ecernally as an entire tadt or internally, such as by repeated vibrating of the ntering actuator o103L Once all the components are together in the mining chamber, a third input valve 103K co nected to the mixing chamber shalmdd supply the pressurized airburst that moves the volume of mixed slurry thraough the supply inhe. Arrow 10DL represents the diraedtin of the introduced pressunuied smbuest into the mixing chkamber, arrow 103M zrepresents the direction of air-brced mixed alutry out of the miing chamber ito the supply lines and ultdmately to the splittindag nozzres 103C and 10D, Overall, FiC. 103.2 can be 53 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Atirrnanmg Hair Tnnuimnn d Priw.ming hynuwr A fllVrRlONAI, appl. Piled ON PARENT: 129103/99 A pplicant: Chalaroher itea Dare: 09 March 2W04 thought of as. a Dyst chat supplies. the apitbadll.Jks glitz of shurry to thet wpllconV natsle.. Tt allows i2&lvidal amounts of Adhesive 'sidisow fiber, to be rniKC4 into qlIl-ike slbs with fibers.

The above syte shows akc-bubbles bering intr oced between volumesr Of adhosieC at a Inechanismo in the liE ow lt Attachment stack is ever reached. It ia also possible to introduce ie pinssuized bubbles noar te nozzles in the attachment stack When Introducin get bubbles near rO somuls, liquid behind rdw air ItrtoductIon point is going to be pushed backwards. For this teason, the prtessusiser burn; should always be inoduced ate narrowed -m of the nozzle such that the bsck-ctin liquid has a greater surface ents to offset the presure compared to the surface area of the narrowed ntusla output This will prevent the bwAc&4ing "iui from being pusheid ezcasaively fe bmtckwards in rhe aupply line, This, bubble introduction paint will likely be placed area paint homologous to the location of the headin elemtntin FIG. IM. In 102, ga may be introduced at amid! bubble iarro'iucton point by vapor generated byea beat clement. However, there am other ways gao could be innu~duced at this "bubble point.' Alernatively, referring again to FIG. 102, an extternal %qtpl of'preaaurbtedglst could he introduced at this point The insdepanden; gas supply pathway mn beauo paralll to the adhsivet suppy channel either in a higher, lower level or even the steme level in the snlachtnint stack. This independent gas supply pathwa~ys gas soturce nmlst be pressurtized gai the base unit or vapor generated by heating a flidM in samid Independent gas supply pathway.

**Nozzle Stack IIn the tnt anmhodisauwm the acrachnmtc wa sahowtn as has having only one lmve of nozzles that output only one type of liquid, namely an UV cable Adheive, The only othe output level shown wes for UV light, This previous confiuratin was ptenmda firs mainly because it was die best embodiment for illusmu ive purposes.

However, we con imagine other embodimen thmis have several levels of nozzles that output liquid. These vaious output enzze On difflesastt levels workc together to facilitate attaclirnenst of hasir Vortasiona; to scalp haiws For ezsMPLc, a tw pat adhesive system here one level of 'varIeis outputs an adhecsive and another level cdT nozzles outputs an accelerator flui chat hasreess the oure of said adhesive. When hot parts combine on the Lain held in front of them, tie adhesive will burdlen rapidly. In a simulp mannea, one level of norAts could apply a durable but slow curing adhesive ncx, while angthe set of auriles frillouts this with a fiwet Isardening butt tnsh less iurable aWlaeivc means, Ideally, the faste curing adhesive mcsnv would be applied over the slowe curing adhesivem means, so that tt would not only attatch hairs together but Also cemporartly sorve Ass protective coating thac pawevns the slow ewirsa adhesilve from escaping An cainmple Of A pair o61 a&slowsod a1 411t cuffitg adhesive io A cyanoarjlaee, aslier strong wdheive, sod a wax./rosinl mixture that hardens rapidly~ upon cul4 However, to optirnie the use ofauch a multiple nuzze level systetm, additional nozzle levels; should be added anid used in Accoudance with a pecise agupirhni.

FIG, 1%1 is a perspective teprsentation of ft stack of noerlei and intakes present in a single attechmnent chamber. Although no attahmntt chua mwl arc shown, the two lorg cylinders represent a scalp hair 41ID and hair oeemion 41 E held togethert in an attachmeunt, chamber. Each Output n102130 WV typiclldy, but not always, havesA width thinnr than each attachmerst ehamnla and will he centered on the left wall of each anadiinent chamber. Alternatively, the vacuum intakest will nsually have a width equal to several attachment chimbers, And will be shared by the Several attachment charnbers; in a sinec attachnrt. area.

Thiese attchmnt chambers are formed by the notches in the Pintcher shown in FIGS. 9 10, be6n pressed up Against the leit wall 1GF, in FIG. 16, of the attchment axs IF, in PIG.3. Thlus, the noiaese that we are dicusaing are arratged in a vertical stack a"in the left wna Of the attachmnt area.

COMS ID No: SMBI-00551ao Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 A nurrrj Hair Isolion andj Pmmiin *yn -ADVROAap.Flti(NPRN:193 ApplieareChristoher X. Khsng a 09hMarch 2004TM IN op.M O PRE .IM39 Adlheufre wi anRy bc aplied inassaMj., that Ennuia .shin tutu sang a lcngthL Of this har that arei beiing acthd together. in girder to~do ibis, after a liquid, machasanadhsive! il appie to the hairs, one W Mote noflic ay blown1 crtain stsmof dali or gsea to thet atrseliat eis-a n. Air blown Into sn smschaua Chamber wAiraove Chrough fr along a largely vertical line. The wit lne the1 II quid along themsurfaces of the heirsI. withou the ned for atoMznuosa Alternatively, instead of blowing sa" a vacuum itae could Raven the applied adhesive by generating h~h velocy ale currmanm tha: &lW Pat the adheslive. Any a1ce. ad1heive thar cannot be fintned will be tucked into rte vacuum intake. M20UalY, blowing snd nicking could be used toaazher.

As shownm by FIG. 104,.1 pure liquid adhesie mucb -x cyanooerylera edbssnrie is; ourtput onto the hair from the suppr In level IO4W. Under the force of a Vacuut (romte tualvenal disposal Inte 10D40, it Is spread down a certit length of die hsairs until snyaCceas is pasild into die vauum intake. Nat, a hot wax/roain liquid is applied in a similar muae fr~om the ctpply nozzle in level 104E Thip wa/rsia mus be kept hot, in order to reain liquid. In order ro maintain its temaperature, a closed circuit heatingl csad level 104E ilacnd below die wax/rosin level. The closed circuir hmdng channel is componsed of liquid pasesagewuys muc ike Jilts coseced for the =Uxrile omunt.

However, rhe elosed-drcAt channels =i nor opena on their ends but fOrms2 loop that rtrns their heating liui mo th base wait. In oilier words, hot watr= will "yically be pumped (rem d'e base tank through:a clowedoop.

Esch isit wil hn'esair own dlosed-oo. but these ]owpa can share a single delivery line uinarf Using a schemei similar to dar previouly shown MT. zi for the adhesive outpum. However, the retur sides iof hilops cansnot bet connected together on a single manifold-level ae shown in FIG. 3, because sch e connectioni would intersect with the delvery Aaide of emch tine. To solve dais probicm, the return loops cmuld be acuoronly connected by frirning a mnanifold into A different level of the attachment stock itself. However, more ideally, this second level of commnon connection manifol will be placed on a dilfathmr level by farmiuj Itas: sefparate molded pert thar splins the single recurs line hito multiple branches before conneting to the attachmient stack Thai, by straddlhng die delivery Imp tines, thesc mulile output briache could be pluggd as a Pak into the indlividuial certa loop holes (one per tioe) ona dhe attachmnt stack. Nothatv in dais deacription of the connection schme. the configuottion of delivcry and return can be ianehanged.

Notice that below the waa/musin level is a level 14G made of a thermally insulating material that prevents the wax/rosdn level's hear from escaping Vo levels below.

Once the wax/rosin liquid is applid to the hair it must be rapidy hardened by rapid cooling This is besbt achieved by application oftk cool liquid through nozzle level 104. TiU cool Nlqi can be chilled water or even a chille organic vlvas ouchams acetone. Notice how rtse chilled coolant is kept cold by A closcd-ciscut Coolant loop level 1041, Tisl coolat rosy be a liquid such as flier. Notice how the chilled haleuaing caolant is apple by en output nozzl on i level and sucked along ekte length or rte hairs bythe (uiuaveusal dlsposa vacuum intake level 104D. The chilled coolant will likely be able to harden the was/roein In a frAction ofle second.

The end fesult is tats din Wnhosin by coating the exterior of the hair bundle is bth holding it together said holdiag in the liquid cymnoacrylace thar requirtes severs] minutes ao become budt. Thlus, dr macd hairs will be able to leave the attachment chamber without Setting q'anaykrte on anythiing.

During this procems, the wall of th auaunt elmasnea tapits liky being coat uith a non-stick substance, are likely to get coated with adhesive and na/osin themselves. in order to prevnt build Up, they Might, be washed with hot cl-aning fluid. The clesniag Sauid will be supplied bya output rswede 104J in die stack sod sucked Up by vacuum Intake 104D. The cleanting fluid used should be hot enoug to remielt the u/rfosin, and of: chemical nature so that it keep the wax/meain dissolve even it even if it were to codA down. An oil io an eusnpl of a fluid that can do t. Also, die cleaning fluid shout have the ability to dissolve liquid eysnoscylare adhesive- Adding a powerfuil COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 A uttxnsd H-air 130oladon; and Ptorming *ytem A DIVISIONAL app!. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicant; Chritoher IL MWs Dne: 09 M1rch 1004 organic solvent sch a, acetone to the cleaning fluid will allow it do this. Altumntively, two separate output nosals with two aepratt! types of cleaning fluid could bW used. In Or fac e chilled coolant oUMput nozzle, 104H could be filed with 2atone itself. Although chilledl seasone is capable of dissolving waxrsin, it will harden waoin Much F2auren Thus.

thes chilled acetone cian he applied quickly to harden due wpx/ocin coating goull. hairo without dissolvIng it Die Aldtoug not shown in this drawtng. the vacuum disposal intake coulitself 6c kept heated with a closed-loop system.

Reaize that the cloaning fluids are typically wx introduced into the *nrcbmeu chabrs until after the attached bin have left then-. The attachment chambers might he cleaned in tie mataner ery frtcdn of a second when no bas are in them. This pariod of time will be celled the cdinnini; phase.

This dsraig shows three of te most optional levels. Thes dots of the". optional levels, Level 104K, applis a sllurry of adesve sized with san]tr other particles. The purposet of these particlea is in mcrease the -e strengh of the attchment. However, much A slurry might in provide an andre* Invisibloe athent For thi ren this peelsusangdn increasing (annuls should only be applied to a short leangth of the bundle of bais More spci&ai, it should be 2lislied tonethi the hop ofi2 adhesive applied. At the top of the nbchamvrs head, it will protect the satire attachment bead foes bein peeled apar The knrer-lying lengeth of adhesive, without strengthening particles, will spn to furtr strengten the shma strength of the attchmlsuent. while remaining invilible. In order t* appl the &"nn to only a short segmeent. a special optional alury output noanri 104K placd extrmely close to a dedicated optional slurry vacuum intake 1041L Is usead. This dedicatd slurry vacupa in*L would only be ectinted lrsnllmcdly after Ohe specda slurry Is applied, Furter features ofnote in FIG. 104 are die roof level 104e1 thermal instlaion level 104N, optional spacing level 1040, spac~og level 1041P, and flor level (peehapt thasairally insulate) 104Q.

The algorithm descrbed saov is trot the only way attachment can ho done. There are simila but differnt algorithmas that can be tmae to attach holes. For example, a sirsylr stack that does not have all of the comnponents present In this stack can be used. For example,*a stack with only an adhesive output noazle And a wax nozzle could be employed. In such a act up, the system might %loW the end=r attachment chamber with ryanoacrylate adheive, or another suitable adhesive, onh tn apply negative pressure in the cyanoaccylate nozzle in order to suck the excess back into Lr Thisd would leave only a thin coating of adhesive on the hairx This process could he repeated for the wax/rosn noszzlet or even the cooling nozzle if used. Pusther still a cloaning fluid nozzlestha: functions in a similar runaw might be introduced. liowcetx In order wo avoid using contmr~nated cleaning flud. lis norle most "~cey wuld not suck back but rather, there would be a separte vacuum intake or the fluid would simply be allowed to omcpe firon the system.

Sim~lurly, the Stack might be Configured Slightds dlfffaesrfly IfR dfleent typo of adhesive was used For example, a pceant adhesive that hardens based on colag it (likely a chemoplaie) wpuldwt rcqssir; A tc-ma protective Addillanely, refinements can he made concerning the application of eygnoacvylaes and similar adhesives.

These adhesives cure rapihlty upon ezpcru to water and other some other chemnical,, This is desirable from the.

standpoint that they'll achieve a certain amounit of bonding strength Aster. H-owevcr, it Cured too fast, these adhesives will not be as strew. Thus, I propose the Mboving technique to tak advantage of their fastcure property without loss of boainng stretigth. After application ofa, cysnoacrylate (or similar adhesive) to the heir in the attachment chambers.

usaing Anher nonie set, apply an cure'aecverating aubstauce such an water, using another norrJs set This curmacoclmnating substance might be applied as small drops. as atomized in an air (or pas) steam, or as a true vapor in a gos stns,% foe exaaple stern in air. However, ideally, only eno~ugh s=clenuo is applied to onec a thin prorective coating' on the surface of the adhesive bead eaving the internal portions uncured. T'his chin prometive costing will give the adlwsir hond additional strength during the ternpowkry protectivet coo tng appkiation phase. In other words, preventing pernu ner adhesive disuqion by the temp jrazy ptrtectlve-costesg application itself. However, since only a chin layer 56 COMS ID) No: SMBI-00655180o Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aiim Kair Taisri mdand PnCauaing S*Wm A )IVIRIONA, appt. Fild ON PARENT; 129.3/99 Applicant Christopher IL King Date; 09 March 2(5)4 of the exteior will have bean cured, it will only remain this way for a very short while, perhaps, only a fracdon ofs sewind, After this short perid, the uncured portions below it will rediusolve the coating. Now, with the temporary proractive coautg anccliris 1; the o" again liquid pamconna adhasive is fees to cure nMore owly and saranly.

Pinlly, including ubstances in the protective coating that aid the permanent adhesive coas is a possibility, Shut Down Between User When the machirt it shutdown between users, the adhesive nozzies could be temporaly capped and protected fran the environment, such as by one of the followia 8 mathods 1. Allow access ixs Ino the sachinent chambers Reopen t ascsnent chambers with a stream ot hot olA/acetone cleaning fluid, or any other heated or solventrre fluid.

2. Allw the adhecive at the aor tips to cur, but then, reopen them with a flood of cleaning solvent tim the cleaning solvent noaalr.

A Simply use nerative peassure to pull the liquid backwsad in the snals. Thin, there will be air bubbles at the tips of the output osaes. These bubbles would protect the liquid i the nosles from the environment.

4. Use neptive psoasure to pull the liquid backward in the noaics. Allow a certain amount of air into bc nales., but at mne paint during this prmcess. Lu another vd of norzlea to introduce an inert fluid, such as liquid oll or gasious nitrogen, into he amchnt chambers. 'Iis inert fuid will be satcked up by jhe adhesive outpurs and other outputs that are undergoing negative pressura The end result will be that certain outputs, such as those for adhesive, will have the lkitls that they contain protected by an inert fluid at their rost extedor annie tips. And if necessary to protect the adhesive from the inert liqui iaael4 there will be a wmall air bubbe between the two.

Usc neptive prssure to pull the liquid adhesive all die way back to it supply reservoir. Pdaips, conyrlxT.

the supply lines of Tefon or inject a washing fluid ina said lines In order to lessen any residual adhesive in the suppv lines.- "'Means of Increasing Attachment Pcel-Sucagthr, 2n talking about the strength of a hair-to4,airrwtension swachsent, we have two types of rength to rounkea. The firt is tensile-shear bturngth. This type of strength iA masured by aushing two hairs with Their hafr parallel to each othe. and thn pulling on skernate enrk of the hain from opposite Sides of the attachment point.

Cynocryle adhesives ptade extremely good tensile-ahear smngth atachruents. So good that a scalp haf will Uumly be pulled from the salp beforn its attachment fails.

The second type of strength is p tel-sreangth. ThU type or strngth is measural by attaching two heirs with their shafts parallel to each other, and then polling both hairs gpgrr akis from the same side of dhe attachment point. In other worth, peeling them apart in a wishbone fashion, Compared to their masle-shar strength. Cyoanctlawr adhesives provide very low pel-strcnteh.

Low pee3treunth is not altogether undesirable. Mfoat itpottandy, hair extensions attached to the head would not be expected to eperience significant peel-forcs under nomal conditions. Thisia because for the hairs to eapeience pat peel-forcs a pcoun would have ta grab the hain in the smut manner that they would grab a wishbone.

Specidally, they would have to use two hands to pinch baits that am dose tgeher on die scalp and then pull their hands aparm wh e niwaini their uasp. The unly die a person would typically bc cxpected to do auething lilm this is while broidaig the hair.

Finally, low peel-strength is desirable from the standpoint that it acts so a safety mechanismt. If somebody is braidng the hai in an overly aggressive manner, it is far more desirable for the hair extension aruachments t fall rather 57 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aurczmed Hair IsolafIm and Pro0ming System A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Appicant: Chdropher F_ Kjng Date: 0 March 200W than breaking the natural paits usg out of the scalp, Despite the advantages of low pevl-sezngth, shoulda ighc pecl-anxngth be desired, th following methods can be used to icreas peeleark.gth! flJnjcregin Poel-Strength By Mechanical Manipulation of Hair Shafts A lawor, mechaniel means could ct emall holes in scalp hairs or hair extenions in order to alw the adhesive more Intimate contact with them. Such a laser aeem could be configured in A din parten, as the UV outputs ware in the original embodiment, and placed -v a layer in the amttchmeat stack or even adjicent to apinnesut holes in oler to process hait etenslons As mcment satr they have been excuded in the nsnufAcsaning process (see d t scusulon on hair exaanuir manucfatudng). If a nechanial part is used to make small perforations through scalp hairs or hair extensions, it could be confliurd as e moving dae structarally skriho co the picher placed either in the attachment stack or hair extension manufacturing process.

Regardless of whether a ser or nadiansiral pa, if usd in dhe ttachmnnt stack, it shou]d cut notches or smal holes through hairs or hair oxtensions near the area where adhesive is to be applied to them The gtrachment stack's algorithm might be adjwstcd to allow hair csenaona into the attachment area before scalp halr. 'Thi way hair extension tips conkl he perforated alone without pefoating, and thus weakan. the natural scalp hairs.

"Incrasdng Ped-Ssength By Using Adbsives Compouisod with Stranger Psalyrs Some adhesives, such as pine rosin, are adequately sticky to bald two bairs firmly together against reusilc-shcar krcas. In fact, they are aached well enough dar an attached hair erension could pull a hair root from the scalp before min linnrrihl nmrr mAin and nrnrnohrirlinmlrrnjnuyinhrahr, bar irinfthiy WraWk1vlstrengths and low reslatanccs to heat Similarly. there e polymfe. kc polystyrene that ate rclivly structumnlly sound with respect to peal-traagt and heat resistance bet have very little tcusile-shear adhesive ability. This is to say these polymes will farn 3 strng ring around hair fibers but ucan hold onto then By mising a sticky, but otherwise stristurally and thermally uruound, adhesive like osin with a structurally and mom thenmaly sound polyme; like polystyrenc or an acrylic, a composite that has both adhesive oenuilashea strength and pecetrengh can be achieved.

In the case of a rosin and polystyrnsc composite, a hot-mclt type adhesive would be produced. However. adhcdves composites that cure by chemical reactions are als possIbiliies.

The use of hoe-mek thcernoplasica, especially those (such as polystyrene) that arm dissolvable by organic olvaits, is dealsable. Such substances could be applied through heating and coling but removed by a solvent such as aceone. As mentioned above, such thermoplades may be imperwed by mixing a sticky subacaae such as rosin, with them to increast their ability to provid* tenalie-sear strength by sticdag to rto hair better. Furthermore, other ingredients may be mixed vikh thenaoplasice to adjust their mciting point up or down and increase their pecl-strengrh such as by mixing fibers or particles into dem The thermoplastic or hormnck type satnials used to increase peel, strength shouldn't be limited dose discussed auch as wax and polystyrene. Any funcdone equivalent that hardens to an acceptable peel-strength upon cooling could be used. Ukewie, the sticky adheive slmuldn't be limited to those disclssed such as rosin, any functional equivalent could be usecd. Por example, the vadous sticky adhesives used on Adlcisre tapes could be used.

Finally, when using these sticky adhesive compouties. there is a chance that the exteriors of the attachment beads will thenmelves be ticky. To counteract this aikinces, a f4 or pay other substance whose molecules themselves wil be bound by the adhesive should washed sprayed, or ahErwiseexposed, aver said bead, thereby, 58 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automated H-fair Twou Proniag System A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicant: Chdsropher IL. King Dare:. 09 March 2004 counteracting ecaml stickiness. Such a ubsmnce could be integrated Into the leaning fuid fouils or applied scpazady. Akzively, this coun tpgtft-uubsmncv means could Include using a hoc-mek fluid chgt's not sticky, thecby, applying a non-icky outer coating. Pinally, enough solven, peshpap s pan of the cleaning Fluid, could be applied to wash only the extonal suickness away. In all casex, the meaures will most likely be applied in the anachsnuw stack but they might also be applied after exit from the attachment stak.

***ncraesng PeakStrength By Using Adhesives Compoeimd with StrngcheanngParties Applicadon of adhesve wddh pfl-sength-ncreasksg pardtces. such as setns, pond ox smUlass butts, could be used to increase adheuiu peel-strmngth. Using fiber oz particle camposItres to increase pel-stxength opens up to posbility of using many types of adhealves wtote peal-strangth might, otherwie, be too low. For example, waxy or ho-mek duenonplastic typc muteial becomes a possibility. A wax or a theumoplastic with a very high melting point could be applied and neangthened by application fibers or sand psrdiees., Below a- some varu applicadi methods for applying adheive-paticle conspositucs t, Apply adhesive to the andre katWh of ichment pain bLlow-dy pace ono die adhesive which didn't have parnles in k Mb an adhesive and particles togetherin a sutry befom adhesIve application.

tse vacuum and/or precurind sir to sprad the adhesive a described above -2 The suck-back (dippi) approach: Squirt out and suck back die adhesive into die topmost high peel strength adhesive nozzle, but only enough o descend the desired length down the hair. Note: During the cleaning phase between adhesive applcaian, it Is likely thar a cerain mount of sucked back adhesive at the noxic tip will be diacaidd rcher than risking contaminxion by mixing it back with the main supply.

2. Apply sand only to the top mnostportion of the adhesive arrachment point length.

Blow-ty land patties onto the adhesve which dkin't have particles in it.

1 Us liW enough vacuum dispoal intake power ditc the sand doen't descend much vertically.

2 Use s second higher dedicated vacuum the is only turned on during sand output, and maybe a hik bit doing the cleaning phase.

Squirt an pre-mixed adhesive and particle aluty Use little enough vacuum and/or pressurzd air that the sand slurry is squirted out and descends very lte vertically Use a second higher nojorn that is only turned on duting sand output, and maybe a little dding the cleaing phase.

The such-bahk (dlppkqW approach: Squirt out and suck back the adhufve into the topmost high peelstrength adhesive nozzh, but only enough to decend shr desired length down the hair.

***Equipment Concerns Relevant to Using Adhesives Composised with Strenghadng-Fib The type of particle mixed into the adhesive to increase peel-strength could be sial fibers. Generally, 59 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aiiurair Tmlndnn Ind Pmmnesinc Symirm A DWR~IONAf~m 5 p)L Fihtrl ON PARENT; 129013/99 Applicant Chritoher IL Kin 8 9 Dule: 09 Marh I00N stzwigbning-fibon should has a length Eshorter, or nor much longer, than the tninimumn diametewr of thc adhesive supp f ine ad ztoazJc*. Thiese, 44=vr shwdd bre mwd Currspundingly thi ia metr tanelycs to WaddecVa Certain, degma of Deribilty. Them sai fibres could he ps-added l, the 2& sanak said a led into suasouon heow each us.

The suspension itt the tanks could bec filtered with a cetl perhaps configuved a centrifuge, whosescreen hotl Are eqUal inor slightly smaller chats the smallest diameter of thet adhesive feed line. This sicreer shold be placed just before Introduction invo the adhesive supply line. Perhap% said acreen hs enclosed in the sane Akdrterhambcrns2 the adhesive reservoir tenr& In which cas, it migt be plased in the tank above she liquid leIe and liquid would be pumped Iito and returned thsough It either into tio tains tank or a snslar area tha directly 14*ds t" adhesive supply line. Its purpose Wwul he to function as ak flter to remove ecessively larg purticesa in die adhiesive. Odncruis; these particles might dogt thea adhesive supply ine If left in the adhesive.

WoInt Jkll sand and fiber slurry actrles may have theair durteas puaqed tn shamn as a continuous line of liquid slurry or the sl"r could be delivescsd in isolated globe separated and forced through fte supply tines by burss of prssuizca pa*i shown in P108103 and 103.1 Phaosdgel=enth By Applic-ation. ofiChcrt.! Vapor Deposition (CVD) Flmc Rings As that Anwahment Adhesive Anodhr possible way of increasinig peel-strength is to somehow apply a ring of extremely strong mateial around the hairs duc are to be held together. The inorganic solids formed by Cherrical Vapor Deposition (C VI) are much swinser dhin polym-based adhesives. CV) is a process that lnrduw rito or more gises into an area and then exposes them to an cawrr source such as heat. The enerycawes a chemnical resedon resulting in the clepostioc of a solid. Many solids, formed this usy arc extrealy pure, and as, such. exrenady strong.

CVI) rinp could be goneratedJ around Wals to he attached by introducing gases atnd enwrstic light, or other energy, into dhe atuebritent chamber. Tim outputs would be arrangd in a suck similar to the cart shown by P10.104 and previously4described, The gses would bo output by nozzle; very rnilaz to those pre~imusiy described for use with liquids. A tine-shaped ptism that carries lthr via internal reflection could output the enretltc light, mst likely InfaRnd 4 thilght trnupon siysocs wuld take a ontfguration much lile the one ptevioasy dcsscrikrd for carrying LIV, in order to et mdhesive curing. A vacuum intake might be used to rmovme excess gases. In order to contain the ~Saes in the arachient chlambers, the pincher should make intrite contiact with the left wall of dietattchment chamber, Th'le seal bemenr the left wall and the plndcer might be increased by nmaking the pincher out of or attahin to it a soft flexible material, For cxample, small stheet of rubber placed on the exterior ofpicher arvj extended partially over itn notches could help increase this seal. Thec CVI) system, could use the following attributex to help) enhance its function;- -The interimr notches of the pincitun could be reflective so that they red= arty ligt that pies throuajh or awound the hairs in the attachment damnber back at the hars, This reflective surface Vill also help prevent the pluickers fiown themnselves being 3sanficantly, hested bsy the enerr sousce.

-Aherostively, the pinehiers could have their own internal reflectioan light transpot system comitrucced into their interior. Tbie Pystem would be similar tlhe ISV transport system preimouly descriWe. except it would be constructed in the inredor of the mving pinchers Instead of the lnrrk of static portions of the arcachrnent COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autonatd liri Isolione and Prowming ym A DIVISIONAL appl Piled ON PARENT; 12903/99 Appliefc Chistpher IL Mpig Dare: 09 March 2004 -The pinrber should be cooled either imaxnally or enternally by fluid if an internal eyotcm were used, this fluid cooling sysem would most likely use a clozedstarp coolant circulation systern, similar to that previously dacdrb fog cooling left wall nosales of the attachment stack. If an external cwoling system were used, it would most hlkely be based on left wall output nones spraying a cooling fluid through the attachment chamber and onto the plcher's Interior surhace.

-The e.il bundle of halts to be attached in each attachnen chamber should be quiddy heated up with focused I.R. Presumably, if a low enough frequency of LR. wer used, it would deeply penetrate and baat up the entire bundle at once mher than bai% stopped by the mon supeaficial surfaces of he bundle.

-If the I.L ca't pensemn the bundle well enough, the of use focusing reflecr cm the inside of the pincher that reflect any light that went around each hair bundle back at specific point said hair bundles could be provided. 11is will provide the light necessary to cause vapor deposition on sides of the hair bundles far alesde to the left ill optical nutputa.

Below ar some &aracesietica and dimzsions that CVD tinge anching hair bundle, shiold ideally have, but they ire not limitaton: -lamewr of one hair Is about M.7 mions -The CVD) ring around attached hairs should be 50.300 microns high, or long relative to the length of he hair.

-The in's wll thickness should be about 3-5 microns -The ting's diameter should be 100-200 miacrons -deally, this ing should be clear -The sing should have a high tensile strcngth -The zing should bc applied in about .25 occond, or Ws The application temperatur should be <140420 degzei C -deal. it should be brittle enough to be smashed off or somehow chemwally diWolvable, such -V by an add.

kkr ciample, calcium carbonate can be frnes a as adar solid that can be dimolvable by moderate ucngth acids.

0 Inc'ca;Atig Pcel-Swcngth by Applying Costing Pattern so keati* fibers (as oppoead to entire surface Unafoan costiro Coating patterns applied to the surface of the hair extensions miht could be used to either increasc adhesive peel-strength or dccase the coeffrient of fiction ofa hair eatenson's surface, thereby, making peling an attachment point apart much morn diflicult. Such coating pattems would most likely be applied during the hair extension nMnufactuing process. 'hus. for more details on this consult the section of this document that deals with hair extcsion manufacturing.

*aUtility Pesep (Sfary/Msinwesnce)$- Lever" The atmchmeni stack might have cernain eazures incorporated into it hatensure safety and System 61 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 -1111114MM111111 Automnated Hair Isolation 'rid Proccaing Sysacm A DIVISIONAL app). Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Czuoltex L YiCng Date: 09 murch 204 7mamsuc I Fall 00116 tatures utility teata. The tolowin am such ubusty teatures *q**Eacapttl)fcs-ant Radiation Detectnr In $PnUMP that UsK rn=Wns ultra tulr o2sany oter typ of intanu. ah@Ctr.mane~ic tdi, detectors might be usied to) detect, escape dlEctro-msnedc radidon Usnsl4', when ins elecexo-mapnetc radiation is used, it will be confitted to a closes area. For exmple. the pincher, by being pressed against the left nil, could In large pare be used to fonta this cloned confining area. The isolation ofthin am could be further aided by an attachment chamber seals previously decibed for craatsinmg was ins the CVI) sytn. Howease, if thuse is a breech in dig closed sans allwing etecwnusoeic 10dton Do escape. a detetor coudI slu oTbs. The alert cmkaMuty be suabille, visual, or snigh shut the midst attachment system off. The detecor shoul be placed along a line of 41* to the anchrsant area wher the electro-nagnetic radiation is being useSL It may be placed above or below the attachment stack or ee incorporated into the; attachment stack.a a layer witin It ""Aumawd Lubricant sod Cleaning Solvent Outputs The mnoving parts of the attachment stack wll benefit frorn occasinaly being Iubnearad and cleaned. For this resgn, It might be advantuageous to incotpmar aummiated lubxicant snd cloaning solvent outputs into the awachacurt stack damuft itself. In thit case, tdw outputs could be positioned inak similar mamer to t adhesive outputs.

Alternatively, the outputs could he configured in an entirely different mnanner For example, placed wall above die a tacsment stack, porhaps. as a part fradependesi of it. Cleaning and lubrication could be performsed by introducing solvents and lubricants separately. Akeznadvebr,a solvent, such asacerone, could be mixed with a lots lubricating oil.

Moat of the used solutiont could be drained into a reservoir. Very lihly, "hi resrvir mans would include a fixture to hold the hantlec unit and a Lid to prcvcne splashes. The ageton portion of rte swsidiel solution would cvspotc leaving the lubrication portion behind aon the moving nurferes in the artahnua stack.,This cleanng ptcss could be tzigger automatcally, for example, between every salon client During this autossatic aimedna, the movisng parlm of the system would lilsely be activated so so to d"tribute th, solution evenly. Acattone itself is a disinfrctnt Howcvezr inclwtin of ochet dislsnlrts, if necessary could guarantee absolute clcanlusea between clients.

At certain times suwmnially or manually tgered by a user, the ixternal fluid supply lines; (such as for adhesived) might be cleaned! by flushing them with solvents and/or hot fluids. These flushing flilds might simply be deivere o11Cof ti flaid outputs (ftlesic) or they coul be acttd back Andi forth in the 16= ina Forward a" reversing motion, perbaps, under great prensure. To facilitate introduction. of cleaing fluids the supply lI=neniht hive valves chat shumt their normal fld supplies in prefrrence for the flushing-Aid supply.

ItH irk lixtneioat Supply and Storagejj s1U

T

sHik Extension Feed Vsin Clipsass The hiair eacsniuss holding dips, described in the origina embtdimntL cass be said to be a pinching holding meas because they bold hair ezeesins by pictching tbem When supplying the system with hair ezrtensioos using holdinig cips, tere ame seveual ennnta "*Baning hairextensioesv ova onnectivity buidges while keeping thorn as finnis as possible with the straighenning 62 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Anrrissm Kair Tnnlrnn and Prsrsn pn- A I)IVJRIONAI, xppl. Filedi ON PARENT; 12911.3/99 Applicant: Cbidsrher X. Kin Dam: 09 March 1004 Re fring to FIG. 27. in orer tbOne the hair czatasioea plenty ofroom to bend over the atahmet sU*'se crUwe=tiVitY bridges. Widnar causing 4 ignifcmu vertical curve in the hair cncnsion,, the conaietivity bridges could be plaed aee with as wail hahind Position 27C whine tha hair happr it wide 2Md hasn~t narrowed yet. In such a wonfiusdor the hair errewiomt we fret to bend mome to sihe ide;t than if thq wew forced to bend ovaer a connectivity bridge piaced even with position 27D) where the hair exteesion hopper's pnssaeway. narrow.

Polibly. ali cofnecuv btidge could be placed behind the regmoss halt extensions and the straightening pegs 29A, in FIG. 28, of the hair extension clips. This would mean thart dhe bat usian ip would onr have to bend crer a ennoeactivizy bridge. Alao, chin wouald mean thardt th trfigbening peg could continue all the 'Way down to ;ht flor of the hak extension cane (Oip wrench). This would give finshe support from all sides fot even very ewily hair extensk ion 4'a disadvantage to this design is that all tines whethr those of the nmoving hair handlera, ar saome parn of the starlonazy guide channels, mwrs be smade longer. T1his incree ki lengh wig mali them less erwcuaaly stable, In corufigurstiana where the utrigheening peg starts behinid the coeatiyitbidga, at least it could be broughtcdown ag close to thern m It needs to be. Fortunately. the utrsigbwnirapq only baa to keep the bait extsdoap rigid down. through dhe thicilaes of the hair handllera because dhr pincher will pull the lower portiona of the hair extenaitma into alignment.

fiHk xtension'Tip PleMAdhir When a hair extension Is bent over a cannrecivicy biage. the elope of its bend angle is largly set by dhe bottom of the straightening pe% If the swazhtrdng peg comic dawrn dose enough to dhe top connectivity bridge, the slope of the bend angle can be almost a right, angle. if the stuighuening peg comes lass dose to the cop Connectdvity bdridg, the slope of the baud angle will be less sharp, The sharpier the haes bend it*- the mare spring force in it anid the faster she hair will flng over die fat edge of the topmoat coniaecisity bridg.

Air currents could be used to straightern hair extension tips that are not being held in en adequtely stiff mannae by the ham exension dispaiaing saan. Par examnple, sit blown straight dawn into the 2aachment aea from noserle above said ame coulid straighten hair extensions tips. An excellent place to put such nonle would be in tihe Interior and underide of the hair hoppers channel obarrucdriem. Such noxzle could be fed with sr byia hollow sidmanifold.

.ie lengt Ut'w thu r Ote trn where dict =mmsedv1cY bXdgw~end wwhcre chtite uona area beun bvul, gcnezalyli~t cat be equal IQ the depth in the atachincne stacl, fiont the top conneictivity bridgc that hair extenstion must Pss over dawn to the desired depth of the hair extension tip. This will allow hairs to fully strzaighten our its the hair etension tip trench 3C, in FIG 3, before coming in conraer withuany functionsl ameas of the hair handlers.

Previously, I said that the aides of the clips serve tmuch the same function as the aides of a crimp ott a painrsh. Fujre stil the naaow-uJ sides of the hair hopper also aid this fwicdon., and they help at lowe laeel closer to the hair handlrs. The tips of the held-hair extensions extend down into a passag with vertically parallel walls; 27F on twovsude,as shownin IFlu. 27 And athird ltmtnwl 27at te iont. JU third obstrucingwaltwich sprt of the charnel obstruiction, is placed Senerally Aixce the attachment ant I t preen ts the hazir extcnsions &ovm advancing too far forward paut the Attachment area. Of course, Its exact placfentr depends on empirical calibration, and we may want the hair extain top to adyine a lite paut the attachment arc., The hair extensins Are usually held at a short enough distance front their tips to that their tips extend dlown in a rclaaivdy oriff mantrne

T

heae lips are insertd downwsa into.a cavity carved into the attachment. pack. Th1M cavity is known as the Up trench. This cavity and the tips of'the hair extnsions Inseted nto it extend a least down to the depth 63 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automatd Hair Islation and PFn ing SysIm A DIVISIONAL appl Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicant Chdstopher L tbg Dim; 09 Mh 2004 of those hai handlem zrepon ible foat hair isohtion.

Bec of thc aboe-dcscribed factors, the hali aenxsions in vh clip will be move with it s a bunch to the funedonal aass of the hair handless. The hair enaxsaions will be mved forward slmng a line Ia ly perpedicuha to the sides ofthsr erct rips. The iKps must pinch the hair exwnskivn with enough force that they do nix fall out duing movement and do not falli out as their previously attached neighbors slide by them, as said neighbonr am pulled rom the clip.

"W*K)N-:LIP-BASED Hair E Rtensiaon Peed** **Substitu Conveyor bels for clips ,'Th paraldi pinch AND mrny to atachSer(CovWyaIr Bek PFed) A non-clip based system tat holds and moves hairt extensions by using klaely pallsel pinching surfaces can be conxLumd. It could best be described as a rotary conveyor system that pinches between oppoig parts. Akhough two mtring opposing soid objects, uchas two disks, fall undar this de&lion nd cou be used, mat lilely it wmould take the configmpuon of two opposling conveyor belts which pinch hair exensimons togrther between each other and whos intrior bclk portions both move in the asam linear direction. Said bckts can be visualimed as using the two opposing heak urfaces to substitute for the two pposing surfaces of thde bair exatson cLps previously descrihed.

However, while the hair exensions in the clips move with he clips,in a conveyor sysmum they could be said to move through the system as a whole to a hrer extent than they move with it. As with the clip-fed system, the hair extensions moeat liltlymove in a line Iqly perpendiculra to their shafts.

"The conveyor bck sywrn itself must be fed with hair ereatsions, and this can be done in any of the following Was: -Hair holding clip, cither distant or on the handic unit itself could bc she snousce Distant meang tha they are no on the handli unit but somewhere such as the ba unit, If the somnce hair extension holding clips ar an the handle unir itself, the pmuching conveyaor system will be posatimoed on the hand unit between said clips and the attachment ua where it brings the hair etensions.

-A hair carenion remover system that cut scalp hairs off the scalp hair or removes hair extenusions, as previously described.

-A qpool system that unwint to feed the conveyor belr. This spool will either have to be Wound with hair amwnasion alrady rat to kngth, or aed with a cutting mesao that cuts them during unwinding.

-A pile of firee hai eitenska lying largely paramlel to each othert in a container such as a box. A funneling hopper type means mightr be used to itially guide hls frn trhis pile into the conveyor system.

=I'llihC parallel pinach AND convey hair extenalons using a thread-the-eye-of-the-needl typt design; Another means of dispensinag hair extensions involves unwinding dhem from a spool, therefrom, threading them perhaps, drectly into the attachment areas in which they ae needed. Tthere are two basic ways to unwind hair catensions from a spook Referring to FJO, 105, the fl t way 103A is to surround the spool wilih a path guide means 105B that will ody allow hair xtensmions 105C unwound from the spool to c=tnd only along the path bounded by said path guide meamn, Sutr.h a system could externally supply a rotational firce to the soure spool 105D causing it o rotate in the direction that causes hair extensions on the spool to unwinad. The hair emensiono would be guided by the path guide recne to their functional arge area 1035E. Often, such a funcdional target are is an attachment chamber 64 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autcnazed Hair Isulatirn and Procosing Syeem A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applcana Chdaropher L King Dae: 09 March 2004 The second way 105K in FIG. 105.1, k to feed the hair exnsions on the spool int, a powered rotaing or ciptoca ng Crgagement-convCyanp; means 1050 that pulls on thetm causing than to unwind from thcr sowtc spool, (Egarant mOAt likely by pinching but other meant uch a hoolting are pomible.) This te0ting ox reciprocadng pinching means may move hair extendon largely tangent or parallel to is rotating or reciprcuting surface. After the hair extension tips exit said engagement-coveyace means 1050, they can be directed either tW a path-guide means 105H that gwdtv them to insertion In their fiancdnal tare Ae 1052 or without a path-guide means diecr into their functional mwge Area 105E in which they will be insened. A path.gulde 105H is used when the conveyance means is nac close enough to its functional tage ame. to guarants that hair exteniaona will be inuerted in to it. This type of oyntem usually will neer a hoir evinsion ceung means placed between tho engsgnnt-conynce means and the Anmaonal tHea mAZ. This IVy, the hair extensians coming off the spod will he cat to the desired length.

Of course, a hybrid 1053, shown in FIG. I02, tof the above two unwinding syane can be configured. It may contain any or all of the above-described components wotkig in combination. For camplc. it May contain a spool that is exmmeally supplied with a meational force in the direction that causes hair extanamins on said spool to unwitind. It may contain a path.guide mean; 105K that direcu hair extnsions into a rotatiag or reciprocaing engsgcmentconveyance means; it may Alm coatin n second path guide means I05L which guides hair extensions from a pinching coswcyanc= meanj into a functional tger ar=. If aced be, itmay conin a haw extension cudNig marna. This cutting mean need NOT necessarly be placed between dwe pinching conveyance means and the funcional mrget am&.

Diftfrent 1'ypes ofFunctional Ibege Amas The (unctionaltarget area described above can be any one of, but not limited to, die followng areas: Any area along the hair extension supply channel or pathway that feeds Tie arrachmenr chambers. This includes but is not limited to the following..

-Into the area of te hair extension channel that precced the ractesing area.

-Into metering arcs -Into holding aras (They will be described lae.) -Into attachment areas or attachment chambers -Any other Arma that needs hair extensions fed into it Diftfrent Types of Roating or Redpcadng Hair Extenion Conveyance Means The roradag or seciprocating hair etension cnga mto onvcyance means deacri&ed above can take on sever conigurations inludig but not limit to: 1. Rcntkng behs or cylinders that rthnscves press against other roatig bels, cylinders. or static surfaces in coder to both pinch an move hair extensions between.

2. A part that pinches hair extensions (in tie matiner desetibed above) and moves along a largely a straight line.

'Then, it releases its pinch, retracts backwards. It repeats this process again by re-establishivg its plods and moving firward again.

3. A rotating hair extension grasping conveyance means that haa pinching and rilasing members mounted on a rotating cylinder or belt. It is similar sccunism to that is used by a comnercial hair removal product caked the Braun Sillt-Epil.

4. As in 43, except the mrdng surface does not engage by pinching but some other hair fiber engagement Means tuch as a surface conted with a sticky substnce, an attractive static uleeesicq cha on its surface, or having small hooks or shnilar hair engagement fearures on its surface.

COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 .Autoated i islatiaon andi Proc=6sng ts=- A OiJv1IAONAL pp). tled ON PARENT: lflt3/W Applicsnr Chdawph. F- Ring Dust: 09 March 1004 D~iffcrcnc Ways oftSpocfin H-air Eacenjiou The hair arrarazoaa can be spooled in seera diti et coatiguanthuas including but nor hated to: 1. One single Ion coninous hair fiber per spool thn sneads to be cut to length afrer it i unspookd.

Z. Maw long contnnus hair fier i parallel per spoolL mc are unspooled together, and each needs to be cut to leiwh aftr unipoollug 3. T1he hair enenalom have already been cut to Ieads before being spooled. Whien unspooled, they usually ad2 not need to be cus to length.

Hair Extzension tWaft Casn he Unspoaled and Attached in addition to the esirely linear hair exiensions described above, hair extension vtm can also be tunspooled and attached to dhe head. Hair extwnaing wsefus am of mutple- hair etnsons connected together with a largel perpenclar (to the length) member, which is usually flaihl and mnay be a filer itself Unspnohngp of hair extensin wefts can be acconipliehed in much t sae manner as hir stansions, Unspooled hair exmukia webs; ca be applied in tht fvllowmngmarancn: I1. Adhesive may be opplied wn the lower por;Jons; of the hair extension wefts, tmost. lUnly she unif~4ng pordions (those pependleulsr to the hair extenuions) of the hair etenios wafts.7This can be done anytie After taispooling. 1hs adhesive ran he applied directhi tn die waft befots it couches dhe scalp or head hairs.

Alternatirely, it can be applied to the scalp or head hairs direcdly. The hair extension wefts can be attached directly to cte scalp or to the sies of head balm.

2. Hair extension maicment cut be can be achieved by runninig ak thread or fiber hack and forth through both te lower postions of the hair extension weft aa4t lower portiona of the scalp hairs, thereby Wing the hair extcnsion woft to t lower partions of natural scalp hairs, In this configuration, the thread or fiber iuefcld he unwound finen a span1 perhaps the same spool, a= die hair extension weft that it will attach. (Such an osclling stiteb pattern is likuly based on a mnulemnl functonmfly equvalent to a eewkag machine.) On=e the flrst portion of at weft is attached w~ the head, the remainin2gpordpnm cat: be wwopooled simply by the tension that rcsulti, in t weft a the systetm is moved over the! scalp.

Hair liatmnsion Weft Placmient Amnong Natural Sesip Hairs However they are mrmacbsd, hair extension wehs have to be gided into areas where the net iral scalp haiti have beenmmoved aide, To accomplish tii spooled hair extenson wefts 105M, In 105.3, Maunspooled inro recessed Aerachznent Areas 105N firom where; bairs have boen displaced by the amchmn stadk tines 1050. Where said unapooled! hair extension weft *ap are led towds the recessed attachment areas by one or more of, but not limited ro, the following methods: -Hair weft assembly stiffnes and an externally applied rotational forc on the spooL -linear Mvenarnu of the exidm spool zacsend4 towards attachment ares, -Rotatoali movement of die spool where the tornL tips of the hair exension webv ate guided into the recessed etusehmsne area by pab-guides.

-T1he lading pardion of a weft it munached to the head, and the rdaining pardona are unspooled simply by the tension that oiuch; in the weft as the system s movel over the scalp.

-1b spooled hai is first grasped by a pinching means that moveS km E the attachment area. Subsequent 66 COMS ID No: SMBI-0o655150 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 A utarrrsed Hair Isolatin cmlPraccuuing SyM A DIVISIONAL app). Tled ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicat Chdisraptw IL. King Once: 09March 2004 aJwlu% a 6miv al bU4Ufsti. I1_6 u..ak., has been avhed cawsing the spool unwind torcire tcnsion of the extcnsion as the device is mova over the scalp is subject to a cycle of repeated or continuano eogaemnent and advncnconr towards the atachment area, such a by the engagement conveyance system described above.

Nomt Athough urispooling is the prefered methad for dispensing hair extenson afts among natril scalp hairs, the above method Sor disperning hair wefts through a recessed ares in the attachment arsek zines; can be adapted for use vith otheg hali atension dispensing means. For eamipl, salc wb could be held by cips or any other of the non-welt hair erension dispensing cmas discussed mould be adapted.Ulso note that the recessed attachment seas described for wefts are tot idendcl to the attachment areas described In the orignal mbodknent When we speak of aunachment areas, not m reference to wefts, we typically will mean a type moe like that described for the original embodiment Further. theas recessed arcas IOSN in FIG. 105.A neadn't he pan to the hi channal, rather they could be holes through the ones that art enirely closed on all sdes. Finally, longhair wefts needn't be the ony type of hair extensIons attached to the scalp or scalp hairs through a rcceed arsn 1 ik 105N, unified bunches of hair cxtenin could alm.

"KUaifled flik iseminon Bunch Dispensing System: Refetrirg to MG. 106* a unified hair etmnsion bunch divpmneing system where buncho of hair extensions 4tE have their tips unified toguthers usually by a unifying bject 106A such as by an anchae/bead/disk that, might already or may at somedme, hare adhesive applied to Its surface and will be attached cither to the scalp and/or scalp hais: 1.Whwe before dispensing the unifytg objects are held In sfi inteAoding nil fame/bracke configuartio, as shown by *Purc Rail Interlock Type CUp in PIGS. 106.1 (front view of clip) and 10.2 (side view of 04 -Where said unifying objects arc slid down the rail 106C, and the sail itself remains still. This could be facilasted by a spring means 1068 pushing dircily an the unifying anchor heads themselves.

-Akrnative, where the endre rail aesembly moves forward to advance a new unified bunch towdzs thu atmchntg area, 'Thi could be fdcilumcd by a spring rexns pushing on the rail assembly rather than the anchor hrads directly.

ZWbee the hair ewnsion poions ae pinched and dbC uniFying anchor bead portions ar held in or again.r a rail asseambly, as shown by "Pinch and Slide Along Rail-Type Clip" in FIGS. 106.3 ((tout view of clip) and 106.4 (side view oftclip).

Whew said unlt)ing objects ae slid down the rail 1060, and the zfhiself raenains*6ti This could be facilitated by a spthig means pushing directly on the unifying anchor beads themselves.

-Akernatively. where the entire rail assembly mwves forward to advance a new unified bunch towards the attachment area. This could be facilitated by spring means pushing on the rail assembly tether than the anchor beads directly.

3.Wbese the hair extnsion bunches are pinched but no ral or bracket Is used to direcdy stabilize the unlfing anchor beads. In other voads, the hair cztensiuns bunches Arc held in hair exteusion clips, as descibed in the original embodiment. The unifying anchar portions itany do not secure said hair extensions in said dips. However, niing anchor pordone would likely be used to either help iolat a limnisd bunch of hair enson, so the stwachnent system doesn't have to, or to attach sad bunch to the scalp For exampC, each unifflng anchor portion could facilitate rhe 67 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 AiJitrannfI Knir tanladmmn ansI Prnransing Systm A IVISIONAI, sppL 1 11M ON 1PAIRflT: 1290.1/99 Applicant Christopher L King Oe: 09 March 2004 attachment of a bunch of bair extensions ditvctly to a bald scalp. Perhaps, the bottom of said bead could even have a sticky adheaive pre-applie to it. Likcwise eah unifying anchor could attch itself and. dhotuby. its bunch of hairo to rhc aides ofneatural s1calp hairs.

Note. Of course, Whenever hair extensions have pellet4&ie anchors at their bases, the loading system very likely will ianipu1are these pellet-like anchors directly in preference to the trout pordons. The msnlpuladions could use the faili~ar hair handler wachasslsms, horwever, scaled up to deal with pefletelik structures aidwe than the thinner heir fibam Also, regardless of how bunches of hsir extensions an attached together sad bunches might be atuched directly to die scalp. Fot eample, halt esnmions mnight be held Into bunches by edhesives or beig mealded vogetas; Such as by heat or cheticla.

""'lisfetguatels Against Devian Pracesaas 5 l'{ano of handling Deviant Hairs To Prevent Unaccad Hair; from Enterng the Atudunn; Awns: Extremely short scalp baits can cause several problems. li, main problem that said short hairs Miht cause i that they ate too Shore to be Manipulated arcaratey by the hair handllez%. In such a case, ant overly short scalp hair might pass under the entrance gates into in attachment chamaber with another scalp hair. As such, two scalp hairs might undlesirably gee attached together. A second probem with overly short scalp hairs 6s That they might not be long enough to securely attac hair eatnasons to. Finally, In sophlsdcnale ensbodinesu of th invention where sensors are used.

shor hairs might be long enough to trigger a scnogr but too short to be "elably kept snaiht by the hair straightening system and, as such, mightriot succssfuly be attached to hair extensions. In other words, the hair sensor system wcaud be tricked into telling the computer to behave ga if it we=~ dealing with a viablec scalp hair when it really was not 'To avoid these psuoblems with overly short scalp hair, it is bat to male, sure that ouch hais lie ulsulvely fla against the scalp, Tora certain extent, short hairs might not be effectively held by the hair ovaightener antd will fall tu the scalp on' their own, Horwevut, all overly short hairs will not do "his For this reason, we ha~ve to take action to mnake theinlAy flat aiust the scalp. rhero are at Imn two ways ro do this. One WAY Is to use air currents that face all scalp hairs th4t ate too short to bc held bythe tensioning hair ittighteenes towards the scalp. A accond WAY is to tziWr the hai handlers in such a mannezr that they wil push down any hair that ay hare entered Lhe attscintene area In an unauthorized maninerL Thkere are several ways to use aW currents to ftsre overly short scalp lairs to lie flat. Positive presute air currents can he directed downward through the vertical thickness of the avtachnens are luch as to flaftn short stray hirs in or near the attaclnenet area. Thesae downward positive pressure air currents might be supplied from nozzles that point largly streight down over the attachment srea. Using hollow, hair hopper channel. obstruction with an sir output on its underside is an eelea way in mownt sir outputs for such a downward painting airflow. edltcaadvly. positive1 pressture nozsles can be positionel on a vertical wall in the attachment area, in a sAmilar mannar that the adhesive outputs are. Stich noxzles will probably not generate an exclnsively downward airflow. Instead, the airflow will neatt a positive pressure environent in the attachment area with airflow explodfing one in all directions, This positive pressure will tend to pisk atrpy scalp hairs sway frnm tat auachnaent ares causing thans to lie down spinet the scalp.

Direc&Zn aitfiow largey parallel and airong the boetoen of the attachmnent sck will also Usually cmuse stray 69 COMS ID No: SMBI-Ooflssia Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-as A u rcxnaed lt Imoladon an'd Proemitli Systm A DrJJSIONAI, appl Fied ON PARENT; 12903/99 Apphac Chzlsropher L, King fLar: 09 March 25104 baits to lie do". This airflw oan be generated using blow positi.79 presue air or sucked negative pressure ak, Thg ail outputa, or inskilrcs an be pipcod most anywher Weow the acaarhnwg stSCk A hihy suitable kcaticn would be rnoldng Mir autpuea. or Inraims, into that porton. Of the belt buicle that hang below theattachent stack Mort idealy, such positivie pressure owpwat could be placed vertically betwen the bcrnom zhe attachment stack and the bend-inlet systemn. assmingrq the kind of bend-undef systm that hanga below the attachment staock is used. Ahernatively. the air otputs could abo be placed below and to the sides of the attachmnt stack A gst advantage of using airflow is that itocn be directed oriit intensity inctssed so that not cidy are Ionse hair. wmade to lie down in the aittachmmnt are but also the arm.s that pwizads the sushelnt stuck whare snomon might bN uset. This weill help preve- sensors fro eing" tiggered by inviAble ov.4y short scalp haism Eadez; I mentioned that hair handler, could be used to make overly shmr scalp baits lie down.L To do this, certain heir handlers that overlie the attachment area are blezd at the last possible moment belire the authorlied scalp hairs sir brought in. This willcdear the attachment ane of short hairs that may have slipped under the ligher-lylu hair isolatitm ssm and essae garm. An Ideal bait handler in usn for this would be a dedleseed attachmnent are pusbout achiator, or a peat that is functionmlly oquivalent Ideally, the hair handler used for this purptse should bn placed a clos to the scalp as possiblen Thi, lI; because hair handlers at high=r levels mht actally be too high o even cam in contact with ceutainshort scalp bairs laet ane flatten themn. At such, Puabour.sctUz tax type bait handlers should, Ideally, be placed4 below moat of the suwdimeni nozzls and perhaps below te entire anahmcn; tack.

Possibly, the pullback book could help clew the suselmetit area of short scalp hairs. Otis pare that has two-osid motion that cakn act both as an tchlmnt-iarmpuahour scmsrcorsand pulbck In one might be ideal for this purpose. If any type of pulback hook is used ibr this pwpoaK it should he placed as close to the scalp as Posaiblea Dealing wit hair earnennao that do nor get atached Do scalp haire: Hair catcnsloos brought into the attachment me may nor always get attached to scap hairs. Thu may happen becias a corresponding scalp hair is not present co be attached or acnev type of adhesive xnlfumctxm When it dora happen, an unattached hai extnsions will Laid Lo remain hi the auachmeaor area. They will o hr pulled away by the pullback hooks and bend-wader system the sam way hair satuasios attached to Kcalp hairs are. This prelente the problem of what do cp wth tihe remainings Lnattached hair extnsion. If'nothing is dome, they will get in te way and if enough of them arc allowed to accuulte they might jam the system Clearly. three hair extenasion* should somehow be removed from the attachment ma, Rayrli Unattached flair Enteniun, Onewny to remove the hair extensin would be in a mannier that allows them to be recycled One possA&Eiy fof recycling them would be to open the hair extnsion entrance Sate closest to the anscdmmnt area and any other gates between said entrance gate and the hair extension pushba&k gate. T'he puobhback gate (gate fartchest away from iamebent area] itself should remain closed. Same type of hair handler that is capable of king the bait extensions backward behind the entrance gate should be employed. Neat, the entrance pie clossest to the sttachmient are should be dred. Thiis would put the unwecd hair extenisions betwecen the pushbacs gate and the entane gate nearc the attachmnrt area. Next, the puabbeck gate (ga te farthest away from bnachcrint area) should be opened, Once again, tho hait exts~ans should be &reed haclwas behind the pusAbrack gate The puibback gate should be: closed and the haiz extenusin hove now beens mcceastlally recycled, because they are put back with the bunch that they origially Came fhrm and Pre rtedy to be meterted mu agin.

Howeve, the recycling appoach deacabed above has a couple disadvantage, Firm, it takes hair excendons 69 COMS ID No: SMBI-0O655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (HMm) 15:24 Date 200"-3-09 Autoated Hair iltion and Puming Symm A DIVISIONAL app Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicant Chdophe IL ing Du.: 09 M ch 2004 that may be coated with adhesive out of the attadameat ares and puts them in contact again with othe hair exteions and thc hair hrala ThivL might cue adhesive t gt in an undesirable locadion, or the bhir landle simply might not process adhesive coated hairs effectively cauaing than to jam the aystern, A second disadvantage it that this appo ach make k impossible to matr out a new group of hair amxoaiome while the group ahead of thearmn Is being nched. For these reAuon, a hair extension recycling approach that does not require the hair extensiow to leave the attachment area is prefemble, The aeps below describe one such hair extension rcycaig approacl 1. Use the puahout actuator to push attached hairs out of the arachn-nt area. Although placed relatively close to the scalp, she pushous sewaco shonW be pieced for enough above the scalp date it etteetlve4y moves rso hair extension tips.

2. Move the slide out pevent"er out over the attachment arm, 3. Trigger the pullback hook. It will pull the scalp hairs and attached hair extensions backwards, but not the unattached hair ertaunsimnin. Instnad, the untnrched hair extensiona tips will ileibly yiald to the unde-passing pullback hook, as such, remaining to the tight of the pulhout actuator nea te at cenat e a. To facilimte thi, the pullback hook ehmuld be placed dose o the ecalp, probably below even the adhesive nomsae. stak.

4. As se optional .oEp: Move a hair ac tension ditributr (Nike the pincher exceprit is notchless and onlcy a singilevet thick. Is only res to dhe let about as far as the rightd a of he alde-oun prevent=er. It may be mounted on a flaibly jointed tine to make sure does it does not go co far puast sa id e outne preventer edge.) Its action. will distribute hair extensions evenly along the right edge of the slide-out preventer.

Mala the hair etension ransport.forward gate carry the next group of hair czrenmsions into their positions in the atrachnmec area.

6. Tr ger the pincher's overnenm cowards the left wall, This will, as evenly as possiumle fil the pindches notches with the recycled hair escnadons. (Evenly becauae the rcycled hair c satensions have bct prcssperdl tp evenly along the right aldge of dthe slide our prevencer) 7. Bef ±e the pincher has complely E eaIChed the left wall, wheaj in f i t i larey even with the rih edge of the slde out prcventct, mauke the side out preventer retract. This will alkyw the arecycled hair exten ion to join the new group of unatKchrid hair etunsions, in Indhvidual noches of the pincher.

8. Close the slide out prevenr over the attachmnct ara rtches oncesp.

9. Retract the pincher to tde right, away from the hair extenslons. The hair eameons i remain divided in notches because the hair canion traneport nrwata pte hap sansin in she attachwnt ars, an4d the slide out pwaventer gupnantau that they will stay in the hair extension transpart &rwa rdgate's notches.

Make the scalp hair ranspoter forward gain carry the next group of scalp hairs into the attachment area.

11. Make the pincher move towards the left.

12. Afzr the pidncher has made it partially under the slide out preventz, but usually before the pincher makes it all the way to the left, retract the slide out prcrenter, cap hairs hawve now joined the new and recyclcd hair extensions in individual pither notches, also know as attachment chambers when pressed up against the left wall. The attachment process may now accur. If all goes tll, all the unattached rieyted and new hair examsions will be attached to caip halo this tni&.

13. Optionah In order to buf&r an excess of unattached hair txensions, the hair catusion tnansport-frwd gapre could be configured wirh extra notches directly behind, or in front of, those that ma rch up with atduchenr chambers. 'h 11 wee extra notches would not be filled with new hair ext pion. nor would they match up with the underlying nozzle stack in onder to form anachment chambem The sole purpos of dthese extra notches is to provide a COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 AULtA llAJ f ih uls, d ass 1 PIutw.iu tatu -A DIVISIONAL appl F7IJ ON PARENT, 2993/99 Applicant Chdrther p- KIng Du 09 Mach 2004 temporaty space for ecess unattached hair extension in can an unusually larIse numb fadil to attach in a given tin pcod. The, their use can be spnad out over sever anmachment cycles intead of imn';rg the am-achmen chambers on a single cycle In order to mate sure the amttached hair extensions participate in the above process, we should make sure they enter the notches of the hair etension tnspolt-fo"wrd gae. As shown in FIG. 107, this can be achieved by having some structume like a po rdon of the channel wall or another hair handler ovchunng, cc under ryig, the froent and back sub-tines 107A and 107B, respectively, of said hir exatension tran=spot-foward gate. 'IThS is to make sure the utwamched hair eanslons only have aoea to the nowches of th stcnsport-fowaed gate, and they canot ges poidaned in front or back of i. Re&rring to FIG. 107, this orsngins, udsying, structure 107C is shown in hatching.

On a simnike note, i s advismtahl allow the pullback hok 82W, Or s, other prtion of the syse, 1 completely overh ag, or underlie, the pincher noeches in their ecessd pition to ight in order to prevent entry of exitig hairs into said notches. If editing hair, were allowed to reside in the srcessed pincher notches while the pullback hooak gate is moving backwards, they could caiM a jam.

DMposing of Unattached Halt Extensions There o ome akuads and e ibodin.w-mt of this invention where it would hi more desirable to disposea of, radther than recyde, unattached hair exnsions. This is especially aue in embodiments that allow adhesive to progressively build up on unamached hair extension. In such cases, so much adhesive might build up on i hair extensmon tip that it restus in hair ettensions getting jarruned in the pincher notches. or elsewhere in the system.

To failitate disposal of such adhiv-build-up-dtippcd hair c1tcsion. so part needs to pull them floma the sysom. The best way fix such a part do this is to book them in thei narrower areas above where adlhesive is building up n their rtips. As said hooking par moves the hair exteniakms will slide through it untdl the hooking means acrr.ounter the bead of thickened adhesive near each tip. This will cause each such halt ax nsion to be pulled from its holding clip and moved towards disposal in de bend-under systemn.

The most uitabIc pare to participa te as a hooking moans is the pullback hook. Howevecr, the pullback book shouldki be configured somewhat differently thn previously descsibed. First ofall, the pullback hook should be placed above, not below, the adhesive applicasionm nosalse, Additionally, the intearior noch-width otaid pullback hook should be rlatively nartaw. It will likely be narrower than the notches of the pincher. This way hair extensions ate pulled famn the system before the build up on their dips gets wide enough to jant the pincher's notches. ft It is undesirable for the pullback hook to have only a single narow notch, one wider notch could be divided inm a few narrow notetes by placing tines in the pullback hook's interior vwhith parallel to its length and axis of movement. In summary, the narmtness of the pullback hook's interior notch at notches prevent the hair extension tips fran flexibly yickling overtop of it.

In order fur the pullback hook to f:led the bend-under yNWam with hair cmtemiomns, it must bing said hair extcmnkaln in contact with the bend-under bek systemx Usually, this process Is faclitated by the hatir extensions being attached to scalp hairs, which help pull the hair extensions, attached to them into the bend-under system. Howevcr, when dealing with unattached hair extensions, the hair extensiont must be fedl directly into the hand-under system. One solution to facilitate thi os to place the bend-under system not below the attachment stack levelsc., but within the anachment sack it about the same level as the attachment nozzles. Unfortunately, thits is not a very attractive solution 71 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automated Kair froliion and Processing System A DIVISIONALJ eppi Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant; Cliaropter i. King Da; 09 March 2004 becaum it ptcant the problen of routing the supply lines *Ate feed the eazel. stick aoud the bend-under bait syXIIM- A mar attractive solution would he to coAfiguse the pullback hook syztra so that it pulls rn a point behind the engagement point of the beru4under belt systems, Andl then moves itself and the hairs within it bark again over si engagment point. This process would Alow unattached hair extensions to be pulled for enough from their clips that slack is eestd in sad half exwsks.Th s ckWould allow the li&l extensions to dangle Vertically beneath the hotom oflthe attachment stack at which point they could he magagud by dt heM~o-undet helt systrem Howepvoc, "hi system would iuncdoa~ mostuly if the pullback hooks wer Siven a slightl difbeamr design.

In said design the pullback hooks ihould be cnfigured ina a shape almost identeica to the scalp hair sansport-ferward gates, where nothes of said pullback hook ar open to the left-hand tide, as those of the scalp-huir-sransport-t-ivaid gates and pincher are in the odgina embodiment Said nodchs will Riely be noenwbat thinner than the notches of the pincher. Such a pullback bock might he given multi-axis moavemant, go it could move narda tie leftonear the notches ofthei push-out actuator in front of te qsd; charnel, thereby, placing die ciddag hairs in its notches. Nqxt, it would have to wetse etth back with the litmusr path of movenment faor the pullback hook spsciftcdly, at path that is parallel to the edtr channel sads towards Its back.1iis! after ring past the froet of the band-usade syytem is would have to backtrack a ;hgn 4*rannr, thereby, comn lan front of die hand-under belt system. PinalIly, it might move off to th rigt so that It no longer overhangs the exit channel, Ibis final movement would cause ft to completely get out of the way of the -sckened barr astasskara allowing thewn In fully drop into osr In front of the bead)-uader symtm. Of course, befow the cyclo could repeat, this special pullback hook would hama tove stsightforward, preferably, while rasnaining completely t he right sid of the exit channelW anox ovanglngtir at all, Voc Stamots so Prevnt Unpaired flair Extendions Of Coure, the best way to deal with hair extensions becurning unpaired with scalp hairs 6c tont allow the situation moa ccur in dhe first placc. This can he achieved by using a systen that senUIs when a scalp hair is pregent. in a ewing aw, And dofat allow hair excaiems to Mnte An auachrrent. chamber unpaired.

-ben of H-andling D~eviant Adhesive Application Uusi adhesiyc 1 s oftcn used as a rmns of hair attachraent. In many embodimnts, thi liui adhesive winl amr have tine to sofidi4 before exiting die system. Certain titants wil) be made to keep tiiia luid adhiesive fion getting on the paub in rte armgehone awk Most. of dhese ckris occur In the aswachmnenr Chamber And they Include, but Arm not limited to, wing a vacuu to such away ay e adhesive, wing a solvent wash to wash away any excss Adhesive, and cnring the hair-applied adhesive with a proective coaiiw. The nature of the protective cooating can be temporary surch as a coatngV of liquid hot wax (or funenantal-equlvnn that is cooled and hardecns before ever leaving the attachment chamber. lin which case, die protected adhesive is given several minutes to cure. and then the protective coating is retmoved by diolving it off for exampl with hot 4oil. MAlndveiy. the protective coating might be permanen. For example, stnll powder patticles be sprayed over the adheive (such ash y Introducing an air-blown auspaneo through a left wrall Output) Thse n=ull particles would adele to the adhesive, but shield dIe adhesive fioms coming In cotac with anything external no it. While sane of the msat effctive adhesive control measures occur in the atturninn chambqr and Rxe of a similar astute to thuee jut dpgibed. further mesourle could be taken to prevent Any adhesive from rubbing off oft hairs as they cit die attachment systeim 'The following are tw such meassrw.

72 COMS 10 No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (1-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automated Hair Isolation and Proming System A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicante Chzisto~pher IL Xkng Dare: 09 March 2004 1. In order tu prevent stay dhesive &txn Piacing to attachment sstock charnch. Tctln cost (or fitzn moal- .quiv-ant) not fust the fiare of the channei and hair handle but Aso their vertical side Tis tiny include thet vertial sidss of .11 of the lower channsel walls.

2.Take care to prevent. stray adhesive fron suicking co the bend-undet belts. In additon to using Teflon belts (or funcdional..equlvalni), teaks sure the belt Srabs hbse above the adhesive level by masig sure the pulley ribs hold the belt assembly sufficiently above the scalp like stilt. Also oc inirtead, continually run the hears thenugh a lubruksnt/solrcest solution. The application% of thi solution could occr In the bas. usia or anywhere Along the path of the hale; where a rern~i; or other soluioan aplibcatiwa means, could be brought into contact wit-li. the belts.

fjhubi-Cbazner/Cylt syasnajj 6"Muirng Hair Handler System Optktniatioc 4 4 ofth Pushhadc and Trrax~om-Fsnad Functions Previously, a mu~rdpl-puvhb4i Sarm systern cosnpdsed of muttphe-pushbsck gins all on one part 'ras presented. I will cal tist p ofpwhback gae a compound-mnliple-pushbeek gie because several pusbbacr gao are attaced ain* piece. Alnrzrively, the multiple puback gat system can also have the multiple puabch gets confgud as separate objects, perhaps etched from separate slicce oftmetal. These independent pusbback gates would function inan identical mrarnna to dhe compound variety previowbiy shown. Specificalfr, thos putback gate cloest to the attichmen tarea would ckzae finst iAlowcd by the next doseiL. The gate closing would continue in this aerial man=e util pill t pushliack pates bad cloer] Thn configutioo f separate indepndnt pushtack pve. will generally the up less width than die ne-parr compound-pusbck getesa This i. because independrmc puribback gates; do not have to bc staggerd width-wise as they do on a compound pusbback Sam Although Ppsible, it would not In as "asy to mouve Indepndent puobbacli gatv forward as it is thie comnpound variety. Vhbs, it it. more difficult to ws t hideptndent puabbeek pta foar the purpose of transporting 0he Isolatetl haur* to the attachment ax than it is to use a tirigie compouind puehbck sat. Consequenly, a dectedl traris~orrffor gate should be used. instead. Such a ate is very simfla mDa comp~ound multdile pushback gate except that its notc van hpv blunt front, and its pvcs need nr* be stAgeecxl. A drawing of such a cdalkcated transport forward gate I IDA is shown in P1(2. liR Also, FIG. 108 shows. sdeiated transport fomutrd gate 1088 with regular rotelina, he det~mual transport-kswa r ae can have this configuraton because the ha hare aLmady been isolated and clated out ofils way b the indepedent pusbbach gitu. Thc dedicated crarispout-kmbrwa gates notches And sines line up wirh those 6f all of the independetit pusabcc Satet. Once hairs are chambered between the Independent puiliback eares, the dedicaed xranspotowanl gae firs slides out overthe width of the chanel. Next, the independernt pusbback gates are retracted and! the dedicated trensportbrwerd gate moves for-ward cesryl the isolated heirs in its notches. When it atop-.% ins noths 'il be liard up with the adhesive applicran nozzles.

When pusbback pau are mact in thi resonr they can al., be considered to lave a holdling function.

(oncrqntly, they oan also be ouiewd holding gases 11191), in FIG. 119. The arm where: they bold die hairs io that the trmnsparr-focwsnl gate can engage them xvill he referred to as the holding acs the holding is comtprised of holding area notches 119C 73 COMS ID No: SMBI-00555180 Received by IP Australia: Time (1-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automated flair Isoletion And Prou ing Sysem- A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Apknicnc Chritoher L. King DMa; 09 March 2004 "'MukpeanMC Sinspliation Ovssfaa!Pig this 1-111- 5 and Main 3 Areas is Not Neessauy If swnerhin eli; cher than the pusbback gazes whose metering areas coincide with chear holding areaS, could isolat hairs aid feed thems one at a timne to the holdin ace,; the boilig ptes could Ise configured as detlicated baig gates Opposed to holdin grtates also act'as pugbbac gats. U~nlke pwbc gaie;, dedicated holding puru could be Placed to coincide with the atachmnt aMe aed its ansebannac chambers. This wl mean dun[ no tManport.

fumesd Sats woul be nueded because th. bair. would dm4y be cormedy poeition in the attachment area. AlthougSh hhis s"mplAOfte 4001. de It Ais less duabe b, haieraMchift sad Ailin the holdn sta Ctan occur simukanebrsw Thus, such.g design would slyw the system down. Thus, it i still optial tn use rranapnrr.foswad atesL Sloped Trarw,,ort-Forwsrd Ga1e N011c. Prevnn Hafr'Slle Out Relatring to FIG. 106.1, the t=n.fnrwarw gat41s could hve sloped notces so that the hiair they carry, with forward Imovszmenrin the direction of arrow 108A. tend to get directed towards the backs of said notches.

Conveacendy. the hairs; beinig carried get hoked stay in the notches, This feature lespse the need for a Olde out prcventim Sate. Puahlxek pites that term the wranhpou.Eorward function aso theseles a fam of transport forward gare and could have eloped notches inudives. H4owever, the slope of their: notchos is morm li"l to be limsited to only the most Intedor regons so that the noe lateral fearn can act as pmuabck Met in the manne ofthe original embondimet.

$loped Antachumnr Area Rear Wall LessenslNeed for Pushout Acuiator in order to lessen the need for a pushout actuator or pullback hook, those area of rthe hair extension padiway that kicin hcfl pf the hair cixqeoslcon channel could be eloped. Rgfsrng to FIG. 109, the lowest fl(or level could be sloped in the manner, as shon by ensirdedt arcs MAK Likewise, btiejir levels could be sloped in a similar rner, as shown in FIG. 10).1I byatlirled wea 109B1. However, ris pincher is probably wider thinx flac~fronted (attichmn area) pusshout sctuatoe anyway. T'hus, channel width would not be fusrther reduced by the elkminattive of the pushout acxusnor, Consequently, there is kle ced to slope the Pathway in oder to climisa the pcsshou cusitor.

Entrance Gate Overlap oftde Anachmenc Am Thcurcticslly, it might posible for both the scalp side supply system and the her cxecnsksn supply system to share the namte ennanegm This entrance gate migh be continuous aver &=etim untm tachmnent urns. Alternaaively, it might be split Into two proferaons with sn open spAce between them over the centter of the attachment area. However, this saraing does limnit options because Ir would require the scalp hrandex hair ceaiioni to enter the attaclhment aWe at the ect $sat time.

Ideall, ec2h enfiste gateC should overlap the attachment area noc farthter than the interior edge of its doses, bound*n notch-tsne of it* clovest tmspocforward pSt, when said tzsnspont-orwerd gaze it positionied at rest In die attcncnt arca. Ettanec"aa should not ovrlapi any notches of the tzanaport'&rnard pica because this would Interfere with their function. The advannge of an entimnce gate amwwha ovedlapping the attachmnent area Is that It shortens the distance a hair has to arvel from the snetering arez W it corresponding attachment chamber. A short travel distance is desirable because hirk extnsons and scalp hairs dhrue re latively short distances flkely remain relatvely mtore perpendicular to the scalp then thoe chat must travel faither. Scalp hair ad heir extensions chat remain more perpencicularm th dScalp remn more parallel to each other and as such are easier to bring vogether far ansluhmnu.

74 COMS ID No: SMBI-OMesgia Received by IP Australia: Time (Itm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aukanated Hair Ivolations andi Pronaing Sysn A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PAREiNM 12903/99 Applicant: Chrisroher R. Xing Do-- 09 h 2004 Note By notch-ene, I mn one t of the sub-doe" time divde the zmespoer-fozruas..gate notch.. and, as such, help compmie the fiunedonat arcaa ofte tzuneporrward ggtcv which ar posidoned on else 4* of the chticeeldes of hsir.Iusndler tine-ianemblins 1**Muid- Chamnber Phidiet Design~z srnPincber Chamber Desig TChe aisle walls of tE pincher, (or each pincher notch), were previoualy shown to slant forward at the rop at a cuneunt onghe ts in MIG. t110. However, the pinehnr-aow$ uidhs and the lalk-wsal surfces duat disy lncerfiee with are Stat linuired to this ewer ennfiguraim. As shown in M~G. 110.1, where the aide cmnes-aecdon of a pincher-notch Wall is shown in darker shading on the Eight and its isterftcing left-wall side Cross-section is shown in lighter shading an the left. they might both be configured as vertical walls with no Coward! slant. In whtich case the left wall itself could be endraky flat, however, more likely the cantmal-sarhw buahr pairdons (usaally where the nogolsaf arm) of it winl project frward relative Wo lateral recessed nowAhe prows where the sides of the of vach pincher noth can ipie Into, as shown in FIG. 16± These raecd notcebo may be present rtprdleus of the eiea -etolspe of the pinduer-nacb walk and pardons of the left wall wish which they interface. Tlhese recessed ares mor only he~p proide a bette seal biur, also, li"l cosao much of the pichamsnoteb-wauu,.h-lft-mwa rubbing proe used so guie wayward heir rips into place in the utachnaenetchanmbu Inrerios, as illutramed in PIGS. 15.18.2.

Alternrtius pincher-notch and left-wall side arosa-scos are shown In FIG. 110.5 and t 10. 4 where the pincher-notch walls slant forward but not at a constant angle and the left wall is straight, but not continuous, instead, having largely horliralc notches recessed into it. Here the plncheriiorch walls are cost-qioed of alternaring area; asore that are angledl forward others that are not. FIGS. 1 10 and 110.2 show other possible cmbuinations of pincher-notch.

wall and left-wa) side app jsectior. However, generally all of the above referenced plncher-note-wal1 and lcftwall siE cossciu can lie kuterrdangeui wish cach other. That is sarv~w tMpe of pinch-noch-wills with various type of lefr-wsljs. Hiowever, one should ralz. that potential piCher-un-wall configumations arc not limited to what is shown nrpermtouslw of it. l'uwher, note that the Idea that one of the, so-called, left-wail1 half always an the left or oven on a Wall is cot true F*or exxarpl. die so-called left-wNJD trucre could be deployed im the Aruiciustl area oui a second opposing pincher pcructurrc All of the abo-attbrenceci drawing representsa side view of how the foresat-most portion of the left wall 4aJ Thc fgrwaed-n'uor portion Of the pinc-noth wall. inotrface with each other when bnoutt togctue. FIQ0$. I110.5 and 110.6 show possible top plan views of the pincher anid left wall cross-aecioua. As shown bete; they ate hod, rhe same widths. However, this woutld generally only he the case if dhe two halves did not tub past each artier, as they do in FIGS. 101..Thus i practice, one of the two halves will likely be sarmmer than die othier. Hiowever, this dots not hav to be the case. For emanwie. the halves could he conhured as coss-soedions disposed at different levels, thus, allowing them to be exactly the wene width it maay be deiriable for the pincher to huwe a funneling shape that 6.srthet helps direct hairs to its center and back. 1Te &wuelizg shape mayr take; cross-secional conouados s- shown in thec top plan view ini FIG, 11 0.6 of the pincher and left woll. However, this tunnelng shape liluly would not be extended down through 1he endure dept of the pzincher. As shown before, the pincher notches may be hollowed out in tue middle an dust the hairs are vraqied as the bottm and cop bur sren't touched by the pincher in the middle. Thus, rhe hisuneling pinchet cross-sections need only be possent at tie bottomn and top where die hairs are graped.

We have mencocud before that the pincher notches are lkely to be hollowed aid wider In their middles to 7S COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-ag A1111111111111 Automnated Mai Isolation and Ploemaing System A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicant C6IIUopheW L King DELe: 09 March 2004 help enclose chunhems formed when pressed up against an opposing object much as the left wall. Namely, the types of vhanter. (pant are iz attachment cdubma. 1 'will now further elaborate on tlhe finutes of 4hese heir actachena chambers.

11o narroweti bottom acid top of each pincher no"z (amd/or left-wall orm y opposing ehructure) not only gasps hairs but also forms a floor and ceiling for cacti lair attachment chamber. Said floor and eiling may serve to help prevent any electro-magnetie raiation or substances used in the attesacmn peaces tom escaping ftomn the chamberts. To this end, the top and bottomn areas may be nasuacnaaed out ofor coated with, flexile materials that farms SLi when pressed up against the opposing left well, or wlsararer opposes the pinchet. Ile elisecoa-nisgetic radiation pwmrned firm escaping Inclues, but 1s not 11mitsol to, Lihewiolat lIght used to cure adhesives, c's infrateA liot used to facilitate attachment in a CVDbhasld sysbarn. The 3cances h6ir prevened feinm escaping include, hut are not limite tD, adhesive or smy other substnce (including Ses) used in the attachment proess.

The interior of the pincha may Contain a Siaxalar set of outputs a those descrbed Cur the left wall. 'Ilas inchule; hut is not limited to, flhid mid elcrro,.canndc: atputs such as optics fnor li tP The ajor difisence would be that t pinchted. fibet optics or fluid lines ehat supply theec outputs wold bend down though a Vertca dmnanainn beflr ad*%n their otputs in the Interior of the pirache Additionally. the inside surfa of the pincher may haves 2aon-axick surface so that it resistsg adhesive nachanuc Alm, the Inside atarihe o t the pincehes may have a reflective aurftce so that any elcczo'mangnedc radiation dimeu at the bair attachment point. by for example die left wall outputs, that then gloes pdat said hair attachmeant point will then be mifleced hack at dthe lair attachmelnt point. Use Of a refiasie surface in this Man$=a, WI allow elecaro.

magnetic radiation catalyzed attachment to oati fxom All directions aroutnd each hair attachment point. The above nonstick and reflective surface. may be achieved through use of coatings or shells ox by manufacturg the entire picher ioseror out of martkic that have these q~ultie.

""SingiHc -air lankaion Sacs In the previously dirsibed first etubodira; a bair or a limited number of hairs Were isolated in metering areas formed between cutrance sune andi pusback gieca However, when dealing with huh; of variable diamcme. i; will be Inss Wliey that the typc* of puabback gates shown perriously cccn reliably isolate only a tingle hair per metering area.

Since celiub y isolating a single hair per metering area is dealtable, cefinerasems need to be magde chat will allow this.

S~ingle hair isolation will ofien Occur in the metering arcs between the frunt-most entrance gatc send 4Sno pustiback gatE. However often some other muans needs to be introduced to subdi'ride the group of hairs in dim etnrhg area.

There atwo broad approaches to the isolation of one hair. Both approaches shae the fornsg of at isolastion tin, which at least partialy isolates otto or a vY frw haits although maybe ins a fleeting osatne. This isolation ar=a is further subdivided such that only oeft hair remains and/or is alloed to escape from it.

The two approaches arc 1. Use sensors to tell 'where certain heirs' diamets start and stop. Use extremely sna ilndepeundently conrnuDp gates to act On what the sensors tell them to isolate one; hair.

Z. Use mechanical gates that progessively subdivide the isolation area pushing out but a singl hair. Usually, ctis involves pushing largr backwrda% all but die huont-moat sicngle hair.

I will. fitskt dgeibe some solely raechanical hair ispolation schemes that funlction without gtwgoes, Cerlly.

sensors could be introduced to esilunces chese mechanical schemes acid make themn ma snore predictabl. However, 76 COMS ID NO: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autated Hair loolation anuc Procwming Syam A DIVSIONAL appl. Flt ON PARENT. 12903/99 Applicane Chaistopher IL Klg Dvre: 09 March 2004 they will li1Tly &n without sensors.

**ConvernPoint Wedging The flt versions of mechanical hair isolation scherma, I will discuss fall into the aeLgory of what I cAR convaging-point wedging. Generally, a narrowing or triadgular shaped Isoladon area connected to the hair channel will be used. Often, It will, at Jest In part, be formed by an entrance gate 11 usually, the one responsible for allowing isolaed hairs out of the urgle hai isolarion mysn. Ref[rain to PIG. 111, notice how a tiangular shape I t IA is formed by a diagonally loping enmtrance ge edge lllB impnsed on the hair channsl edge i IIC. Hairs in the channel 2A encousgjed to press up inm this, generally tiangular shaped, converging ses tonail in the hair channeL It fint hair to teach the ape= point IID, regaien of its width, will be ina the ins stadi position in the ifmlati ama. It will he much mor ditiet cto get this front-most hair at apex point 1110 to move, than it will any of the hairs behind it This is because the fron-most hair is surrounded on two sides by the firm immovable edges thar make up the Cnvszi ares. In ciirst, all odr hairs (at most) much the immovable edges on only one side ard on all other sides art surrounded by other movablo hairs. Once in the position I IDt, any distorbance (ochs op vibraig the hair channel, exposing the hairs in the isoltion ama to a distuding fosec auch so air cuments or static electricity, or forcing a mechanical objat to run through the isolation 2as) wi prefezeaially move the urAitng hairs, in a much greacer extent than the &oor -most hair. This propery can be used to separaw the vrailing hak, from the fron-nrnost hair at apex point [11D. However to permanently separate the trailing hain from the front-most hair, an obetructiom means should be bmught between the trailing hairs and front-most hair, after they are separnted. Thee am vasious types of obsauciam m ns that can be used to do this. Many of them simultaneously function as forms of pushback gate means. Below follow examples of several types of such isolation area obsruction means Flexible Finger I'M tacltion-AEtC Obtruction Means As shown in FCv. 112 *up one, One approach is to use Ecxibl finga-like projections I 12A as a irnnrfnw t i ninhhrk nrr mrans Sunnirmentrv heranr thrv flnar-likr nmwiion ran w rnusiderrd nnshhsrk gates thesnelves, These ficlible finges-like projections a moved towards the front tp 1 12C of the converging ar= largely atoug a line that bisects ehe convesging area in o two halves. During their forward movemeug, as in 1105 112.1 sep two and 112.2 step three, they may even be vibrated so as to help push the unstable non-tip hairs 11B (not ac the apex of converling area) out of their way. As the fingers displace the unstable son-tp hairs 112b, they will move bavkwsads away from the &on-most tpex point. As the hain ae forged backwards, the flexible inges-lilc projections might yield to them, as such, allowing their backward movement Because of their sngle of movement, the finger-like projections will tend to actually press the front-most hair 112) into the apex, rather than diskldging it. The end result will be that the Lnger-lill projections in contact with the front-most hair will have flezibly yielded to and conformed around this fra-most hair 112D, as shown In PO. 1123 step 4. Thus, this front-most hair 1120 will have been isolated from the hairs behind it. Within limits this scheme works regardes of how wide the hairs are rlatire to each other. Finally, notice how die finger-like projections that can make it, unobstrucced by hairs, acros the channel to its far side incrt into notches 112E. Thes optional natchcatabiliac the fingers so that they can maintain their position and not allow any hairs amund them from either direction. The flexible fager-like projections 112A coulk be supported on the rince of a die assembly finming what =ni be considecrd a variable diameter hair isolator 112P.

Shaped-piger Isolation-AMas Obvuction Maiem A reinement of he flexible finger-like projection pushback gat means leads to another varder of the 77 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autanasted tiair tolation and Procmaing System A tIV ISIONALa ppL Filed ON AKtNT; tLJU3/9y Appliomn Chrlawpher L King Dice: 09 March 2004 conveogirWpaint-mwedging hair isolation system. This tefiamentis to use what I call tapered end sprng fingem. Ratht than haiing spring fingers with biWat p'de, as shown pzevlwusly, the spring fingers co(* be ospafguwd to lokr and behave as shown in this seain FIGS. 113 through 1112, llurandng these sequential seps. Alhough shown at a different angle, this sen oftheer drawings should be considremd as having spring fingers 11. at the end of a hair handiler tie and taking a path towards the spex ilIDofa convezingisolation area, just as the spring fingers in FIGS I12 through Il2i wea The rapered shape of the assembly 113C alows it to wedge its wy into te isolation are using less fosce to displace the haiti 41D iles pith. This or any spring finger assembly constructed with small-stchsd springlike parm should usually be sandwiched between two or lying across one meaer supporting layer. Such supporting layers would have la'vey the same shape as the layer he finges are fnaJ Into. However the support layers should usually be contanous surfaces wih no fingers ethed into them. Although PIG. 113 shows the sptsig fiags ethed into a single layer, alternatively, each oaaer could be formed from a separste, independently moving tine layer. Purher, the yielding spsing mueas could be placed anywhere between the tine-conucdvity bxidgc and the tip of each finger. not nscesardly as close to the hair-handles fiancrianal ats as it has been shown up until now. This is true of al embodiments that need get a har handler to when obstructed by a auffidntly inmowablc hair 113Din its path at the apex 1111.

Wedge-Shaped isoladon-MAea Obsauteson Means Similar to the above poinled spring fingrs is another refinement of the conver ginpoint-wedging type isolasion meas. In this r&mrmnt the pointed displacement wedges are configured as several independent paz2. In these drawings, the wedge shown moving, in a given step, is drawn solid, and the currndy stll wedges are drawn as oudines. Refeing to steps one and two in PIGS. 114 and 1141 respectively; the narrowest least intrusively auped pointed wedge 114A Is wedged into the isolation aea first. It displaes any moveable culling (non-apex) hairs that intrhcat its pith but stope when it come in contact with the highly stable front-moat hair in the apex 1145. In FIGS.

V142 through 114.4 showing areps three through five sequentially, die fine wedge moved Is followed by increasingy wider more intrusive wedges that push the more lateral hairs backwards and our of the isolation area. Like the finrs least inuudg wedge, all fowing wedges stop when they come In contact with tho highly smable hair in the apex. The followirg atrica of wedge becosncincrasingly mnore obtruulue by mld4 them wider with more obtusc elge angles, and by placing increasingly wider diameter arc: at ther bunt-most pointa. These are start convex and increec in diameter with each step and then become concave while continuing to increase in diameter with each step. Concave arcs are wecd to equeter away any very smarl haire trapped to the side of a much larger f&oat-mnot hak.

Once the fut-nmost hair is olsted, another channel obstruction gate likely taling the fuer a more cmwvendanalpushhsck gate might be moved between said fron-mast hair and trailing has. This will keep any trailing hairs behind the wedges from mesaing around said wedges when the entracc gate is opened. The use of another more conventionalpushback game behind the wedges is optional. Additionally, a conventional pushback gate could be used to help clear a path for the wedges. so they would not have to go through as many hairs before reaching the front apex of the isoldon area. ihis could be done by using a pusbback entcranegate configpration as shown in FIG. 111. Finally.

realize that the wedges at capahk of yicldirg when they press up againat the frone-most hair in the isolation area. This yielding be achieved by mounting the wedges on individual tines that am flexibly attached to their connectivky brklges.

***Series of Sub-Hair-Dianerer-Spaced Pushback Gases The second type 9f mechanical hair isolpion scheme I will disuss falls into the category of what I call subhhif-dismerer-spaced pushback gare& This type of sySteM has a metering arme With a fromt edge this need not narrow to 72 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aunxnmaccl Hair Tanladon and Promesing System A OIVISIONAI, app1. PIend ON PARLENT; 1290/99 Appicasnt Chriutopher IL King flare: 09 March ±004 a tip although it ndghr. If the metming area does sat marw, then it should ideally be no wider than about twice the dianne of the arnallck Jiange hair that will 1P dnuugh it Sub.-Hai.DlMD,?z4NTEVAj Spcd Puiltack Gut. Systirm Referring to FIGS$. I115&15.2 showing sequential staps one through three, the fnt crabodimeact Of thiS System uses a medacg area that wil] allow even the at disaeteir hula to ouchi a from -imoat edge. This system uses a saries of puebback gates opaced froam each attic at Intervals ofatls than the diamete of dhe wrialleat hair. Ideally, the pushbade gats smw spaced ae inervals ofeo 1mm the 5001 of the diameter of the somslse hair, ib3as individual pwshbsck gAtes flexibly yield snj sn" wien they cioni loi coneset with the Acer-mst half. Hocwavor, It they ewess the mietorng are at a paint between hair; they will not strip Nit continue iao the meeezcin 5 area so as to dlose it off.

Thus, the kant-nice bal is isolated ront any halot that om Ic by the pushbickgates between It and them The greatest hsnutau of this systeta is that itoui only be used! with a very limuited ne tof hIrk dimewnrs Hakel of tO men afla dianteniubet noteenit cin the ataring arcs ow if they do, might be pushed autral. waydthey carnein. This is because the puslibsel gates Ans o4~ lyb to atop If they inttersect with the mraost 500/ of a hae' diainetan gois to push 0he hair firmly fito the entrancepgte. If a hair is intersected by a puvbck pmc in the fiioat-mos; 50% of itis distmnetar, it usually will bs. pushed hacitwais. thereby, obstructed fawn passing vamd pushhsek gate. lIkewise, if the hatirs have coo small oe a discrae, thaimo u~g an prn hair igt gr in ont of the pwhbsick gunr~ To solve these problemis and to allow isolation of a widle vhsety of haft diameaters, a second embodiment of the bub-hik-dapnmza spaced Sub-nakr-vlumnrcr.ACCULa Spacd Fulback Ciars System Ti~s second embodiment of the suh-hair-dlamaterspacei puailtack pm system uses a merag area etnuposed of a salies of attached compaewipns tat become increagngly mammaer usuall with ifteraslag prximitiy to> the amchunicat area. itefierting tHo. t116. this werofcmpsrtmno I14A is usually foirmcd by notches 11613 in an antrance lpto I lf6C that is imupoed on an a*g of a hair channel I1161D. flack aub-camrpazmiant alkoay only hairs of an extremely specific diamneter range in it. F'or atumpie. a haer of an extremely thin diameter will not stop moving forward tougah e ccmpartmcohp until it reaches the enitrance to xasub-cosnpsroncuc too thin fix it, or die dead-end of the TG7 ay un b N ukgipEc in a dogs ma& u&*yuy wids imuiur h&l wil Pap wauih aging i alm nf ik wide: wm~parwienus, If there ane any thinner diareer hars trtailing a wuider diameter bait, they will be stuck behind It and this is fine.

Once we have hairs ofsa specifid diameater znge in the omxarct ineterina ares euh-compsrcneae;s Ne can uase a sezies of specialpvaihbac gate positioned with sut-hair-dltnterjACCUILACY to isolate the fiot-mtr hair (the one closest wo the proctssing In t mettring are fom al of those behid it (those farther from the processing Ia).

Nodie, I said positioned with soh-halr-diaincwr ACCURACY, not necessarily, spaced at sub'hair-djurnm INTERVALS, asin the embodiment descaihe inmmerdlatly above. Because the graduated chambers hold hairs of dlftrenat diamt~tets apar fZOM each ohe0, te is no need to space the Isolation gates at the small sub-hair-diameter intcrrals needed in the INIh&VAL-apawea system to zpsatc two bairs cfpuady diffuing~l diamter, The pwbhback Isolation gates take on die contspsrarion and manner of apeuation shown sequentially in FIGS.

I16,11-1619G. 8116.11-116.16 represent the, first six sequiential imcr of'rauiaus pzshbaek gan movine over the channel and closing around hirs in the meberingarea. In the first two steps shown by FIGS. 116.11 and 116,12, the gatesm realm itall the way aame 03 the dunl unobstruedc when this happens, ak notched like I16E in FIG. 116.2, remains over the channels. Although sMe front hair at position 116r may be tempoiazlypushed backwards anti out of 79 COMS 1D No: SMBI-0065518o Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Annrni- Hlair Tqnlarir and Prnurnaing .iyWm A 0lrIrSrONAr. sppl. FihvI ON PARENT. 12903/99 Applicant Chritoher IL KingDMee; 09March 204 the way,. ain stop 1.5 shoyn by 11IG. 116.1154 ituWll Asi move lin the from-Most area of its osigina eOMPsrtmcm* ain atep 2 *hown by FIG. 116.12, afrr the involvedl pwsbbsck-iolaion gave makes it all chi; way across the meterirg sreas. Of cureeto make suare this happen., the ubcomperuue ftsould be aufficiently loing so tat the bairn are just pwhed backwards but nor complere4 our of sadsa-omuuem owetz. In step3S hown by FIG. 116.13, the hair at position I 1CE is encountered by a hook means on the side of a pwshbsdc isolation gale. Said hair obstructs said Sate fronm making it All the waty across the chanieL When this happena, the notched ame 116E does not make It over atht channel Thua, dhe fmot-anoa! ares (the area closest to dhe processin area) ofti adjaaunt trealin aat-compamtnhat t 16L (aub-comnparmnent firther fromn the processing ores than the leadin hait'a sub-coinprmnt) ratmains covered by the pushbokioolon Sa Thbis keep. any other hairs In samiling sub-compritt towards Its encraane. area (sakp of the subicmnpartn1itrdiest fion the ptncessing am) where they can't he protec;ted fawin the subsequent pughlack-gare portion 116H ias they would in the frontmoot area of sad sub-eompasanent, Thus, in siep 4 shown by 116.14, win the am pushbadpgate swips over tise enicance area of sai sub-compauumnt 11614 it forces all haiti n it out. The final result is raid snh-conipatmnt is janirehy empty of haint. In other words, hairs in subcompatment 116L. have been pushed bKackad. and owt of the path of die hook mews 1 16C ar into rte path of thw pwhbarek-gae portkn of the followinglI pushbaek-hisgton gate mctuated in step 5 shown by 1710. 116, IS. Since all following imlation Fpat (those that have yet to, move) wil lie held up by their own hook manos by the fronrtinoat hair at point IiliW, their notch areas Illw t ioH will N(Yr be brought oiver the channels. This will cause all subsequent balms in the comspartmntsl ofthe metering ar= to be forced backwards (away fron the proceasing area) end entirely out or the mnetering a2ta and it. comprztnn in like manner. In stxp 6 ahownm by FIG. 116.16, a final more conventional pwshback pw 11 61 which has no need for:a hook means Ekeo IW orai notchslike 11ME is moved overdthe channel.

In steps 7-11 sbown by PIGS, 116.17-116.19, we see that die isolation gaes are moved backwards in order to open the meting a ma. Notice that all hairs, xcepe one, have been forced out of the metering area. Fushback @a te 1161 riws over the channel closin the amictng area ofE The isolation Pteare mQved sway froml the mnccding sea starring with the second flora lust pusbback gate 1163 and proceeding in the reverse order that they originally movwed over the channels. Notice that the second (ruin las puiuhback gate 116J haa an apticeiai sloped edge 116K on the dsjHc side of its notch that wilil ow It to push ay hair between. it andl the last pusobbat gate 1161 out of ite way towards- the lea; pLnhback gatt 1161, as in opticnul step 7X shown by 116.17X Optional samp 7X shows what happens If the frontmioat hair is in the widest sub-amber. Notice the last puslibmck gate 1161 hoe an optional concave area'116M in it that alloun it to accept said hair in widest sub-chamnber. Tis concave Area Is opional depending on how the tlnalpwshback gate k spaced relativ e h MowV forward PWhbsack gate. In practicrall of the aotehed-push bac gates moy QtUmay not have sloped or tapcredl right edges I116K hut one was just sbown in 113 forxr ilUauSauie pUtpoaes.

Noticein FIG. 116.2 theta variant embodimnt of o theme Isolation gates is shown, Irashowsc that these gates oan have straiht edges like I ION, athecr than aeiidcular notches, Intersecting Mth haits as a hook mcans Note: The above Eeken to a metering ama composed ofta series of attached comp~amtnents that become incxesaingl narrower, Such a tittering tr isolation area need not he comnposed of sub-coeipannaut but could aimplyr be a tinol ame that becomes hIcreasinny nesrower, most liely, with increasing ptoxiridty to the procesing/attachon arts. Also,, the sunuwin stutteing arma formed in dii embodiment. or any metering area or isolation ares formned in any embodituen, need sot necessary be iormed by JImpoing a gate structue an a hir channel wall. For ezazape, the narvwmue ucnesg a=e ins this; emblodirmt could be Lomird entirely as an uessed'cssdeslit cut into a hair handler such as an entrance game Sevcxal Metering Area Sime Available Choose die Best for a Given Person's Hair so COMS ID No: SMBI1-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aniram airi Imlatina andi Prmnaainc, .'Iprm A OMfl3IONAI, mpp). Fled ON PARENTM 1290,1/99 Applicfne Christopher IL Yng Dar: 09 March 2004 Lack cfH.2lrD Mnwadibility on a Head Sifrl irigot To the extent ghut scalp hair diamneter rmubw Wasum on eaCh psora hea4 but varies flown Person to Person, two or mate hair isolation suh-ayssrms could be avxilz each cAirited firsa specific dametr, of bait, For examrple, them could be several pwhbsc gates each with a dlfkwu en utring distance from inA entrance gate. This would *Bow the metering area size to be adjusted to the hair diinacters on a specific person's head This simple entrance and pwbhback gate combin could be usedisa the single hair isolation system milan then fhe much More complex emubodiments described) above. Of cours, tbis would Mesan that the system opeazos would sosnelOW hae enascertain the disater of hairs on a given peasn'st head.

Use oftSentsors And Flexibly Yielding Flak kHandlest for tHuu Isolation In several oftho sbovecdescnbed Ink isolation system embodimens. there is mention made of certain hair handlars stopping when they coma in contact wish hairs In ths mtrng area that get ina their path. There ire two basic types of systems that can bes used to slow A hair handier to atop Ints dale aL The fiast involves mcchanicslr yielding hair hndlecs saW the second in based n deecnsie crnanl via sensor mocixwia, Waeing to FIG. 117.1, anechasical hair handler stopping may be facilital by making each hair handler dte sonmwhtat flembe along snrow 1171'. Slnce several M1w hair handlers are connectd and) q)aadng In indirpvesia lisl channtels, they cannot all be expected to stop independently unless they are flexibly connected.1bus, each heir handler has atfleribiulky taint at somie point, along its 'iri, between is futnctional area sand Its supporting connectivity bddge- Rofeniwg to FIG. 117, one example of such flexshillry joint involves inresrupting die metal tine and placing A silicone connectivity jozint 1 17A in is place. Such a silicone joint can be firmecd by starting with a metal pattern that has temnporary supports 1178 thar bypass the are where the joint is to be placed and connect the distant end I17C of the tine to the connectivity btidge 11 17D. Thecse temporar supports not only connect but also suround the future joint RECO as to bald liquid silicone in thec joint a it solidifies. After the siic is solid the ternporary supports and Any excess silione should be c=taway. Ilia flexibilty joint need not be comrposed of silicone. Any other suiable Material or even a spring-like pattern 1179 formed into the roars to formn the joint may be used, cAsin PI$T 117 .2 Futher PAl the ika~ilility joint nee9 not be pbrecxl at vxact poaisiun alhvwn in tc drawings It camoke pblec onywhere between the functional area of each hair handler and ita connectivity bridge.

Other possible mecluolcal mnethodls Include (bur are mmt limnited to) (ociig a flexibility jont by connecting two boelsonral stselicd io layers. with ak tixibly yielding matcrial ssasrwichsd betwmen thew, Purmhcr still, the usc ofe joint might not be necessary if die entire tine assembly can be fabcintei frm a sufliciendly flexible: material. However, such an assembly~ Is likely ro be Mc flOiACu awl mightrneed ro be mpprwdy egsanwihed between two or attached against one firmecr layer. finally, micw-mactno type actuators, to be discussd below, could be used as a means of allowing Autiottal areas to yield separately, even if sensors do nor control thou Electronic contatA via sensor monitoring is based on Pending an electric or electromagnetic flow scrosa a hair channel and modlng hair hand ler behavWo when it is interrurpted. In the east of the hair isolation system the sensor flow could be sent aerun the metering axon at scaal points sibdiviuing echi nettin area, Each point ruouirard could haves gate capable ot'subdividlng its ameterirng arca at or relative to said point. If a front-nmot lak interrupts a sCMensr path, one or snore hair handler, will nr be maoved as they nortral 7 would, hU3 way maid front-ntose hair would not be disturbed. Thec sepsaatly cunrnWe hair handlers ued. in bait isolation should close behind this front-moat hair a~t the first point the sentow deotct a p batwsen the front-raost hair mi~d trag hair.. A smaper-controlled pyscan has operatonal advanta over an entirely mechanical system. For example, a sewsor-conwrollpj system does have in V1 COMS ID No: SMBI-OMfS5lgo Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004"3.09 Aiirrrnamnl Hair Tmrlmrinn and Proemaing A DIVISIONA!, appI. FIlsI ON PARENT; 1291fl/99 Applicant Chritoher King Dare 09q March 2004 disturb the bait that stops Lt This mseans it need not undeniably riuk pushing the &wit-wmose hair out afids insisting ura by brnging, lunair handler in contact with the; (roh-nsw: 51Q% of SWM bu4 dfiaeor. ThiO owturcaul 2dvamaajr 216rUM2 a ngrar-wntrollad cysts to handlei I wide rag of hair duamsre than an othawiua Idmdena asnanaosconcmolled sysn.

Hoawever, the opetional advantage co1(e At the cost of increaed complcxiy. A scnsot-baaed system not only has to mautitor seeal points Across each met"in area but it mut be able to corntd the mnovement of each hair handler: in each channel aepuaaraiy. 11a, like halt handlers; cannot he Joined by a connectivity bridge and anovd in snisona Rather, sante type of micro-naehiae technolagy would he muom beniefiil to use to control each hais-bundler Axncrional ares npae4'.

SAa41buld,-Chnaber Holding Arma Ieaig The origial syar penmlte included compound pushback gates chat were Almo tesponsible for transporting in the stachmnt acms, the Lains that they had isoatedi in teir noath... Neae, I prmsaard the idea that prusbback functin ad Mrnport*XVWad function Could be assignd *o two sepumueC patIM Further qd4l the pugbbua:r funaction and holIng function could be assigncil to two sysear parts. In other words, the holding gates could be configured 4s decimcsil holding gates Am opposed to balding gaes that alma act aa poabbacr sutn. Of enuirse, ti= requiem an independenr hair isolation mecban~m wo &vd these dedicated holing gama with Isolate ha.T'rean~.io~ mechanlsms descrbed above could be used for this purpose. A description of dedicated holing gume and dedicated ttampoft-foruad-ganz flancdon follow.

The followintg description refer to FIG. I IS. In dtdiated boling/rtnsponE-trwmrd gat systams, instead of using multiple-pushhacj gates tw lealate hairt, a singl pwbhback pere 118C per channel met=s owt hirs one atm Irime.

These isolated bgiq don't go directly into the attachment area, but instead, they go antosa holding Arco betwen the arubn:lnn area anid a bir isolation means. An aggregtx! holding ares is aubduvided by hoding gates. lI A incto individuial holdinS areas or holing atim 'I 18P. The holding res closest to the amrcalenr aca, shown as balding gates 119A.I, eay help save as an nrac gutg to the attachment am. Holding gate IlI SA.I uenin cloued over the hair eharncl before any hairs are lnrnutced into the holdling Area. Afte due first isolated hair (or hairN) 1s lustrduct:4 into the holding area. holing gate 1I IAM2 eloses behindl it. Next. asecond isolated hair is introduced into dhe holding Area, and holding ipte 118SA.3 closes behind this second halr. The tenl result is* thee we have two hakrs etch isolated In at; own holding notch in the holding ar. Each time A hair is introdasced intoe the holding A=c, the h2air isolation System must cycle once. It we waret to introduce two baits into eeL holding notrh and sigl hair isolation system is usedl it mart cycle twice befom far each bolit notch to be flilled.

Ina a system where moan than two holding noitches mcust be filled, this process can be repeated for how ever mauny holding nouzhes I1UE the are Note. The hoding ges, (single) pushbmckgates 118C2, and any errance gates I 18B or anarrower gates all move fro side to aide. The flexa*.eflrxwrs tMp vadiable~dimrneter-bair isolator Muost 1114 nmoves in fina the side at appozimsitely a 45' m&gl The varible-diameter her Isolotce 1121? can be considered any incus capable of isolatinig a sinigle bak ito on group of hairs thatrmy bave different diatetrs. In FI1G. 118, the &blig-ie-Cmproetom configuration Is die type of v&riabL diameter bait isoator iustrated. However, in practiar any hair isolation sysem can be spubstituted forki. ThKe= shairs ewer in th iacLica ecsignated by arzow 11813. Optionally, hair senscircuit pathways deiard by 120 and I 2D 'an be used to sense the presence of scalp lipiro or hair ;stensbons in die holding notches 11811 on either the hair extenciora or scap hair aid* 82 COMS ID No: SMBI-00665180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Anrrnarnl Kaie Tmrrnn and PmcmffAing $inm A DIflRIONAV appit Filedl ON PARENT; 1290.3/99 Appliant: Chisroher IL King: Dae: 09 Mairch 2004 Referin to FIG. 119.once single hare 41D or 412 oe Iwoleted in their indiviclal holding notchest, they am redy w, be vansuporwcd intD the Puuduunts ame by l irh dictzd-ttranopot-&arward gates 108B. These aWdplctssnpon-oncd gates utenpot =2u1p hairs 41D al hair exctonsions 412r Into the attachment chambersi in the exact mn~ner as dhe rnuldpke-pufhbsk gota originlly decribed. The diffecerac. betwn die oriina mulcrple-puubsack gates and die dnlicat-mukiple-tuansapct-owaed gates Is that the dcdicatted-renupoatfonward gates don't havent isolate hairsbeame the bairs have already been isolated for themn hi holding area inches that lite up with their notches. As such, the notch-eeparading subdztn tfthe dediLcted4iciple mranspost-foewazd gates don't havt to have a tapered design capable of'pushing bairs badk aid thsey don't have to have it stagg3erd designt where the front-moat pushbeek gates cnoes the hea chasied heae those pushback pame teether sway from the amehina oti. I ns reat, nch.

aepm dung sub-dtae of the dedicazed-ranpoan-fa d ganis can all he equal length anI even have flat froints.

""'Elacuo~lagnd=2yha for Sentsz Mico-Malchines anmd otherc 2hcscal Cirnponena in chat Attacanne Stack.

Pviciy I hav dicse th noprto of lcica acwnponcmu inth Osuachanot stack. Thee cheetisil cotapannira include vadrats types of seasons and micra-inaclhna, By microisnahlne., I am refering to eesnsrely small devices that move by mechuilcat fimce genrated by rhsrnaclves. These micro-maciacs usijally arc stupplied with electricity and sometimsa with vwe or other Huld in order to enmte sttam that allows them to fuction.

as small steamu engines. The electricity and war could be suppli through pathways formed into vaus layers of the attacnt stack. Thw pathwayo on each of these layers cmMl be supplecd with eleicity by contacts at the back of each layer. As shown previously these input contcacts udghrbe inrrtgd in A 3WsuPs pater at, the back or one ofthc sides of the anameat stack.

Thue. Wn=0unsR; mOMnw %t anyk such0A Lueiosquivetenf ,'jiek allOWs indepcad44ns ec*zun-i Of inniim hita handier functitonal arvns either freeing said funcrioal tins frvom havin to be placd on moving riac-assemblies or allowingf aid fiznedatal I=s to move in a Jodyh diffrrerat mannac: firom the moving tinc-assenablira which support them, should be cons~derd ats an actuation o~pton. Alrcrnsively, a hybrid between a tine-ssembly with RA like fucdoatl areas physically unnecrzd so that thevy move it unsii anct a mic-mchine is a possjibilty. In soda a configurstan. the dmn-sscpnbliW macru-actuation meas, such so solenoid., could Pimply be zrplaccd by a microachine meanis contained entirely in the handle unit ad, perhaps, the atnatasck Itelf t t tt bLtau-Wire Manutsccturira The micro-wires that supply the sens and icin-machinea with elcticky will have to he mauduacnsrt4 into individual layers in such a mannier that Uscy ae electrically insulated. The oving procesduree describe somne examples of how such mnicro-wires can be foxred: *Mleeo-vires within the layets can be generated by...

-Adhecring a sheer ofdconductive material to a, perhaps car, inorgai ceric such as glas and- using a In=e, cheiencal eching or other cutn means to selectively cut pathways In the conductoL, The fasult b' thin wire-likse pathways szpprrsnl, at lease on one; titl, by an insulating inorganic niateriaL.

-Adhering the ccaducor to a thin flxible film and using a loser to cut channels both in the film and contdSctDLr One should make sure the im has Adequat msrglna around the conductor thatt it can hold thw cut central portions tter. The film-conductor assembly can then be! sandwkbed between layers of the attachment stack The 23 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (ltm) 16:24 Date 2004-03-09 -Automated Hait Isolation and Proainag Symnam A DIVISIONAL appl. P161GON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicant Christphe I King Daft 09 Match 2004 lwywts u( t~v sLLmAArnnt .,tstk will piuVialt Gn appal Lisl6 YLII)NIA7(aPllu aasLMUasbly.1The I1%m~llu Glut will probably pscrirk wwjclnlsinapnd the conductors and may as act as an adhesive that ad'vm* di; assemby toathe adjacent layers of attachmnent sack In might sa a& an adhesive because It is coated with a sticky substance like those used %nth adhbesive tape, or because it meit* what exposed to heat while pressed bemycca adjacent layers of the aetnehanent stack.

-Adhering the conductor moa substance (flexIble or stiff, clear or opaquae) that is more t rsistant To chetticat etching than the conductr. Etch paths In dhe conductor using chemical photo ewrhlng.

-Porrning directl by vapor deposition on or between non-conducive intrne. Where nad non-conductive swx~pws muay either be ftbis ot stilt Certain electrical circuits mlaght be ued to generate heat se a specific point. For example, adheivte outputs based on heated vapor bubbles need a small point of high electrical resistance that will beat up causing a vapor bubbk The areas that cay the electicity to the haring elarment, in order to rsain relatively cool, should hAve relatively lower electrical resemee This lower electrical resistance be achieved by making thps =as widr dicker, or firom:i mor conductive material than the kbothng ase. The will likely rcyuie that the heating reatt and) less elctckly resistant partia:. of the electrical supply pathways to be mnanuateda as sparate layers that are joined togethen. To do d46awa forminJg, che layer shonld be joid togethet by laminating them betwn chit two non-condurtivet bqckdage Further, tlhe two lay..s could be most secusely joined by a nms such As laser welting.

JIf atea ceramic is used 2a he lamninating mateial, Its tidknca aota less and It rmadinr be snelrrd by laser weling. H4oweve, many other lamrinate type might get melted themselves during the lase welding. If they are thick and clear enough, they mutti survive. Otherwise, a second layer of laminate should be lase welded on top of rte fir ones to ensure decadaor apdical itmulation is maintaline A vapor buabble system hested not by elcorki resistance but instead by light or other clcerrv-nmeetic radiation is a possibility. Optical pathways via internal reflecion caMd earry the light. The light coul be focused, most ideailly an a lihabsorbent surface, at the paint where hear is desired.

Some of the scesor and odwe mecl-Anisms thet use lights aweergy will need to use optical pathways that catty lit via interntal rciccrjon. There te severa ways of fuming such optical pathways including but not limit w;: 4foift.

-Vapor deposition.

-Chemical etching of A* optically cle surface. $giJ optically ecr evrfacc moos 16key ahered to en acid zesistant surfaca t 5 5 Hair Channel Seasors: A sensor typically detects hairs when Its path across a hair charnel is iaoptcd. The presence of detected hairs can be input into a ccznpurer for purposes such.a hair counting andI modifying the behavior of the heir mianipulation system. For iample a menor that detects heirs in the hair channels~ in efft countng them, could, he combined with a wheel typ sensor tat mneasures distance; ox apsed of tmunt over she scalp. Taguthct these two sonsors could be used to judige the density atf hair in an are of the head. With this density information, the system could adjust the number Of hair ataniOn it attchtes in day given a111K of salp. Ideally, to achieve the moat accurate cown, a single or wry few hairs should he isolatd in an aea slang te channel, such as a metering arm Thus, when A sensor detect the ptesence of hairs in tis isolated area, the systm cut know that this means it has. detected exactly one, or sanme other known number, of hairs.

84 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (ttm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autumcav 1 I llatiuus znl PiL-au 5 Sysmut A DIVISIONAL appIJl. FiA ON PARENT. 12903/99 Applirnr Chrinphe it. King Dfle: 09 March 2104 I-lair channel sensors could also be used to mea ure the diameter ofeach human hair on the head. For cxsnpe, by deploying sensor erws cach in a scrics of a-lie conncgd hair chamg l compmranns tha bcmme imcessinly nsnwer, usually with incremed proximity to the tAclUment MZ (as in PIG. 116), the Rytam can know within a certain range the diameter hair preagent in the compamnts. Snce this configuradion is based on the sub, hair-diametr-aocuracy spaced single hair isolation system, it will most likely be used with it. Thus, a likely aipgorithm would be mto derect the fronte-mot eomparmen that has a hair in it, record thit dare as the hair-width measurement for the isolation cycle. Of couse, sensaces could alo deect hair width in a tmannar analogous to the sub-hair-diameter.

interval spaced system by acing the channel sensors at sub-hair-diamters, however, this will likely be more difficult to implement SAme of the qspeciecs involved with hair channel sensor lmplemanwon in general ate discusnd below.

m Elec tic Current Seansors: In aorder to implement deutc-Gurnt pp sensors, an deuical voltage could be run across a hair channel gap between two dipole ends of a ga-internptal apletda l czcuit. Said dipole ends would not only ba put on opposite sides ofa hair channel but might Als be put on opposite sides ofa dielectric layer (one on top, one below). Said dielectric layer wil help pvent the circuit fmrn cld ing anywhere cxcpt the desgnated Areas. rh cloats tips of said dipole end, will Ialy have vtry thin widths oanth oaider of the width a human hair. Thus, in order for the vtage to arc, it must caos he hair channel as a specif; point. Hair should have a diffete (probaby highe4 diclactrIc value than air does.

Thu when a hair Is in the way, a different mourt ofelectrical flow (probably less) will pas at a given voltage. This change can be used to detect the paance of a hair. Since th status of this voltage and electrical-dflow dcharactd stics can be monitored thousands of times per second, c rtain changes can be counted as individual hairs, The gap betwnveen the two designared dipole ends of the cincui should have the srnllest dipole mrnoment available in the electric cutent. To achieve fh, nearby conductors could be kept at a distanc t or insulated by a matdal with a high dielectric valuc. For example, both the top surfacems and perhaps even vertical sidsa of the hair channeal could be covered widh n dielectic coatinag likewise, the gap could be kept so a minimanum simply by graly narowing a paortion of the hair channel or by putting one of the dipoles' ends on a mnoving hair-handler functional asa thtat tempoeraily naronnw e gap.

In order to prevent arcing berwe dlectrical ciui in neighboxing hair channel,, the cicuit in mnghboring channels might be turned offwhile its closest neighbors are on. Altcrdnatively, neighboring hair channels could ue completely independent electrical clmoits.

****LiSht and Electro-htMagntic Radistion The hair sensors can alto be based on passing a beam of light, or other electro-nagnedic radidon, scros the channeL Of courewe hairs would be detected when the bamm is broken. Independent fiber optic circuits that have gaps across each hair channel could facilitate this. A similar approach could be used with other types of electro-magnetic radiadtion such as radio was. Of course, this would mean a cranmission and mciving means would each have to be placed on opposite sides of each hair channel.

Micro-Machine Coneens" **"Miwo-Machine Design.

Micro-nachines are small elecurically powered moving devices usually formed by etching, and often etched COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autrnated Hair Isotion antd Procrissing System A DIVISIONAL appl, Pied ON PARENT; 12903/99 ApplIcant Christoher IL Kinig nate 09 March 2(104 into A si conductive matedia) or aWeon haced material ouch wc thoa rtiataila unually used to form computer mnicrfo prwciEom Alhough n-any mkrzo-rnatdnep that have: beta Evbuicate arc acoally iniciostwic, such ait a small stepa a n~aator febdouard by Landia National Lahoratrule, those used fart this inveation typically Won't be this amll They are, nevertheless, macromrnachine-like =nd, as such, wil be =rcfee to as marv-schnra in U#i discussion. In tis discrsion, naczo-mschine Is used to describe other types of mechanism. For catmp);, luirhandling tzne-assemhlies are actuated by macro-uediine pans, like solenold, And are diemnsadves macru-machine part of macro-machine assembies beeaus. they depnd on macro-machine parts fmr their movmnt. Reoplacing conaectivlrv-bdclgersched (maco scale) hair handIs wish independently moving rnicro-mactdne-ectuared hair handlers requine tain deaign -Mcr-machlne-duiven channel ahrrowers (or any nito-aslne-drven part that overhags the hair channelh) might have the stresses against than educed by placing.a likely mauuo-machine powered and likey system wide channel, narrower numna, most likely baned on a conneetiiybrlga cxinisfratin, beneath them all audi so limit the arsa they overhang the hair channel unp~rotected.

-The micro-niuchinc* laytt, or layers, in the stack could be placed in a Mn= irniilar to thc sensor lzyer. This Is rosay they would require insulatod electrical pathways fellin to them. Furthetr, they wouild be totaily self-axmnined within their laycc(s) and could be placedl above or below U4w scalp sensw at any lent in the attachmnent stack -In addition to micro-machine linoar actuators, the use of miceromcdne-ddivmn circular memibers, such as gesri; which advance, perhaps toothed, rods is a possibility to use to advance hair-handler fljncdonajl s=2.

,"Speific Micro-Machine Uses: A~iotl In general ait-machine type mechanism can replace all the movln-constecdivity-hridige type mectihnss prcvou*y described, heme are wmc specific eurples of micxr-m idc naca: -Conceivably, the ise of mnkro-machine-baqcd hair ausngS would klessn the nend for loving individually controlled adhesive applicatt oA 52Schtieti jet That is if individually contolle (Wdally by micro-machlie) hairhantllar functional areas do not move hair cxcenlW into the sssachrnecx chambers in ehatrack whsich hatve chwim uo: to pply adhesie becuse their correspon cing molp-hair-holing chamnbers araet sufficietly full.

-The oile of howdag gaTC6 can be QPUptmies by Constructing tan asnco-nhi type srActoza. By uwing holdig sate;, the number of sensces par tine channel neede to confirm presence of ecaip hairs in all holding sntches can be reduced to wre pe tine channel (lnsrntl of one We nozzle or notch). This Is because holing Sames are filed one at a rime, and thus, can be mnonivted by one sensor per sine-chanel couting the hairs that passcs it Such a sensor would likly he placedl somewhere between the hair Isolation estei and back of the holding area farthest &rom thve attchUmnt 2ML Also, the nozzles could be controlled in channel subsets a few at.a rm This 6s because dhe front (nesarest attachment ares) holding es ate, in some etabodimnta, more lie" to be MMle than the last ones because they fill up front to back 1f a hair channel nsor in the metering arcs doesn't count a sufficient numnber of hairs pessing troita It, It can be known that.R certain holdingarea notch Is empty without moitig das holding arcs notch dirtly. Thus, the nozzl or act of nozles in the; ttachent chamber cormresodng to &6ii holding area notch could be kW.t fromn otputring adhesie and/or the coraeponding holding norches, which serv the hair extensions could be left Unfilled On purpose.

-Consider using naicro-machine acruaroa to control Individual nonle~shut-off valves. Said valves might be 96 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automated Hair Isolation ad Proang Sysm A DIVISIONAL app). PIA ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant: Chdro~hur IL Mung Dine: 09 March 2004 placed anywbses along the fiLdud-euppWy lines, inckllfng the bass unit but they could he made smaller if placed in the handle unit or attacment stack itself, wine the adhesive (or other 14id supply linersarc themselves Smalr.

-Akhoit Wightcbinnder to Implamout ahut off of the nnnie. by racuia the flow of eich Hune's fluid insa U.

turn back to the vuppty mscxivor rather than closing then oft by eosnpietety swoppitg ter how. Micacrien actuators placed anywhere inkong a supply line might be toed fix dis purpose -Mlew-inscbines could combine sevemil different types of hair handlers in the sane level -In a prediominately iiro-machine system, oirain maaro-ensddae hair hndier mntht amsdn. Especifily, likely to remain is a ncrrtacbne type pullback bookt system coaligureid at tines an a connectivity bridge, as ariginialy dlesecd 4bowia This Is became the pullbck hook will usually mw over q much greater istance than the oth~er hair handlers wil.

-The etching tcchnolog used to smake micro-machin is selatively expensive on a sine basis. Thus, the -m where the Actual micro-machine hair handlers reside should be mrinimized. Thin can heat be done by sursourding. on 1i17 orii sl.ides, the roirm-anihine layers of the attachmnt stack with supporting 12yegs fabicale in a le expensive Manua. For uxample, the inmaachine systm Might be confined to a thin bend-like Module (lice largely perpencular to the hair chaindsk) in onl the huit-handlar fuincional stem. Naturally, the attachment areas would bisect this thin band.

In order wo supply "hi 0in hand of micro-cnachine parts with inputs such as cletriclry =nd any needcd fluids, it should somehow be fused In t atadineni stick with less expenslve supporriug suurca. fliese supporting structures wilt take on nearly the sane configuration as that described for the first-describad embodiment of the antaclmern stack systcan, except for having a Pubset of micro-machines enbedded. In order to aue smooth attachment ot mlicr-nnehlnc module to rthe suppordingpordotu of the attachmnt snack, adjacent layers of boch should be staggred of overlapped at the connection joims) where laser welding or a similar form of attachmnent oceurn I n other words, the vertical Scem berwema the micro-matchine track and supporting portions of the attachmenmt stack shouldi not be awsight line (when viewed (ton Oxe side); rather Fatrnating layers Should be intqrwvv cii. To Illrnrte, ki the langtht of a fluid channel wall a.ffnsnt is longer in the micin-machine module, It will he conrespondingly shorter on the ocher Side of te attarcmet Joint in the support structuire, or vice yan. Also in ft senaruio, the layers forming the floor and viiingo vo sid fluid Supply ichannels wouldl be longer ins the support S;Ktrucur and correspondigly shorter in.

the rniao-msehlne module. This leads to overlap which facilities a hermetic seal much better than trying to attach two blune-ndod stcksl together. A similar situation alias with oeletcal supply pathways. Rather than putting the length of the pathway on the sine level in both the support aenitos end modxule sections of the stack, a single patthway should be put on two adjacent and overapplug layers that can be fused together. Said fusing is likely done by a meas at weling layers toaether such as laser welding.

-Bdeow fusing the miesnumch* mocdl to the mupporung structures of amtchment track said mictmcline module might have connectivity bridges of its own, Once ittached to the supporting structures these connectivity bridges may or may not be destroyed. If destroyd, ar cursing will likely do it -Th'e mro-tiacbine module and support stractures might both have holes through them that can be Aligned with pep. This is to ensue proper alignment during iu34 -Mkirociadinea; can be used as a mens of allowing hair-handler firrdtons] lirea to yxekl relative certain bals i theix path, in an analagous manner to the fisnctiattal area flexibility joints, deacribed hernia Tis yielding can be accomplished slimply because the ruicto-mechine functional mat can be callbraud to ha *masxium strength. Of corae, since micro.-machim. inctional arms nuglly moveg separately from homologous functional areas in Parallel hair channels. flexibility joints me oninecassary.

87 COMSID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 __01 Autesat IJIL Iauletluu &i l ~umaius Sysbtwu A DIVISIONALJ api4 Falt ON PARUNT, 12903/99 Applk'anr Cbvlnnphn R, Nina flmw; 09q Mirrh 2004 *"Aceuir/Tine lntcriae** Rufawnghi to IPlO. 120 a tolp pla va of pardions of aulabundlo. %rambly utit ia o mmittud, the 'sin of' constrood 39J psd i slots thouh The connectivity bridge of the hazrehandling dunes wa mendoacd peviouly.

These slots and rods accurately control the distanices sad directions that hair hanidlen can slide. When a hair handler slides in "at on direction, it issimple to widetstandi how a rod in a sloe oenucht in distance of travel. Roiveer, snme hirk handlers need to travel along two or more azes. Poe this to occur, the seators and thei attached cables MR2, which move th hair-handling tine assembly, oftan pull in two directiossimulneousl. One of theat directions will be th desad directionof air handler atene. T7h oche disecalon will be agpins side of the slot that Is pOAralle to said slireta ofedesired IfoIWmetICL Tis mw the aide that the rod is held against contrals har-handhlng dne'A exact path and distanc, ofimoveneat I such a conflguation, it is helpW to use a rod that hag at leae one fiat smooth side chat lie paiAlel to each direcdcaa otidenired movemet If the hair-bail1ing title has two-aim otion the tad will likely have a faur-sided mcmotguhircroswsseeional shapet. HoQWever, if diagoal oc ehcee-asms motion in alan used, the rodi's cross.

sectional shape should iaclp~e flat ilegonaol/sloped edges. Int other words. the lodis croas-nctioul shxp. might be lwAmiAagtl in ut~m~iwl, Udag Iiver jalullaly4v sk'ts l= LAs.. CWs, 4s ins be usqtuvtl iv guidep tcq complex motion patterns, arkh ms slot 40K In FIG. 120M. a tap plan view ci'ofprtitns of a hsir~handkr assembly wids ins tines onilnut4 Previously, the optional wue of cable to hair hanidler Interfae sheets was mrendioned. Referring to FIG. 120.3 (a front plan view of a staick of hair-handler aaaertiias and their connsectons to actuator cables) the chin inierfae sheets 120C allow the use of reltivel thick cubics to convey the mnotion tithe actuators but mediate the attachment of these titc cabins to the hair handlers. As such, only tin abet. come in contiact with the hair handlers. The moat ideal way to eoot~guft interface sheets Isito wrap one end of a thin film 120X around the end of a bulky cable 39E sandi atch the other end of the film in a wsuall laminar manr to thse surace of hair han dIcr layer 1201-. To facilirt t a ttong attachilnt, small hotes could be made in the surface of the! hair handler dune at thlis attachmntu point. These boles would allow adhesive or plaink melited from the interface means to penecrate them.

Of cot-a, ay means that caomes the cablo to get fiaw or tizinneir will workFo I t o exmple, if t abic io plastic. Ms end could be preised Iivw a ect shape. Further aOA alhough intcrface shcet =r preferrd, becasuse their usually increased width conyrneates bi~r iheir decreased rictm any object narrower than the crignni cable could suffice. For example, an interface cable of sMaller d1amter tn the odginal able could be used Such a cable could be eonfjgund either by attaching a straller cable to the large one, or mansipulating the larger tales end Wo bccomec narrower. Suhs coniguration is otm preferable to using a relatively thin cable ovr the entire Length between hair handler and actuacor becamse the length of mechanical wesaness Is reduced to a very short span of cable.

RCegaes of the form of the itrface mians, it is, in some direction, turnner than the actuator cables. This often means that the stak of hair handiler tinei and their flattened laarrfise c ans will he thinner thin the stack of actuator cables. If this is dhe case, wiles someuthing holds chem together, the stacked hark hadlen will not want to lie surfae to surface, but rather, each hair handler will wtat to Hie along the plansa of its Actuator cables.1This is unumceptabie so somnethinig must be used to push the bait handlers together. It may or may not be eniough. to ey o any higher stonary leveh of die attmnt stack to do ti. If not, we should conifture a pintto push either directly on the ha&'hsandlingtidn assemblies or, more ideally, on their interface means 120C It is ptcferable to Push only the interface mans together because whatever is pushed on will both rub sod bend around the push together mneans 120F.

Since the hair handling tinus themsele moust remain flar. ideally "nY the inerface means, should be expected to bend, As aucks The push-together means 120F should he placed far enough fmm the hair-hasding-dine assemrbly that the two 28 COMS 1D No: SMSI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-3-09 Automasted limit Isolation and Pr nsaingSystm A On' ISIONALappi Piled (N PARKiNT:- 12%3/W Appk-ume Christoher 1LRAW DwL. 09 Marh 2004 never coni n contact Likewise. the actuator cables 391L should be plsaed far enough fromn the push-wtogter mesans to allow fix; s ufficicrntly gendc slopc of the iracc mnans a; they expan ovnwanls towards their amtcbnxnrist 120D with their actuatr cablas 30EIlih push together masrua 1201? idally should haesm nooth arid curved surfoa that lfaiiates Owe interface mmu bending easily aro und it, Ideally, all mnisaligned actuator cables should all be either coo far above or too far below their stak of hair handling tines. For eampilei if al mtisaligned actuator cables oo far above, as shown by brscket 120G, then only a push daoom measa l2OPlIa needed to push the heir handlaern stack toether An additional push uip means is not needed.

Coble gssena for a hair handler wish only one amls have bnn fasqoently shown. In luch a coaigwestlon, shere weare only two aachment puints; one point pulls th ait handle: in one dirctn d an a atchment pant usually on the opposite side of the halr-handler-dine Assembly, pulls in die oppotina diredton. if two or m~ote axes of min need to be used, at least four atachmnt points will usually be used. In other words, two sets of two opposing cabls at 1--d Although dues cables oan be hooked to the hair handler assembly in a variety of ways, dhe mtrut prefeerad mom r ib shown on the left a"l of PIG. 120. Each of th, cables (or interface mesas) 1201 rhut contol si sot sicke movicmcat are: place on opposite sides of the hair handler tine esemrblr. However, the cables (or interface means) 1203 that control front to back oeue ae placed on the same side of the hair handler smbf Moseidlesily the front-rn-back cables ore axwehed to or very near one of owe sie-to-iids cables. This plaocment conserves on die aetachsnene notches that motat be made In the halt-handier- doe assemably. This Is bemuse one of the Aide- to-alce cables shares a aingle set of clearance nutches with bosh of the kaont-toback cables. This type of configuration conserves apace much mote thtan if additional clearance notchJes were to be introduced. Furte still, this might allow the front-toback intee means to staie die samne push-cpter swam with the side interface means. Of coume, this might mean that the side-to-aide interkwe meant would be curve along mmo ales tonming somnewhat of A bowl-shape. lIf huis Lofound undasbieb the front-to-back intcrface nieans could ech be Wivcn wheir own posh-togethe means. All three pushtogethet mecans could be fned into at single C-shaped parz where the interior of dhe C-shape is oriented towards the hsir. handler assembly.

'"Nn-Acschment Uses of Anschmenz-Ssack-Type rechnokjw-- The previous discussion about the hait attachnmat staick diKeused isa purpose of rp isolating scal hairs and attaching hair extensions to them. Howevmer, the attachment stack's ability to Isolate one or a limnited number of scalp hairs if I very useful fonction, itselF Once isolaic, scalp bairs CPU be proceesed individually in 4 variety of ways. For emanpie, once an individual scalp hair is between.i pincher-like structure and i aft-wsfl-like s tructure it is, in effect, surrounded by an orific or Isolated! processing chiinber, which is can be polled throug lengthwise To pull a hair through such ia orifce, optionully, trigge a pushout actuator that moves the hair's lower portion beneath the ori flce to the righLt Next., optionally, trigger a pullback hoc which moves the hair's lower portion back the exit channel, and allows it to be engeged by a bend-wader mansa, such as the bend-under belts, By doing this while the pitichet-like structur is still dosed around the scalp bait, the salp hair Is being pulled through en orifie from the ais bottomn to top. Thlis osifice; can do things to the hair that change said hnam it mooes thrughj said ozifice. We 'aiM give attachmentstack typ systemns the broader imne of processing stack i Order to rekr to its use bosh, in hair extension, attachmt and other ty" of hair processing. Accrdingly, we will name the aneahracut chambeirs ad attachnent areas ad structes homologous to diem in other enabodinms more broadly as procesing chambers and processing arms because it is in these chambers and areas vwos the hair-related beautifleafio or transfornioo takeo plate. Note: The meats used so pull hik lengthwise drough an orifice should nor he lied to the above actuaton sequence or any go COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autmrnta I1*4 fai lasu anli P-tnaaeiug Syat- A DIVISIONAL appl. Flk1 ON PARENT. 12903/99 Applicraf Chrdnnpher it. King u*-e 09 March 21104 individual means racked above.

There sm mny types of pracasing a pacessing sack can perfuna besides attachment. Thee various other processes include, but ae not linmiwd to the folow4 I. Applying flufds to the surface of relatively islated han Z Rashaping the crmsa-secdons of individual hairs by removing maeral Emm each hares surface or adding new structural matecial to it.

3. Implant and Remove Srsal air Implants.

4. Automated Hai Curing Processing Stack Dyrant Hair-Chanel or Other Functioual-Arca Deaigns APPLYING COATINQ$ TO HAIR SURFACES If the processng done to the hair includes applying a tlid, or any maiedl4 to it, the fluid can be supplied through auiits in the left wall in a Alanila manner as that descdbed fr attachment adhesive. These outputs are likely To supply their tluid go the intedr of an isoltdon chambervodice where it gpmca in coonT with the hair thai is likely, but notnecessaily, being pulled lengehwe through said orifice. Although mechanics of applying coatings to hair surfaces will be described in great deal in the Halt Shaft Sculpting section below, this acction detnits the many posible purposes fur doing so. There a=u various types of fluid or material with which we might want to bring in conua, or coat, the haiL The follos* list includes soae examples of types of fluid or merial cha we might wan in bring in contac with each hair U A colorant such as a dye, pigeacn or bleach. The anount added might be controlled by optical cok sensors capable of looking at a aiglie hair in each isoltim chamber.

U A stactural material tht allows th hait cropsB.cqdon to be enlarged at certain aras. For exampl, thioldissolved katin that can harden and ibem a solid augmenting cating on the ouAlde of eAch hik fiber. in order to sihape each fiben This can be achieved by allowing its dissolved disulfcle bonds to reform, which they tend to do upon exposure to oxygen in the aW or exposure to a thin-utrualitng chemical Generally, whence the wosd uhiol is wed in this doewnent, any disulfidc-br;:isng chemical or mans could bc substituted (ork.

0 A thiol or other disuiflde-bgeaking chemical whose purpse i e temnporady sften the protein strture of each hair so each har can be reahaped itor wih resect to its crowsectiontl shape or longitrudinal carvatuom (Or any other substance capablc of being used to modify the Longitudinal cwrvaturt of a hair) O A protective coating far the surface of ech hair. For example, a coating capable of holding in good substances, Ske water and lipids and teeping ou hai things, lke UV, certain chemicals and minerals.

L1 A structural *talant capable of rcpairing damaged um im a hair including adhcing split mnds togetier. Such a chemical is likely based on koradn-like chemicals.

O A piksidcizr-like material that sofscns and conditions the hair.

00 A temporary costing like wax to protect a lower hardening pennanent coating such as dissolved kenrtin, while it hadcs on the surface ofthe heir.

000 Such a temporary praeclive coating could be used to hold dissolved keratin with excess thiol, or other COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 A'itrwnlst Hair Tnlrim and Promiming .ymerm A IVIRIONAI. appt. Filed ON PARENT; 1290.3/99 Applicant Christopher L King Dae: 09 March 2004 p-bain-ditsolving material, togther with the hair shaft beirg coated. thie approach will allow th. natural hak heratn and the dissolved hair kcratin u, both dissolve and slightly mi gaW6,. and thus, f=o and harden toethEr under thei psatection ofte tanponsycoating.

DOA emporary coating like wax to protect a hair while it undergoes some form of processing [100 Such a temporary protective coatdg could also be used to hold in pe any other substance applied to the uiface of the hair while said substance sklly perform Its unctdon on the hair. Said substance may becone permanent by any means rar necessarily limited to hardening Said applied substances included but ar not limited to hair colorants, permanent wave and end trestrnts, and conditioners.

D0 Such a amporesay peosetive coating could Ac ies A Wiposny supposive template of each hale's saftened pmmin tructru whi each is being reshaped with respectrt its ean-eedonal shape a lngiudinal curvature. Such a temporary supportive coating could be imparted its own shape by a mechanical hair setting means such as curl, a curling iron. a flat irun. a crirxina iron, or between two rollers.

DO A colorant based on opaque pigments or otherlargely opaque coloring means. Such a substance is likely o be the functipaal-equialcng of many pintinlg is. In other wors, thcbindmr neceary to adbcr the opaquc pignents Hkely make the colannt so xticky or vincous that it would he mechanically difficult, if not impossible, to apply i to a greac mny hairs as once. Howavor, is would be possible to apply it to jus, one or a very few halm in isolation. This is especially true if heating could temporarily decrease the coloring substances Vieosity Ideally, such a substance could he applied to the hair as such a thin coadng that it would not affect the structural qualities of said hair. The end result ofapplying such a largely opaque substance is that a hair's externally perceived color am be changed without affecdrig its ntemal sarccure or lnremrul pigments. Such pipgments or coloring agents might be foamularted (such as by selecton of the appropriate binder) to give them certain other propcrice such a..

UU.. where such a colorantajingis ruporary because it can he removed frm he hair such as by dissolving it off with chemicals (like orpnic solvents) or melting it off with hoe. Since the hur' internal structure hpan't been chnged. removal of the aier coating of pigment would s1ow the user to go completely bck to his natural hair color. Howerc, if ndther solvents, heat, nor other moval chernicle are applied, then the strucair coating and color idealy will ransin permanendy. (le same qualities could be given to coloornts which arcn't opaque also, thua, all disnuesio a d to the opaqiur pigments applice to themn as weL) UD. .where such a colorant coting allows for Is water-permeble allowing molsnzaexchange, perhaps, because it is keeatin-based, k main-like-chemical-based or based on another substance capable of fleming structurally-sound mole cneershle costings, thereby, binding a colrag agent to the hair. Moisture pmerribility is desirable so that normal styling of the hair may be undertaken. Nounal hairstyling requires the hair atnucture to absorb 'watr and toften and, then, dry out, thus, alighly hardeting and retaining Its shape.

00.. I( the foruuladon Is to be kertin based (or keradn-like'-chfnical-baacd), and temporary it will likely be isrmuted firn alent daet types of substances: 1. the color pignat (or other tolorir agent), 2, the keatin or kerarin-like maerial, 3. an allied material(s) that allows the ketain-tie material to be hear meltable or disoolvable by organic solvents. Said allied wWian d the keracin or hetann-lia-muterial could be allied in reious ways including l.chenically as a copolymer, 2. by some fAn of cherrical cross-linking, including the 91 COMS ID No: SMBI-0065180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Annrnar- lir TIlation and Penuing.Syawmr- A fNVIRIONAJ, appL. Filml ON PARENT; 1290.1/99 Applican Chdropher I King Date: 09 March 2004 possibility of linking using disulfid bonds, 3. mechanically mirned tgthar, perhaps as A paisrdair. The allied substance(s) that the keatin-lihm mateials are aid with will determine not only how he coating can be removed, but aela how it will be made strucurally sound an the surface of is hai. For example, the coating might be made structurally mound by hardening upon cooling, or by allowing chemically-dissolved disulfide bonds to reform, or by some other chemical mechanism or a combination of several of these things together.

Theoretcally, the coloftg agent and allied material might be the same. Also, the allied material might itself be a obm of kurauin or k tarin~lkr mterul that baa been made snae ausceptible to be dissolved by disulfde.

bond-breaking chewicals.

Note: A was-like protective cating is mentioned. Generally, this ref. to any coating that can he applie! to the hair to protect it and thee readily removed. It may also include sbstances that are liquid when hot but harden rapidly upon cooling.

Noter Thi qualies required for producing a ratpony/wea-pasmable caloant cast dascribed-ahave might abo be used to forulae a coating (colored or othowie) that could be used to fix the longitudinal curvature of lais in a given shape for a period of weeks or mths. However, I could be removed at anytime during this period allowing the hair to go back to its casual laagirudiaal curvatme. In other words, a hair-curing system chic dmsn'e genesafly afft the internal disultiki bon& ofsach har bur, intesad, the scructural attributes of te coadng hold the desired curvatue pattern of the hair. Since said coating an be removed, said hair can go back compleaz to ints natural state.

2. HAIR SHAfTSCULING We have just mentioned bow bingng fluids in comeacc with a haeir hers surface can improve it. We alto said that one waw a hair can be improved is by changing a hair fibet's ceopa-semctond shape. However, bringing a hair in contact with a fkid is not the only way it can be processed or changd for cis better. We might want ca change the cms*-sEdsaI thape of a hair shaft by cuting avay ox reforming under press its surface in certain aca. This is desirable becave the texture of a ptensf hair is based largely on iu csowseconal shape and diameter. This is to say 7lion in ovezall halt appesamnce from one peson to the ne has les to do with variation in Ow chemical compwAiuns of hair than it has to do with variation in the shape and diameer of each individuol hair's cross-sction.

Thu4 the user of the system cotld choose a hair crohs-sectional spe and diameter based on her desired haik texture.

In which case, each individual hair's coe-scctional shape will dcterinac the aggregate appearancc of all of the hair on the head.

For example, straight hairs usaly have near perfrct circle cross-sectiond shapes, and curly hairs have more oblong shapes. Hairs with rery thin diameter will look too weak and wispy, while hairs ath very thick diameters will look overly stiff. Haires might be carved eo ret'onad by a variety of devices. The description of one such device follows.

CARVING PERFORMED BY ORIFICE WrH 'IWO HALVES The moot prefered way to carve a hair's crsar-ncsion is to surround each hair with two balve of a razorsharp kni& assembly and then, most likely. pull the hair lengthwise through this assembly. The halves will usually be semi'cirks because they will usually be cxpected to cavrv hair rerAs-sections into a largely circular shape. The knives are best visualized as having an open-copped conical shape, similar to that of a volcano, as shown in FIG, 125. At the very top sim of this volasuc shape, should be a aor oshp cutting edge 123A. The diameter and shape of this cutting edge should usully be exctly the same as rhaE desired for the baits pulled through it, such as hair 410. However, 92 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aurnated H-air Taneinrd Proersuig Syatin A DIVISIONAL, appt Filed ON ]PARENT: 12903/99 Applicant Cbdsropher IL King Dare: 09 March ±004 mosneius it should base a slightly smaller damuster than that tienrel tbr the hamr pulled throa~h because these bait.f are tq Pch~iev their final diattr by whecquendy being puWe dkAvnh an orific that applicsa Apvctiaret *Wroctea Qcoatig to diii, s11r11101 such 2.Kio-iaovc ltad Ia suich cans,; it will bea this structural costing thatr detranes their final crows4ccdiowl shape and dlienseteL. For this reacn, the ran-sharp cutting otifice is nor only fre to carve the hirk down to a smaller dinnietet, but also it may camv tlhe halt with an unnatul cross-sectional shape, such as a rectangular shap. Once spin, this is fine because a mmrurl coatinig will subaeqwmrly be added to the surface of die half to achieve its final crossctiosl shape and diameter. Regualess of the enact crsacinlshape carwid, these rnos-6asid canving orifies vwde by shaving off very thin layers of.a hair' surfasce where siaid surface is too iwide, hut shave liWe eogh thAt thlr love the hale suecoaly soand.

Finailly, notice the ridged edge. 124A of thse caving orifice variant shown by FIG. 124. Although the ridges age opitional, they are intended to pesm ble lif. by maiking the blad edge sesitant. to braking or bending.

&dditonaly, the razor edge of the carving mechanism. is likely to have a diamond. or a simuilar very thin but mey hard.

coating CIepCNIISI on its carfare to further extend binds lifi& This coating is moat likely applied using a form of vapor deposition.

125 showtss a aide nosscinlview of caring orifice halves 125A arnd 1238 surrounading salta 41ID.

One might iwonder if hairs passing through these carving mnes would undesirably got cut in half nnavesely rather then being shved Iogwisl.Tis iunilkely to happen re two reasons. First, ;he razor-rinngd ctlgev of the caving odflca are placed in a plane largely peepedlattlar to the surface of each hale. Secondly, the hairs will be xpected to reanin this way bcause they are being held under tesionr, most liely by the tensioing hir straightenre and bcause of the smal seeks involked, the hairs behave as rigd cylinders with reference to the orifices.

wnOlia lu$JAING ORIkiCES USED F'OR COATING AREF USUALLY COMPOSED O1P TWO HALVES,

ALSO

Earlicr, we said tiler one zvauon for application of cois. ts the suace of hirs ia to add material to sit hair aurfaccai sunas to change their csatinishapes. Although there ate sevexal ways this ran he dune, including aprs~ig materials from nogde onto individual ligatad. hair held before them,in the li-ts-coa-ehpn pirocess. materials arc generally applied to hairs before or during their being pulledl lengthwise through costing applicaiuon ozifics. These orilcs imre sd to control the cross-ectionul. shape and diarmcw of the costing ,urhce applied To the hale. Like the carving orifices dteer ed above, thoe coating orifies rssprcsem a type of cross-secionia rishapng cificc and arec Vomposed of mv' hugvly semi-ancuse hiiiics each pair ai which rlopes arounid a single heir.

These uriflems witl usua4 be placed in.-Lie with arid below die caving orifices. Thius, hairs will be pulled lenirwine throughi a teies of oti~ee som of which cutraway mraterial, adieus That add kt, hut all of which am wocking together to give each bait A desired croas-seeslonal shape.

Somte examples of what coat caifres may look like ame deactbed humnedlately below. Generally. coating orifices are cotopoacti of two largely uemidruLr halves whose interior as-eonlshapes and diemeaters ame the same,4 as those desired. for the outer dimnions of the coating they apply. aetting; to VWG. 126, notice how the left half 126A of the cmating orifice; has a psajection 1269 czandng bEaun it itit hollow channel 126C inside. itis thin projectioni that plugs into a flid coatdug output on the left watt Naturally, an alternative design would be possible in which the left wll be a projectioni thatplugslInto aconcae natch in the ickof he left oiflhalf. Hair 410.1 in surrounded by "k roaring orilke's eft half 126A and rigt half 1201. Referring to FIG. 127, we seesa side cosssectional representation of a left orifice half 127A phugging into the left wall 1278& Perhaps. nozrle output 127C on the lE wall and/or orifice prip$!cron 127D have seals siring theru edges made outro a' resient mametlal to prevent leaks.

93 COMS ID No: SMBI-0055180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aurcenmad Hair Isolation and Protmaig System A DIVISIO>NAL app), Filed ON PARE-NT; 12903/99 Applicuna Christoher I. King Dare: 09 March 2004 The hair bdngpulod theough in zoprmaentd by 41D. art, w will ion. ide ctnte scdCiolrprmsnrnciona of rivent diffcreoa cwing orifice shapes. Firstly. in P10129. sbesn is a constant diuincor coating onificc vaziant whose entire interiot is the shape and dliameter of abs cosaciuealn uter diae i inL prdn Secondly, in 130, tere is a cDrICteI-bouomh variant whose belly 129A Is widle toallow cay flow ofs higho viscosity coxing around dhe hair shaft 41D). buvhoae bottom 129C narrows to impart the as-eoulctighpeand diameter demired. Finally, fekrftn Mc PI. 130, the cosicred-tap-ssnd-bontom coating orifice variantwea both a coanicred top 113OA and bottomn t29C This design allows easy flow aft' igh viscosity coating around tie hair shaft 410 in rhe cntrl region 12D4, but prevents coatting escape from bot ends.

Since hats 410, so shown In FIG. 131, wigbe puillesapliwle vertically dowtwar frokm oftte p f oifice4 to next, seealt dilitrnw typse. of orifces am likely to be connected warher vertically it&-lam single moving part attached to the end of a tine. This in-line assembly might include several coating orifices each apping a different coatisg. The maar-rinmed cmrving atics 13 IA is placed isi'licae and above dhe wating-applcadi orifices 13 11) and U.3W Alhxsuj the razar-rlminsd carving orifica could he venically attached in-line %with the coating application orifices; below shpN, they are mort li"l placed on their own independent tin assemblies so that they an be contrijle independently of t costing application aeltles. Of course, fin this drawing all oriies are shown floating in space hmer the vertical attachsraenra havE heen omitted. In peacces, the orifices rmight be spaced sn closely chat a hair is not exposed to the external sunoephere al i& passes fom one, orifice to the net. Alseanacvely, the orifircs wil have enough space baltw them chat a hair will be exposed to rho atmosphere as t passes from one oifice to the nest. Often we will warnt to Include a space between criicaL so that vacuumc intakes, likely positined on the left wall, carn carry away any excess cxcaped coating fluid and hair shavings. If wewould lAc to expose. dhe hairs to the benefits; of a vacuum wkthout: exposing thm directly to the exteral atmosphere, we can place vacuwnm orifices in te vedtcal suck widhout space above or below the. Vacuin orifies have largely the, some sructure Us coating orifices, but insread of being scppled at costing fluid by die left vA, they ping intoA vacuum intatee, moat likely on the left wAlJ.

Of coin;q as with othe hair pioceaaing systems, like the attachment system prevriousl illusasratvd, we want to bring several htairs into each procesing area as oncne so several haitv can he procated at the samet time in a single channel And thus, the systm 'will prcess snore bakir it aien amount of time. Thexebor, each systemr should have several processing chambers, @n-llnc orifi csts), in the processing are of each channel, Reftring to FIG. 132. wt; see what we will call a mnldlv-ouifce pincher aeeenbly. It has twe, oz uraore, orifices 132A and 132B (shon m =genrc oriIces) per channel procesing re holing tm hairs 411D and 41 D. Dy geneakc orifices, we mean any type of orifice includling hujt at limited to carvng orifices, coaiting orifice, vitcurn orifices. said the yet to) be discussed hair centering gulics. Althoiughs only two orificts are shown her, in practice, there am liEly five ot muz orifice set per channel.

Also, notice the interloclclg convex prjections 13I and LW 0FAnd concave notches 2 and 13211I placed a t the margins of the multiple-orifice: assembly. These, intarlochuig structes help guarantee alignment between the orifices halves. If these orifices wer woadi* ocecs, they could plst Into the left wall. using projections 1321 and 1323.

Nacnilly, 1-121 and 1325 coutld be consolidated into o=e single pra~ectn which branches out within the sasembly wo supp the multiple orifices, daerdin.

Althsough the mahiple-orifice assembly in F1IG. 132 acdy has two copie of one type of orifice. refizing so FIG. 133, we we three inrndplerilde assemiblies 135A, 133AN, and 133A" vertically attached In-lixe by verticalaanet beams 133D and 1331Y'. Notie hear each multiple-vcifire sassertbly is composed of s right an a let WaEl All tie igr halves are supported by beam 1331)' and anl the left by beam 133D. These venlical-atmchmenc beams, themote, will most likly each be conmecred to rthe end of a tiaees shown by 13$A and 134Dm= FIG. 134. Although shown as geneic orifices, i FIGS. 1324 34. chem stacked orifice will most likely be of different types thar. perform 94 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 16:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autrnared Hair Isolationa and Proemakng Syssea A C.NffllOi4Al. sppL Filed ON PAIUSNT: 12905/99 Applicant Christxophar IL King Dare:09hMarch t004 different Sanctons, such as carving and coating, ORIFICE HALVES AtE CL2SED WGAER~l BY PLACING EACH HALF? ON A PINCHAI MECHANISM This diucussion has iarey assumed that the huir-cesbaping orifices will be cerpooesi of, at loast, two movin halves, or part. To be mot specific one half will be disposed on. or neat, the left wAI and the other onua structure hesologow to die hir extension antachmenternbodlmeti pinch e chanim, as shown in FIG. 10. Although mnoiemsnrrnighrbe limited to only one halfacinch pair, iealy,it imsowe n smle tothink of ead In the pazir oi crifica halves as being on two separate moving pinches. On& would snove from the right in a lergely similar manner to Tla pindhe previously descibed in h6 altansion anuchau systm. The other pincher would move fro the Lefk Mn other words, the left pincher would he positioned between she lef wall sarid the tight pinche, such that it would nb between the loft wall and the more familictly positioned right pincher. ThIds dual-pincher desiefn is desirable because both pinchers can be moved away from their eocircled hairs uimuiunewously. This is advantageous because it allows processing of both sies of the banr so be stopped simultanouly. Marutharnm, it. could aw one type of processing to stop white other types of in-liae processing ecatin to occur. For example, die haircowto could be wirved by one pals of carving oific pinchese below whkch soother pair of cming application oilie pinchers would be responswbe for adding strutural kteratin to the Surfce oldihe hair. In suchi a configradion. the cawving Paik of pincher.

could be independently released allowing only Owe stawurAl material taddling orifces to continue. 'I'Ul maneuver is likely to be wsed when the hairs have been run through the system before and only the areas near their roots need to be processed. Thu system could carve ft area only aiw the rooa and apply material to only those canved ares anda little higher. In this scenario, if matterial application had to ceae at the same nionien a carving, a abort segment of canval area would never be pulled through a woaring-application orifice nor hive strucuatral material appliad in it.

Since it is desisable to limit coniplexity wherever possible, we must question each pincher halFs need to moove.

ifsa dual-pincher system is kused for tie application of any fluid. such as a stuual coating. the lefrntnt pichor halves most likly will havea a channtel trouagh each that interfaceas with fluid ourpun on the left wall. The desired fluid vsnll flow ftrm the left wall through dhis channel into the center oldthe isolation chamber wheat it will comue in contact with a hair. Ais such, expecting the left pzinchr hatlves of lOc fksii application oxides ncm move once each processing c-ycl would be adding needless oxplexity to the system bease it distute the Junction wi the left wall. On the other hand, If we werie to simply build the left-orIfice halves into the left walls as non-moving, the system old only give the hair one cro-scetlonal shape and diraer. In oWes Wn enable a selction of various eron,'-scrkl shape* and oieos while still reducing complexity, the eft pincher ahould be allowed to move but only between client sessions when the cross-sectIonal shape and size setring needs to he changed.

To allow the system to produce several different skea, or shapes of hair csta-secdons.k several differet types of cross-sectaoalrcshaping assemblies could be placed saparately wa difihent eonrscdvlry-brklge dune asacrnblles.As shown b y the perspective view of ak singe hair channel in FIG. 134, there is one set of vertically in-line orifices for each type of lair crouwseedoa. and each said set is composed of two moving halvet such as tie left brIE 134A and right half 134D3. Each of these halves is autte to its own tine assembly. These difetent types of ciosecdonal-rssaplog aaaembls colddbaneaaal, asapaira, in the strage areabracketcd by 134C w hih sot of the wa: ofdaprathtof hair flow through the channels. In other words, exiting baits flow to the left of this storage area. in said storage area, there art three diffueat co-scle-ehangassembly sets, each one capable of producing a different hair eoe-edoo.

For vIsually. clarity only the hoat-most, set is Saly Ilustratd rhe two sets behind it are only shown as footprints 134E COMB ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automnated Hair solation and Procewing Systm A DIVISIONAL, app). Filed ON PARIENT 12903/99 Aplpliconec Chriroher IL King; Dare: 09 March 2004 ;tj.d 134. SGkl illLt.u, r-4-.r 6 1. wmn 1..h It' tflc uUY Wg. unequ.J ul' Lwtt Ialv, Ud 64C1 idperislendy attarcd to a tine auscembly Mit both 134A and 134B. Thua. "hi drawingiruplivs *ix *eparutc halves, which require WRndasdent attachmients to aix sepanrat enntdvicy-Mbndoes, athough only tam mre actally rnnsaawd.

When called outaof storae for use, die le ft and rijt otifice-act halves, although on separate iines, likely trael together. Referrng io the top plan view of same hair chjannel in FIG. l35 we see each orifice We travels along the patht Enussad by arows MSA, 1353 and 133CZ AAsul he. left half may Inearhee with the left will at point 135D which suppies the wsriowu coating and coolin fluids in addition to vacuum intake air curents. At tin point, the left half 1352 will wsslly remain sataionary sod pluge Into he left WAlD during haE processing aid wWl uan t oun Prtcnstingoef an etntire human head of hair is completed, arid a zew bead needs a differenot aiera-ronlzhpn-ofeectot be used. However, the trit half 1 35F of the asebly moves ance so pinch helm and once to release dem each proccasman cycle In doing so. its lateral movment is very much like that previouuly described fixt the au~adtzuent system pisclige s illistraed by FIG. 10. Mw halve cofiech at ay even harve headuly slanted tops, lias those described for the pincher in the hair extension ausebment anbodisesct for the purpos of guiding wayward hae tips ito place as lllp~trrc by the three steps in FIGS, 18-10.1 Referrzing wo FIG. 134. nesting is possible in the eight rear storage ae 134C of the hair channel. Tis nesting area is available because, unlike the hair errewion atcachrnnt systemn, there is no opposing flow of hair eaeslws fix-o the beck. The nesting partern of the odetlc-icbe-conneclvity-bridge- tine assemblies is shown frornsa plan tigh aids view by FIG.1I3M He, it is assumed that four in-line reshaping orifice halvet I1564 136B. l~dC, sod 136D are stacked verscaly togcthcz Thus, in FIG. I3M, the razor-rimmed carving orifics would move together with the coating applicarion orificecs. In 1-70. 137, it is assumed that all in-line coating orifr halves are arrached 'vertically mpgeder on a independent tine assemblies 137A. 137B or 137C but eaci tmr-dimmed carving orifice hli s placed on its oam doe asmcrably 137D, 137, or137K In whith cav, the camvnrg otifices pr; ab" to move, nde;pqn;1adt 9f te cosag application orifices. Fox referecrite connectivity-bridge porti of tie tine asecntblies is bracket by 137G in FIG. 13 and by 1360 in FIG. 13&.

As enclosed by perimete M3G in lFIG. 135, shot Isladogn &Wd sortiog mchussams for the asap harWre lilwly prewar.t in the sane area spin the hirk extansion aevcbnenc sk and fntm virtually iientily a* decriabed for the amnn syawni. For example, ciarpoca-forward gates will, likely be used to carry scalp hairs into alignment ith ach orifice chamber (or pinasting chamber) of the cros-ectals rhpinig system In the eact same mannr transpot.

foewanlgue wen; ued s> do the sane for thw e arxtension atwebrmn embodimcet pinchcr notches (or achanient chambers). as ullustreted in FIG. 48. Also, in the seine nanner rihe sniebmennt suck, when haizs reach die end of a hir channel, they will he A-Aced tinder the contnectivity bridges by a bend-under means such as the bend-wider belt nan'tby.

Of course, if only one cnns-ectional shape and tze choice re desird, the left orflce hlves aad be permnetldy bwiltinto dhe Left will, and the righit halves could be configured assa singl pinchecr, very simnilar to the one need to fAr atmachmuent chamber in the attachment system. Suith a pincher would only need to be given a simple aieto-aide; monaners pattrn and cotul be stoted to the for right end in dimtec lie with die left wall beg, Wik the attachiment ostem's pincher is, It wouldt need to be nested en the rear. Such a system mighst even be able to stop carving before csadngw This could be achieved in at least two ways. The moat mblable way -wouldl be to cofgur the carving orifice pincher with both left and right moving halves, both independent of the left waft Insa less reliable variant. "h left caning half would be stationary and built into sheLeft wall Tis configuration wotiki depend the moving right orifices hats release of pressure in order to cease carving.

96 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autrcnated Hair Iolation and Procass aing Syrnm A DIVISIONAL appl Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Chdristopher King De 09 March 2004 IATIhC3NTERING GUIDES It is desirable tin malm sum that hairs sAe cntared in thias pzacs sing orifice. This especially trum of coating applkication orifices, which eam wider than the hairs going rthrotugh than, and optimally, we do sno want the haki fibers to rub up against the coatig-applicgtion-orifice sides, because this would mean the coating would be applied unsymmierrically around each hait. To center hairs, halr-cening guides could be used. The hair-centeng ukldes. as llustated from cop plan view by 138A and 138B in PIG. 138, should be confgured a two opposing mrmaor-image pinchers whose notches, often V-shaped, fiunel or convesge in consection with inceased lateral distance from their loeding ends. These tnmaeling pinchers could be disposed on opposing tines. Each tine should he eipable of flexibly yielding, such as with fleaxihility joints placed is timars like those desc ibed for use with the single hair isolation system in the hair extension attachment embodiment, ad illusuraed in FIG. 117.

Referring to the top plan view in FIG. 138, funneling centeing guides 138SA and 158B will meet on opposing sides of the hair 410 th t needs to be cenred. They will floibly yield to accom'odatem aid hair'. diameter. Since themy both yield the pmne distance under the same Amount of forxm, they will place the hair's center at the exact center point between thcm. This center point should be calibrated to coincide with the very centelr of the pocesing orificm 130D. In FMG. 139, this cent sing mechanism is shown from a perspective iew canvegag an a hair in ader center itin a processing oliece.

In order to increase the centering accuracy of such guides, their maximum displacment distance caused by contact with a hak, should be limited to a very short distance not much gSettea than a few hair-diameter wide This is to say, although the flexibility joints involved most likely will be capabkle of moving a much great distance than a few hsir-diamrczrs, dhe maximnum distance they should actualy be allowed to move co accommodate variadorm in hat sie should only be a small fcrdon of this.'MTis will mean that the spdng-fore change, in esponse to flexibly yielding rchtive to m haids surface, will be very *mal This can be best done by making both the guides comgn in contact with past of the surface of the orifice which they serve in soch away that they get hooked or coppcd by said orifice at a very specdfic paint. Said stoppin points positim elative to the cuner of each orifce will be very accurately canulled, and with reference to the centeding-guide convergence points 138 and 1381 in FIG. 138, and shoWld be ess than a few hatz-dimeters from the center of sad orifice. This will simulhanmously acctely positin the starting position of each guide and limit im potential displacemncnt in response to hair-diameter variation.

Referring to a bottom perspective vew of odrifice 140A and its Cnting-guide halves 138A and 138B in FIG.

t 40, notice how the bottom of centering-guide half t 38B has a projection 140D on ite undersidc that coas in contact with the surface of orifice 14GA, thermy pmventing fartcher advancement otcnterint-guide haltf 138. The saime reladonship exists hetween centering-gulde half 138A and the projection 140E on Is underside. The centering guide halves ge t hooked at points where their spea, or conveece-points, have advanced at most a few hair-dimoc m past where the outer surface of wher a centered hair should be. You should note that although the guide might move a relatively great dionce betre it contacts a part of an orifice, once its in position to center a hair, it will have an extremely smal displacement distnac Since in practice muldple-orifice assemblies will be used, the hooking point and hooking projections used might look sligh4tly differumt than shown in FIG. 140.

However, even in muldple-odifce-pa-channel configuradaons, the centering guides shboukid have some degree of independent movement froman ohe centering guides even those in the same channel. This is necessary because slighdly different size haeirs might be in a single processing area artonce, which would require chat the various centering guides involved to osiliandy yield difflrent amounts. This auvemes t independence might be achieved by various methods incllding sub-dirkllng the tie all the way back to the flexibilty join i[nto sub-tines each with a sine centering 97 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autunazed Hair Isolartion and Processing System A DIVrS IONAL app 1 Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Appkacu Chlhcopher IL Icing Daee 09 March 2004 guide hlf disposed on its and Lkewise, indeopendent epeing.raeiinca mana axmid be placed at the tipsL of each tine lndepardesr mieo-macimu-baecd isnteg guidm n a tne is n zmnplzof the latter.

Ifthe opposing hslr-ceouering giride; achieve their mooment variability or resiliane ;hrpugh tine flexibilivy joints, thet they wil fikely be placed cet independent tine ssaicsi not attached to the vertically in-bie eosscinl reshsping-usemhly orifices, but raher, tiested amtong them using a scheme similar to that Illustrated in FIG. 137.

if dhey are based c= micro-umclaes acrusaoracc any other ieiline means placed at the dine tips, then they could eithe be attached vertically iodine as purt cinach ennes-.ecdaul-mashapig asmsmbly cr disposed on iuudapendoot tin jasernblle s I h eldwcse, mitto-mehi* type inewmus could be satety totined Pc the "dist ip of the ines next to the hairs dlaejre responsible for centering. Wherever centring guides are placed an separurs tine assemblies from the vertically ki-lie orilices which they seer, they williMaly have their own dropped-dawn nestingt pattern as Montead by FIG.,137 and previously described with refrence to imparting independent movement. to carving aeices.

Although lest likely, rantering guuides might be placed cn the esameyna walls ofl the lirk channel, (mt example oan the left Wall.

Ret~rring to 131, centering Mesdr will function best when one pair 13lD is placed above the proceseing cifires and moother pair 1IE below. Howver. centering guide. placed above carving orifice might somedimes be redundant because the carving otifices fnction as renresing guides dimnwlves when caving halts with cisr greater then iheir own.

Ilirk canteuing guldoms will likely conta rte hiri fibers with a low-friction isurface oucha am a Tefloatsing, and will tiely have roundeod beveled or evtn downward funinelitil;smooth edges. In fact said centering guides may even be coofiguued as samet Mxp of opposing role meats Since the cenreft guldeas are In conac with hairs that hare coatingscon their .urhces, small shaving of said cating might rub offeand build up on t guides. To prevent cumulic buildup, in adidition to exposing the guides to vacuum currents and squirted cleaning fluids from the left ,srsll, h eFe might be temporarily retractod frcxn the hair surfaces snd moved over a parallel surface din serves ma crape thee, clean. Of course, this means that a givena pair of guides would temporatily top eentring whe they're mov94 out of contact with their hokmr T reiy this, centoringguide pain could be dephpycd ina vertica stacks ofr ast twyo paits at each regin alon th air ;hat needs to be centered. When one patr !as mrewd, another stacked pair would take: over. Siuce centaving guides will likely be placed both above and below the fin-lHne processing orillces, ther may be two such saicks used, A phiis~ option of keeping the centering guids dlean is to limit their contact with the hairs. For e'wple, th; lower centering guide. mo~t only coineac a iir for at fraction oft aecoand sit dhe star of lengthwie pull-dircigh and, then, rerc beire the coated parsdons of each htairreach them. Ar this point, the ptmsnce ototier mcaanlsms iuch ats rota placed wader the processing stack could help, the hair remain centeretd.

FU~rHE-IETNE ASSLMISLY SIMPIF]CA'I1ON BY CONSOLDSI'ON Retbrring to FIG. 141,6a top perspectivo view or two consolidated oine assemblies, thdu~ssc sa rtzhapirg zsteim can be frad= imrplified by- vomAaoidedtng 41 orifices an the ante aide, but with different cxow' sectional shapes or chiamncers, onto a single coraneetlvlty-bridge doe assemby. For eampic, all left orifice hakves have been plated on tine-assemrbl 134A and all left halves on tine assembly 134B. Based on die cross-ectioal shape; and dam*=r desired, the approptiumc set of vertically in-line reshaping cries could be moved into alignment with the left wall 5U~d outputs. Thlis coussodst wonfigurasion sirspliflus movement And reducesi the number of tine-nsemblies involved, at the expense of requiring several different in-line orifice assemblies to movet at once. Each processing cycle, 92 COMS ID No: SMSI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Acerroaced Heir Isolation and Proesuiog Sysva A DIVISIONAL apl, Filed ON PARENT. 12903/99 Applicmnt: Christopher I. King Due: 09 March 2004 thMetre opat-flde bMn eSaau~y I391 and the sietveal cally rnn critics setM on it would have to nme coper.

Further 14l using ndcwo-mstchincs, all orikc= and hair centeing gpok* couldf be place on just reo coinsolldce cuncviyzrig assemblins, cini for the left half the other the eight, lvcrowmachinaa will not only thu the independent flaly yi*lding natwe needed fx the icentering guides, but amg, die independleit mnovemnent needed to move the carving orifits away firom the heir before the coating orifices. As mentioned before with relieeaes to the atcuebment systems, the use oftmicm-machnog taduces tihe compleidry of tine-snrby movermnt sometimes obviating the meed for amn movement etrely by localissing part ciovurneoc to only the functional area of a hair handler char ill directly in contact wit a hair.'fliuu, refeiring to FIG. 141, the consolidated itin assemablieis 134A and 134B would only have wo mgve into aligrnent with "h bef wall once per uses asson. Duing dr niany processing cycles in a session, they could remn satsionusy using onlyr the localired mcvemest, provided by di. .nrro-machlne., to pinch and tastse the crie halves.

To further redact tine-atiiy rnoieuec in dhe cousolidateddtne, mefiguestnion. multiple vertically in-line fluid supply outputs and vacuumn Intake cluters could. be placed kingridsilly along the length ofithe left wa In other weeds. thec systurm would have the faifiar set of left well (wicalocal alricanss duplicated at severl points sauced loiudinel. y down an ecocrded length left wal In stuck A wonflgratign, the tie-anwembly movemenct could be limited strictly tn aida~co-elde movemnent because ll vrical inln orifice am would always be laturally in-line with the left wall megons which they can plug into simply by beung moved sidewayv. Haims would be bsought to a diff~eernt longitudinal position along the hair chanel depending on the orifice set currently in ase Since there would be unused orifice zste such a .rcin would facr the problem of abiter wasting processing fluids or having to turn off rle left wall fluid output stacks not in use. What baa been said about placing miaro-mschines onea consolidlated-tine assemnbly can he extended to placing them on a hair channel waIl EXAMPLE-- RESH1-APING SEQUENCE A likely processing sequence far chaging the crosa-sectional shape atnd diameter of a hair is a Follows. Nom, that the (smei of referreace of the following ampr s ite point on hair as it is poled lengthwise through the folowing secries or od 1 5 cs firom highet to lvwot All kz several of these steps maybe prfoirmed po diff~erent points of single hair simnultaneously.

1. Highex kevd A hair goes through enasthiag tasor-ring orific& type pincher.

2. Next hteawt lieveL A hair hat atructutal krtin applied toit by coting applicationt orifice type pincher.

3. Next lowest level: A slightly wider eccnttic odheke is rused. With it, hair Is cosated in a temporar prcectve wax coating chat wall harden fasr holding the structural heratin cang In place AgAis t the hair s said Itoutin coating fuses with the native keracin of the hair.

4. Invcst leel A cooing liquid (or gas) is applied to the Itmporary inx coating instandly hardening it.

Technically, aplfin cooling fluid should be considered a "ym of coatin application. end thus, is clone by eoating Application orifices.

Note: Steps 3 and/or 4 ncighrt be skipped if the structural coating fluid is or can become sufficiently hard on its own nsnectlately after die costed portion of linr exits the application attic. irupa, mliii could toat by cooling of mid etctusl keatin coating S URemnwit oFnnmv pwttaflent. jiuut ma# the wsi' prnt.etant 'used in tsa kairp tanpicn qttrnwnt: proowau need, to be removedi, t wax proccant applied during t ctosasecdouml reshaping process does too A likely way 99 COMS ID No: SMBI-0065S180 Reoeived by 11P Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automated Heir Isolation; and Proccuuing Syrstem A DIVISIONAL, app1. FUMe ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant: Christopher L King Dwe: 09 March 2004 to riok dit is to apply hot oil thedi halt, which will dlsratwethe west. The hoto aiself coWl then be washed oif WWI waist Aud dtlc-gc: Of tu a &,"v6e .IW]M itw ml smoa^ jaeviudj dcstllstl wuould ha perfect for such a procesa Note: This step ocunsafter the bairs. have bon waisu on the head a few m~inume. It is NoYr performned simnultaneously with steps 1-4 not by the vertically in-ling orificep wed In said steps.

Somewher winge the Above outputs, on the left wa4l could be One, or morm vacuum intakes to dispose of shavings firome the hair, excess structural heris, cooling fluid and wax that scapes, especially when the pincher radices open Rebating to FIG 134, the* vacuum intaks miht be placed as horliseml slits between rhe various dlid owtpor nczls t127C or as lng vertical slims 1.344 on either aide of them COATING EXT'RUDED UNDER POSMVE PRESSURE.

Thee AM at fleastW wo proaChefi s o pplying a coating tn the surffatst Of a bait. One is to try to sAl thez top end of sie Orifice off by making it narrow and perhaps wing.m rasilient material to themt a seal arund tentering portion of the hair With the sop end scukdA off, any applied iMC is frm mo be asaied only through the bottora of dhe orifica Of course, the bair is biting pulled dirotiub daisamer orifie. 1Tus, the naes! viE be cxtruded conceomically around the lbait The ~sDl shoul be tw match the material eriru-skin "pe witd speed that thre hair is being drawn throg the orifice Th1us, a concentric coating will be extruded around the cenral bair fiber. If two concentric extiutiosi otificenaem placed vertically in-lim. they migh both have permianent &eak on their top holes. Or die moving extruded mraterial frort the bottom of die topmost oifioc migt be fed into che top of the lower olifice in such a tight manner That said moving extruded materiItself forms a temporar seal in The top of the kmr orifice. In most casc% this concentric extrusion approach 1a relativety rechnisll challenging COATING OIMPLY STICKS TO HAIR SURFACE A imnpler: approch woauld he to use a coating fluid delivered by a combinationr of very low pressurc and capillary action trough the supply channls and orifie inteior. Said fluid iu so viscous; arnd delivered under such low pressure that it fills up the interior of each coating applcsclcm oriffc, but rno overorne cgpillay action within the orifice. arid lack tlsreof ostide, in ceder to escape from the orific by itself. Ideally, the fluid should be introduced into the hiterior of clue orfce chamber by an output nozzle that has a mbclively lInge diameter or cruss-sertlonal area in comnparison touany open area Oht orifice has around the hair in it* inrior The coating ihsahouki have a gmat estough afinky for die surface at the hair lia it sicks to said lir andik pulled fion said orifice on the surface of she hair The lowest (nearest the scal) and final cross-section of the orifice encountered by she bit is likely nairower than the morve =e=9a portons oflthe orifice. It Js this fmnal crcss-aecuion's purpoose to iaprt a final cnsa-soctional shape and diameter to the fluid coating as i It eves. The coatin is viscous eniough to hold this shape unti cuber she hair is coated with a temoipflt fast hardenting coal og such am wax, most likely a frasction of a second lat or the sttuczursl coating hardens itselin a a nner. In the latter case, the anrctunal kemdri itself could be hardened by immediate application of cooling liquid or S= upon tainsg the orifice, ptchapa, obviating the need for the pxumrrhdv wax coatting In ti 3 Case, it is likely that the suuctnl keratin bad been warmed somewhat itself before application to the hair in order to decre its Viscos4tT Of course, A variant press, which relics on actively controlling the flow tate of the liquid costing rather duan entirely on Low pawe=u sod viscoeity to stop the flow, could be considered, Such a vaskar would be, osherwin., she same relyhng on the coating sticking to rho hait sad a lower orifce imparting a fnal cns-secional hair shape.

100 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IF Australia: Time 16:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aurmctrod Hair Isolation and Proemaing System A OWYISIONAL app t Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicate Christopher 1t. Kin Due; 09 Mauch 2004 REDUCE TIGHT TURNS FO)R FXI*nNG HAIR flutig the bait cru-eunlreshaping process, the twirls pulled laogdhilso downward through the vertically isaline reshaping otifwes by virtue of the pullback and/or bend-under tuntrs acting on it. TIhis prea a problem because then systems most be deigned vo allow access close to the scalp, which necesslitates that the hair follow a path made up of relatively aharp corners during pullback and beod-wider. Thesh arp cons will typically be accaptable in the hair extenion mtachmen anbodiment However, sharp corn=rs mugt disturb the s.dll-uk heuir cotngs applied by the hae ceos-seckmal reshaping embodimentn Namedly, we can take eftoe to lesson the damage any sharp comnes may cause by malting them. rounded and slpey. ideally, perhaps using rollers on such srfaes If feasible, In pearkularU witl want tornake sure that the aurfaces ofthe lost centering guides, the pulback awan, and thn cotnectivity brady ae over the benrd-under belts are smooth and rounded H-kiwver. corners; wibh smooth and sonded ausfacas, mcight not be able to completely counter thn afft of tht tuns. in path. 'rhus, the ideal embodiment should have a way of obviating t*4 tus insa hair's exit pubh while still allowing the system to acesst the hale close to the scalp.

T1he bet way to both abiate tight turns and still allow access clas to the scalp AS to mRusCe bsISII prcXe sak 142A to elousre sway fron the icnlp 4a30, as shown in Yq1(5- 142, 5fr O shais 4113 am chambered in their vertically Inline reahapng odkea 1421). AB sucb, the first lengths of hair pulled throuh sadd orifices ar not pulled by the pullback or bend-wider systmsa, but rather, by the suack elevation system 162!'. 'Th stack eluvatin is most likey achieved by mounting the enus-sectional reshaping stack on its belt buckle: 76G usaing an assmbly 142F that alws the stark to elevate relative w.,dhe belt: buckle while the belt buckle ltultreains the same disance over rhe scalp at all dim.

Once the reshasping ack is elevated, perhaps several centimeze over the scalp, it will, be possible far the pullback ad bentd-under systoe to guide the exiting hairs along.a path madec up vfxmuch Widegr-Waius comets. Of ecourse, to reaize this situation, the pullback and bend-under syasrum have to be configuared somewhat differently themnselves.

First of all, the pullback srystm should be eontgused of smooth swfsce gides, idealy rolloe, placed wsdcrntsth tie seshaping stack to guide the exiting hairs arowid gentle corners on their 'wy back to the bend-unr,4 syv tan Before the reshaping stack is elevates 1 away from the scalp, ther is not rmuch room for the smooth surface pullbak guides or toilers under It. Thus while the stack is near the scalp, these guides must be stored eilse where and brought Into poitkmn undcr the reshping stack only whie it is eevated, Thrsee vatiops place. whre a pullbackguide-auppoar assembly 1420 coulld be sted while a= in Us; and various ways it could be moved into position under the processing stack. Far example, said assembly and rhe guides -wisbiti it. could swing down from recessed portiona In bottomu of the processing stack, like landing geo ni aircraft Alternatively, said assembly could he positionced to the side, hack, or front of the reshaping stack most likely on the top surface, of the belt buckle sand slid into position lateraly or longitudinally, respectively. Pinal, a combination of these thigs used togethser might be used.

Referring to FIG. 143, we sea that it represents PIG. 142 ast a later point in time after dhe pullack system composecd of gade 143C and, optionall 143D), has been actuated bacwar ad the exiting hairs 41D) have been naged by the bend-under systemn ZP Optonall, a nooh-sisrtace gWde 14315 renaks stationay underneath and very sl*al behind the center of the ventially in-line prownsing orifices 142D) to lessen the s tesses and rubbing against die loet hair centering guides. Optionally, a pide l4-3A can be placed underneath aind very slightly in front of the cets= of the veedeally ia-line prssaing orifice 142D to help loaen the stresse and rubbing spint the lowest hair centuripg guides. Altho both guides 143A and 1438 are optionaL guide 1431$ is mom strogly recommended. Ac 101 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automrated Hair Isolation and Procrasing Satm A DIVISIONAL app 1 Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Appicant: Christopher I King Dat 09 March 2004 Joist one smooth indictx guid 143L server, the funetion ot a pullback hook m4d as such. is moved back coAnards the bend-under system 2E. Optimaslly. nleast ornc other smooth surfaix guide 143F serve; s ai leading protccting edge oF thse connectivity hndrt in the belt bucle And/ni had-undo: system. Alternatively, a functional equivalent of ddea can be achieved by roofiguilng the moving pullack system with two smooth surface pidee on both forward and rearward sides of the cauting hairs AS shown by the inclusion of the optionl &e I43D.

In all cases, the smooth surface guides gre moat ideally rolers. Ideally, these rolers will either he made up of independent pasAive (moved only by hairs in axnact with it) segments, one flr each channel ore t ingle roller that bs actively driven at the sam linear apeed and direction that the haire ae moving over its euface, Netc By passive rollmr, we man roused Only by Wating hairs movin ovaer he sudhee. ay Actively diven, we msnn totaeioa is driven by.A mechanical mnedmismn.

At die end of eich procesuing cycle, lting about second or less, the whole proeest must revers so that the reshaping stack can descend towards the scalp and isolate a new batch of hairs in ia clamibers. Most ilgaly. the reshaping stack wtould be split into two stacks, otis that elevates, the other tincdeat. In this situation, the postioce of the reshaping stack responsible for isola&Sn in4'iduaI scalp heirs would not elevae but r~Athr remain near the scalp so~ that they could he wuekmug while the =eshaping o~cs tcr-% elevated.

Puentially. this schem of elevating and introducing srunnth-surface pullback guides could he used with any procassing-stack configutrign including the hir extension ausebmeni*aK, tn fact It can be considCud asan alternative means of either hair pullback, biend-under, Or both. In fact, more genierally it could be considered a nmas of pmeventng hair buildup in front of an obsruction seeodaxetl with the procassleg systemn This is tomsy that if the procssing stack elevates hoh enot*, and the hairs it deals with are than eniough, no other bend-under means would be necessary. Also, one should note chat che other means of pullback and bad-under discussed, herein, coul be applied to this system instead of the exact guide configuzation described above. For txample, rather shan tmi*g pullback rollers baelenrzla themscce, they might remain in place but be actively rotated so that they pull hairs ino themsclyca; and push said hairs out under themselves.

$wznary of Cross-Sectional Proc Vaziants There Amc different: ppssibl raatioom of the hair sculpting ad costiN methods desertecd above. The methods previously described above Are those pmreerd for on-head scalp hair pzueesin& However, there ar other methods and all methods can be Adapted forthe Alternative purpose of applying concentric coatings during a haoy fiber extrusion manufacturing provess. TIhe follwing c"aaog different Approaches, which might be, used both &Ar Processirng scalp heirs and Applying ucenucixic coatlng. during a factory snanuficwirsg Process for artificial hairs: Centertag Within Orifices During Extrusion The cter" of the hair could be &rfed to coincide with the ceue of she processing orifice it passes through by oAe of the following centering mechaniru: -Where the centrel fiber Is centered in orifices..

y a staerabic skirt, around the orifice aid in contact with thse hair fiber so am to center it, that unifonmly apands aroutd the fiber going through it.

by a aprcing-mnnned indivdual tneekeninal supports dhat cosresge towarda die center point of the each fiber. Such a support is most likely trade up of several gores that together form A conical structure. The gnr!s lkely have.a spraglike quality that puishe. thetm inward to ma; aita central point but s t llowo *mm to yield outward to accomnmodate a hatir ruknnin through the central axis of thse orifice which thqy serve. lcy might 102 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Auttastql I6 Ijlalsiu uiz PwadsaSun A OIMrAONALappL r61J ON PARENT. 12=03/99 Appflnr C.Itrluhnf i. King flrrt (19Msrrh MWK) hea *flue smooth surfaces or perhaps rol1es at their tips in contact with the h.ir.

by two spin; moutd, or~ OdWvinC reslicrt. mnechaical supports converig on th de hair frMM oppositc aides and that contact the hair with notches whose tsae ass monr ingesof ach other and should be configured ns two opposing mrircednImage pinchers whise notches, often V-shapsl f-unnl or connarhi I cross-section with increased lateral distance from their leading enids between which the hair emass-areton will bt held. This descripcion inekides both tinournad supports with flexilIty joints and mlecn-machlne type supposts.

.by an adjustable iris setup in which tie heir coon-eseuion will rat held. The iris is (hiced4 to adjust by the lbree of the hair pushing on Itby placing the etmnace of a second ozifice so close to the exit ofta first lI mm) that, the exiting fiber tmales stiff and, thus, centredl In the tecond oke by the flra Approaches tn sddin karuinIihe mateisla to natural scalp hairs.

1. CONCENIIUC COATIN3 OP I-4AIR ONWLY.- Coneccuselc-only coating Is when coating me adeld only to hakirsae., but ceung is stopped when the tip ofta hair exits the application wpyara'Tho fllawiig cstaiogs some cnncenicn coating nrimntar -Coating isacupped becamse as sensor detecs tra the length of tOe hair has been emceedul -Sald sensor cautss the systom to stop extruding coating maweil -Sai irer catusr the sysmz to cr[g!Z aLM atechat dips 2ny Costing inatna chat ttsk the bu* tip.

-Coating is spd* because the pressure at which the coating material is extruded into the interior of extrusion odhfce is notg getwnug to exit said orifice. The coating material can only aide Iit stics to a hair, surface as it Is puLled trough the orilo.

-The ~oain material might exit the orifice but it is not stutuwraly stable unless itris coatng the surfaces of a bak Thus, if the cmating leave the utfie without a hait lets pulled sway by 'A-cuwn, perhaps before it even reaches the wax coating arifke.

-T4e coating matriel Is oeructurally unstable u3nles coaing a hair, in prs,; because only enough coating m"0ris Is aupplired to fte etruion orittce and only fka enugh go cost a hai, not to form a new lcngth of fiber vi extrusion i& i"nuttyicai QIor ADDnratIbU. I JAUjL tflDfIML1tbl C"iI VIAL UirLIJ-ti~jbZ1.

Not only should the kctatin-ikic matrrial be used to cat natural scalp hais, but when the tip Of 2 hair ezit the gpplcation system the coating etrusion is continued, sn longet as a concentric Asin ceasing but at the esrasion of a full diameter hair shaft'thus, the extruded material extends the length of each naal hair.

Specific Rtegaruing Hair Attributes Achieved Through Protesing I-LUX CURLINESS CHANGING IN RESPONSE TO NEW HAIR CROSSSEaION Thiolsor other eternicals capable ofbreating dsufide honds could be applied to the hair in Ito natutal state (net in, MWcurlrs mated with wax-bic substance oxz otherwise fluted after hair cra-aeetimal sculting When a hair Is given a new awos-secdon by sculptliq. the internal trees chat detemilne Its degre of curlitess would be expected to change. H~owver, the hair's original internal peotmin molecles wlk in some eases, "tl be locked %tar largly in Ohe same mannr that they wereblfre hair shaft sculpting. Application of disulile-beacIng chericals wil allow die 103 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automated n-ait Isolation anti ProemaingSytcm A tfl9IAlONALapp. tild ON PVARE-NT: i2w3tM/W Applicane Chduoher L King Dac--.09 March 2004 molecules to werpabeu thermlves I accordance w~th the new striems they are experiencing. Thuis, ifs abit r osm sedlon is made roundcr, it will tend to reospuixe its molecules in at mannerdthacocnrg straightness. likewise, if a hair ao2a1satCdn is nade mor o11100g it Will trud to mOSzAgsniir moleules inM a mns that encourag gralter waviness or cudiieps. In tsqher words, when a hair cross-s2140t1 is m24.de ot bkl, xplicsC5tIO of perm chemicals without cutlet could produce increased cudineas, iayway. Without cross-sectons] hait sculpt, Application of Perm chemicals wthoutr codlers would pmhbably either do nodimot malt. the hair snigher Wea using this dislfde band reorganidn scheme, it is probably besr to wonfl~re die process ao that tho hair dries before the disulfklesaking chemicals am neunraiae. Since a haitrands to suaighten out when saking wet, the hale will not esrpedence the true effect of is a*a cS)$$4*ctioi util 50,0JbSS dry. Thns, by mSpO*iIg the hair to dl.rkngchemicals durin the drying paea roen mn mrosganiaelin will he possible during the drying process. In turn, the molecules will orgaize In manner consistm with the internal form present in dry hair, not wet hair. 7b summarize, the aequec of qpIiatiom would be hair aousvsecdonu sculpting by carving and/ox coatiis remeal ofiany tecupotaty protects.e coating, applicatio of diaulifide-hshingdcandcls vao sated heir, letting hair dry wit tvoid ehwmiuls on therm Of orse, aft altcnadw approach i, To simply estimate the waviness that correpond to a particular czos-sctionsl hair shape and fixate the hair ina ranamer consistent with thes wavines. In this cue, the disulfide-bmskinug chetmicals could be neutralied while still wet Thee=u seveual possible wqyx To (Lame hair in Oure wavy manner Thac comrsponds To iv, particular rosssectional ehape.7 The first is to use convenil eternal fiation devices, like curters, with conventional disulfidabreaking chemicals, likeC pAnsG =ou4n Ond aCcoun, t13 apply themn ins thu conventional wanner. A second way to flute bit is to apply a disulfldc-brraldrg chemical to the surface of each bait and then coat each hair with a temporary protective coaig, like a wax-lIke substance. This wa-lil substance could duen be curled or crimped into dhe approprite shape which woul hold the har I place without any elternl fixotioni devims such as cutlers. The disulhde-bresking chenical itnd protective coating could be applied during crose-sctiomil bair rethaping. It' which case.

the disultlde-breaking chemical could be one and the same w that mixecd in wit the kcratirt-rype coating to keep it dissolved. Altrnatively, additinaul disnlflde-bueaking chemical could he added direcLdy to the baits surface duds 5 g croass; soretignul hair reshaping. In either casm, under the lallucoces of disvalfide-bresking chemuicals, the kaa-yecotig would tend to meld with c4w suxfare of die hair. int de entire bib's protein muclewr wouild *often allowing T cu salts on a new degree of curliness corresponding to its new crcss-secd o apcz Likewise. the temporary protective coating used for fintdots, would likely be the same ona aplied for The purpose of ems-sectionat reshaping During the fixation period, ehensical norganlasatomans that The hair migt not only be soft Csmougb to change its shape but, mostliicly, to actually meld wish the sruictual kestin-type cating applied to it. Chenicanlly speaking, this inchides formation of disulfirle bonds between the nanive hair kerat and the ketrdo-type coaniti Furtrltcsl, it mright even iclude a small dqe=of voiwnettc miuigoftea Two As stich, the protectinca utng would he na ssary to supportdth hair during this weakenled rat.

It is possible dta iation might not always be necessary wich might make a wax-like temporary prtective coating something that could be avoided so longas thie struetural keratin material reains undisturbed on the bair while it ehmiel han. One -way to do this is to formulate the strutual kcrnwin-Wrke coating so that it bennie ftirly 3soW upon coolinig Of coon;c cooling alon probably would act provide the lng-term Staility we desire Thus, this coating muight be deaigned ao that wadam it is cooled &vi below room'cemperstuae it hardens, but when allowed to rv~sar to room-n~nrc, in softens enough to allow chemical hardleningS to take place via a mechanism such as the oxygen in the air cawiog thia-reduced disulfide beads to re-catabhila. Remembax, reducing qonte ini the coaxting will likely leach overt die nativehair keratincausing it rosoften and little, Ehus,allowing melding ofthe coating with die native bair.

104 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autunaard Hair Isolstion andPkoemaing Syun m- A DIisI[ONALappl. Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Appltcanc ChWlsOPhe it King L)MO: 09 March 200)4 Dluting this ftsal remaekt pedad. the hala will need to be protected from stirting togadher and perhaps even sdeoig.

Tao achieve tis, we could revert back to the war-lik coAting, which is Capable of eves hldking somnewhat liquid coatings to the surfice of the hair. In addlition to, or instad of, a wax-like promta~nt, we rnigl he able to use a thicks liquid or gel that doesn't harden, but act as a protectant by virtue of is lubricity and intrinsic physical outcw Said liquid proteectn ieally wil have alffinity for the keratin-Ilke coning on the halts, however, its presence would keep adjlaccnt cated head hair. firom sticing together, j usta cooking oil keeps Iboui hum siciting to the pan. Also. the lubricity of this coating will help hrs exik from the reshaping syatun stack with so little hicaino that their coating isn't rulbe off or distcWss even it the hair we expecte to bend around an object on "ii nay ou;. Of course one of the ceause advantages of sing a non-huiromsag protectaez is that it can simpl he washed aE on the atorald CDating hardeningt Is complete. Finally, we should note that the liquid or gel protectant could serve the simultaneous purpose of a coolant for the smtrural coating tor an! othcr typ of coating applied prior to it.

COATING7 AFPE=fNG HAIR SURFACE PROPERTIES RApid Coolixg to Changa Surfice'Texture Scnucwul karacln-ilk coating of a hvir thawned by pasising ghc hslr thtough an oelllc, or Output no=,le, tha; expose it to apid change In temperature which causes the applied coating to wrinkle, thereby', giving the hair a roughaer less light reflective textume This rapid cooling can bho achdeved by use of a cool liquid or pas. this temipenaureinduced wrinktling can be calibrated to produce the precise surface texture desired.

Nom Using a structurul keradin-like material that can tiorouhbr re-medubeftxe hardenin permanently by a chemical reati or using ontly a non6o4otnjtgpriflcWtetwSl encurag suulae-wermre wrinkling generated during a rapid cooling to smooth out. Doing the opposite will ecourage a touher surfac wxturc Lo t less shiny more muted hair appearance.

lanparingymnr Through Surace to Surfa Contact &tructial keruatin-lik; coating of a bait tiki~wed by pavsing the hcair tlrough an orifice that ctpwca it to ;t textured, perhaps vibraing. surface in ontqr to impart (iriont or abrade) a rouigh lcs light reflective te~xture otn the surface of the coated hair. Said textuftd surface might be cotiigrd as the familiar In-line orifice with two halte or in an dimilar mAnner to the tcxturcd moviag-cylindcr Cnroe4on rollr pair des cbd in t artificial hair -4Manfatuing section. T7he tolers could uuasinr thn texture imprintcEl on their innric-surfaces to the hair fiber's coating, whether the coaring was applied before or during said fibeft movemsent through said roler. Oftcourse, any such use of the moving-clinder approach would have to be modified so thar the cylinder par carn fit into thc multiple parallel processing areas of the connectivity -brirlac tine configuration used in the hair-nshaplng systemA.

Structual Coatings as a Way to Control lir Color The kertin-lil structural coa*n mgt have a custam color that emctes the hair. 'Thtu this color is custom-produced by mixing compon colon. T'he coimpontent colors can be mixed as pure colorants and then introdusied to the structoral cating. Or the structural coating can be produced in sevral standard cornponentc colors which are then mined together to produce the final custom colotr. he mixing can occur anywhere between the componsen; spply reserois an the Output noazles. T'he colors could be of a tranPArent nature that allows the natral hair color so lftrunce the appearance of the hair. AltErnaively. she colonS coul be completely opaque such that they 105 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Auntralla: Time (Hl:m) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autoinared Hair Imlvan anid Procming; Spurnt A DNJS&IONAL appit Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicant: Chritopher It I~ing Dma:m 09 March 2004 completely hide the natural color of the hair shaft and produce whateme aruldical color is desired.

Smrual CoatingS Mddltvee asi a Way to Control lair 1ethaws In *i 2nalogous emner to colrxvss particles coulil be aded to the coating to influence its texture. Such particles might help give the hire a toug less 411ht reflctive teitor.

Altradv H-air Croma.Secdion Modification Means im addition to aor-edr carving and coating, some additional ways of hair cross-sectional modificatiort ate eatalogued below. Moat likely, these methods woul he arnplayed the-seh'p using some tye of otific, that the howr arn drxwn thaough duting Processing: Hak mnaybe carved away by various mnane: -Mechaniot catvingcuukag by razot edge -Machanical, gidnang or abraaion -Where aid grinding is Vibratioal -Dqrnetion boy eiccrmvanagecncrgy -Laser vaporlaing/burning (aapedialliy axdsr) -Laser directed angeotiailly on a plane -eao direted in, at cone fomtdo2 with a diamter s*Weld I n-r P-.n 1 n. hnfr nh.A -Electron beam vaporkingAurning Hair maybe reshaped with pressure by various mneas -Mechinical mching gefonning of ASpe -Mechanical pinate to rforxm fnxvn the aide (mayb combined with best) -Mechanical strething to refiorm by pmttng dircimo trians Nowz Most of the above-menationed preissure-reshaping means work by pulling the hair through a nmowing conSc orifice which acwts it die that the hair is drawn oc catnalet through in;p similar manner as tbaT used in t msnufacwure of metal wire. If citing draw-through orifice/die-apprusch,. heating hait to soften, before or during pullthogor applying disultlde-b6ceaklng chemilcals ahead of disn could be a beneficial adjunct.

Alteiseivo I-tir Crosa-8ection Modifiatijon Means Examrples Ifsa laser, such aa an UV eanner laser, wemrn ad to carve hair czoas-sectais, ita light would1 beC EUIpphd in at similir mnnn rthe LJV adhesive-curiog laster, previously dacrbed. However, it would, most liky, Output ira light froin the two halves of an orifice that close around each hair. These halves would likely have largelY semni-circular shapes. Ideally. dime halves would serve as optical outut capable of directing their tiHt either aloft a Cylinder withi walls Laqely parallel to the surface of the hair, a wone that both encircles and slants cowards the hir shaft! center or along masny lin in a largey flat plane each with anges tanget to the outer siuface of the bakit oro-section. In dll cases, th goal is to aim light uupcrfieially at the surface of the hair so thatif prferndil carves only the most prorniding surfacea of the hair while leaving the recessed areas untcouched.

thiMg an amnum to cartus that bxir surface is another alturnzt-. Nmaty. like the larer. the abrasive would be poitioned int two haives aurrasaodiag the hair. Most likely, the blsaei woul be rani~-circular ini shape. However, neither a lassr nor abrasive is the moat prefersed ay to carve a halts croaas-ectmost. but rather, are alternatives to the encng trot rng 106 COMS ID No: SMBI-0D655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Auttnaiil I ImI Tm~dums sial P~uttnslt ab .t A DNISIONAL upk4 rfll, ON PARENT. 12903/99 Applicant Chritoher L. ing Dae: 09 March 2004 Miscellancuwt Ncna on llaix Crs-etrnlRahaping We have already discussed that dhlsnltde-cedtwlng chemicle can radlssove 4a ccetric coating loyers nd also the hair itself causing them, to meWg as one while they are being held tgether and protected by an outer tempotar prteuctive coating layer such as wax -To further this melding proms, perhaps use laser or light stag, or a mechanical meas, to cut hols trough the lir shaft. in =ee to 2aJCPW the added keratin costing to aenially penetraite the heir shaft Of course, such t hole-wrttlng mear4 woona Uhey t deployed on tines and positioned 14-Ue with the teu~ odfka.

The eaxeag guides (and perhaps pushout and p ullback actuators so) should likely have very smooth fianneling surfaces that may even have klnatiorns the shape and aXi= Of a hair eMmo-scan sa-i-Cire, at their rarmost bakrcona edges. Ideally, thee smooth surface th" h capiisy action xndor ashydropht nauire would encourage the hair to hydroplane along thic ,urfc,.

ce oating euda~ni ,hopl4 "iey be formulated with an mndaz-te that allows ina tea~pcure tw tie Lade extremely low, thereby, allowing it to work fasts:.

Cooling fluid limly applied wing a coating odifc in preference to a spraying ozzles so chat it. can be applied in the way that. least disrupts coatings previously applied to a bait surfiuce HOWtve, spraying nozzles are an option.

Cleaning nozzles cnybe pleant on sd= left wail in the reshaping system in the same way they aire likely to be in the arachmcnr aystem, am pavinusly described Any of Ohe oncepw useful in the Hae Extenson Fnctczy Manufaturing section can be applid to haircrosa-seetional reshaping and vice vast Forcvxainle. the chemical coatings and chemical hair fiber formulatons used in factory manufacturig can usually be ad as ttructwal cntlnp for hair-cross-seeoonal xcphapin. Likewise, many of she physical strases such as the msoving-cindcr spinncrct WCd approach, can be applied. Similarly, when we speak at stnxctuml kenrbz materials that an be used as coatinigs, It should be understood that lersuln-Hlke twerlals might he suhedrturect I'Wheevet we speak of wax cmoaigs, such as lot temtporar protectiv coating and for temporary fixation purposes, we should realize that nay wax-like coating could be substituted whetherki is techically a wax or not. by wax-lie we moan something that softents when heated and haeden when cooled.

4 In the attachmenit system, the procesin area s me specifically called the attichtnent area, Since other -variant syst=m, used for parposes other than autaehiz* ba exienalous, ar analogous w the attachmnt systan-4 what's amo trhe attachmentara in the arsachenent system should usaly be true for the processing arS of"th other type" ofaystems. For enmnplehe processinig saw of the arosactionl-buir-rehaping system coul be referred nsa2 the reshaping ar=, and is ssspfled With Scalp hairs In a similar anner to the 107 COMS ID No: SMBI-0055180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date (V-NI-t) 2004-03-09 Auttxnured Hair Isolation and Procizisirg Systm A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicant: Chrisropher IL. IinS Date: 09 March 2004 -taniu n l. IA. I ua tCVaMtaly IRz..LM WWAP zu 4jisaj b UnLUtc Aw aU& Ofta ta nutW~A.b (JiudidS homologous to Ohn proresseing chpmm in hie muaclnent system call attacbrsnt thambers. Tus, in discussions a[ the supor equipamant. such a the taoslaning haz irtaihs;coccviybdg-fd-ma 575151,N and belt budckle what applies to the attachment stack arnd Its anaclunent arm applies in an aisdogo mannar to any procesting tacit and its procesin tes mid chainfIsu ypes Of ptoe stin systemns tlat perform functions other than hair enesteto Attachment includie those rita apply coangs to the surface of h1iss, zuhApe hir crous-secdocs, asssINUSackltly cut scalp hairs to a Conolslen&gth, and those tt implat and remove hair inmplanse into and front the scalp.

71e various ocifiaes used for crosa-sednoal reshaping require mitamely tight olctasces sometimes an the order of les; than one micro%. This Is espieclelly true of the tuao-dmnd carving oriices whose razor edge is so sinai it inot Utely mwsthbe produced without the aid of grindling juisout. Thu& fur .11 orifice type coauingtypss included hut pianiculasly those involved In cakvins etsmly prentz manufacturing methods must be used. Ile most promnising method involves eleto-Comiag thn odfic-halvw on a template which itself was produced by Ion-beamr miling. 'The ozificc-halvcs woud bWy be formed out of a metal such as nickel. Thus, In order to pren the shaumss of the nxzor.dmmed cutting e*ip vapor deposition of a diimon4Adkc woadag ono t nickel is advIsable.

A. Implant and REmove Sur~fcal Kiir Implant& Use Of Surgical Hair Implants Conventionut Surgical lIii Imptlitnt.

By conventionasl surgical hair implanix, we mncas chose artificial devices that brie anchors that alo a hair fibcr, sal or articil; toi be anchacired into the denii. In coinmna lair ttisnane involve transplanting living human follicles onto tlhe head.

Th%= Am many peoblezus wkh hair izmplants. First, Oince they don't glow, dhe wearer is typically confined to aL single hairstyle. Additionally, most of the people with implants, also, hawt natural hair qtn their heads of approximately the same length.'Thus, dudn haircuts, great care has to be taken to make sure only the growing natural hir Is cua If irsplIted~ hair is cut, it will nors gras back. Consequenlwy. $mall hiri-curing mistkes can havc a mimulstivi; cfficr ove tine. l'urthetae; since implanted heirs don't grow, over the years they send to west out. Undesirabily, this will necessitate thei eventaW removal. Finally, the hair fibers ured In implants need to be composed of some orginlc mascrial in ottics to look natural, This maternal can be natural human hair hairvested f5rom a donor's head or artificial filbers fabricated out of a plasic However in both eascs, the wearers mne system Is highly likely to cocac organic tetriaL which it considers non-self. This will likely lead to itching and inllamsinadon around each implant site which will necessitte their eventual removal.

SoloIDn to Conventional Implants To moirec the ptodems ofcoavenstionsl implans we woud firt brat to use extrndly abort hair ilns, perhaps, with ess than 2 centimeter of' fiber shove the scalp. This way there!s no way that they coul accidentally get cut during haircuts. Second. we could either rnarnfsgur them out of or coat them wish an mqr inoegaie material, For exatrpke a thin diamond-like costing, applied to the surfaice of an organic fiber usin vapor chemical deposition, could 102 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autmated Hair Isolation and processing System A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Christopher L. Ktg DMm: 09 March 2004 be wed eo do this, This would mnake It ncady knposulbl for the implantz to wesrouc. As an added benefit. the invrpnk surface of amid implant wouldl mooa likely pteven the immune ayacur Firom. mnctizg with it In fict. if wc wait concerned shout tians wearing sa off being cut, afe could ettaigure fulllaength implants whose dipi wire inoqpnk, or costed as such, bua whose loger cosmnetic fiber portiotn# weve entirely organic. Such a schemse would probably psrent the imnmune system from macting with them, but such fihea would stil wear out. (Note: The entire fiber could be coated with inorganic matria to prevent it from weain outc H-owever, thi would preclude end"el normal bisatylng ad such &mbea could atil get cut accidenlnly.) Up until this point, it seams that we have to make at choice between implant fibers that will wear out and short utWACsura-bold1tng 16OW9snk Implant fiber. The WNolut is It. Implant 1w short long-asg, rson-sllaernlc inorganic Shbea for use as atritoss. Finally, use the hair arnion ameclimmnt aystem,. previously described, tn attach temporary cosme hair extensions to them. It the hair exttensions wear out or are acciduentally cut, they must asmply be rmovred using the hair extrnsion rcuaul prcrcss, previously described. The anchor implants remain, and a fresh ;et of cosatr hair extensions =s be applied to3 them, Alao the weae free to change is hairstyle whenever he desises by having O1w old osegic hale extensions removed and now batch applied.

Finally, it should he wce that using intorpoic inplsut anchors Is not necsarily the only -way thi Invention can be spphezL Moat any material that doesn't trigger the hodja immune reqnne might he used no make irnplsnttale anchors. The key~ dea is that the cosmetic appearsoce of the implant anchors doesn' ratter because the cosmetc hait extensions will later be attached to them For exampl a protein auont aemeone's body, such as hig own hair kesin, might he used to formn [he implant anchors.

Using raceslo Stack Tehnbtology for Hair Implant Surgery Processing' Stkk Modificatons Needed to Irnplant I-atr Imeplmnts A modified version of the halt extension attadiment system could be! configurd to imaplant hair implants into the akin. Such a system would assumen thatrmny patents stil have smec natural hair. Thi, the tensionng har straiglumner, Ohe fron funneling porions of the hair channels, and swum hair handlera like the puabback gins, all s previoualy described in dhe hair cztprs~ou attchment syreem. would likely remain. These structures could be used to contspt the position of the person's atul ac4~ bairalhough we wntbe attaching anything Mo said scalp hairs or changing them In anyway. The various methods of stoeing and loading osti halt extensions into the processin ares can Ix adampted fu the siog and loding of bait implant* into their processing areas. Of course. since hair implants often have pellt-lie snehots at their 6 sscs, the Josaling system very likely wilil manipulate these pellet-like anchors directly hi preference to rte ffircus portions.

Whentspealdag of processtng chambers with reference to ft suqlcaJ hai Implantadion system, we arc refering to it needic or other incus capable of being actuated and driving implants beneath the surfaice of the skin., The needle, or other sub-deut actuation means, should be consiered a ho~mologous structure to the antachtneur chambers in the previously described bait extension attachment system and tothe In-lineo proceasing ofifices ini the previously decrcibed hak ir etoctiosal reshaping systzm. Of course, ai needle, or mont broadly aub-dernl ac.tuationa means.

will be loaded in an analogous mannaz to said homologous structures. For example, such a needle, or hollow chamber, will 134y either hare a alit in its aide to allow loading or be baied fttn the top. Afte a aupcrfiw loading of the implant into the upper-tegiona of t hde chamber, htis likely thatca plunger, or ffincrionally equivaent means like preaauzizcd. s=r will be actuated down into said chamubr pushing aid loaded implant dowo with ip. 5Sid chamber will likely narrow or have an internal in that catches the Implant as a specific point hi the chamber. However, ts catch 109 COMSID No: SMBI-0055180 Received by IP Australia: Time (ltm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aurtomated Hair Isolatin and Procauing System A DIrVISIONAL app. FIed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicamnf Chtisopher IL King Dere: 09 March 2004 point shouldn't be sA absokim barier. Either &e implants end should be able to be forced past it wit Increased prsure of the plunger. or i ahsoukld be a rnovlk obacsde.

Forcing the irmplant past the obstacle could be made p ssiblet by making the obstacle's posidion an the ineior wall of the chamber flSexible by cuting siks in the chambes wsll that would allow chls. This would be purculadly true if said obstacle was position at the freest end of a long tab-like es tucture formed by three intersectng cuts in the wal. Of course, to encourage flezin of said tmb-1ke structure, the obsetcle on it mnl have a somewhat tapered or ramp-like shape tovwards the diectioa fhom which the imphintt will come. Alternatively, the obstacle might just be made flexible itselfby being configured in n spring-llSke hape such as an arch horn a Flexible material Alernmtivety, dhe obsacle could be made movable by some esstedoe acuator. Fo t ample, the fleodl uab-likde structure could he externally actuated by attaching an extremely thin and stmag fiber to it that can he pulled. Said fiber might be placed in the inatearior or exterior of the chamber. Alternatively, the obstacle can be made movable by positioning an eernal memler through a hok cc slit in tbe side of the chamsb The obstacle could be moved itself by moving the mterml mmat eras a whaol. Said ezernal mnmbt is likely nnfigured with an L-shape where dthe foot of said L-shpe is inserted to terv as the obstacle. Both the extzeemely strong fiber and the L-shaped external member might conform so closely to the exterior of said chamber that they could be forxed sub-dErmly with it, Either the fiber or exte al nmember might he iachAed by cnstructing thent at least partially, outof a material that changes its shape in rspose to etetric cumns. Pu ser ill thed fiber ant exiemal mncber snmight both be entirely obviated by consetructing the obstacle itself or a portion the sub-demal actuation chamber Itself out of asuch a material, W'Mi the implant chambered in the sub-detrnal acmationzdm chamtber, said chamber is ready to be acuated duwn imnto the human skin. Said chamber pierces the skin by virtue of being the functional equivalent ofa needle-itsclf or by te end of the implant having a suficiady shap poain. Once a the correct depth beneath the skin surface, if neccsary, the implat is moved past dithe obestacle holding it by actuation of the chember's internml plunger mrneans and pushed out the end of the chambter. Whik the plunger remaine extended, the walls the chamber shouid be retracted out he sdkin, therby, .leaving the impart underneath the skin's sur&cc.

The systom will likely have a brad-under mcans, like chat dascEibed for the hair tanuioa arachment embodiment, operating. his will 1 alow the perona's long natural hairs, and say implants if lng enough to need it, casy pasarge under the connecctity-brldges of the sysem.

Preventing Damage to Itera infig H k air FollicIes Of cowu.e, for msaximum rapidity, this sysm-m is beest ;axmgud as a tine-baed system with multiple channlek in paralle. This would mean that multiple sub-der&mnal actustion chambers, or nediles, would be held lagely perpendicular to the huma skin diectly over parallel processing areas. We would probably lkit the number of needks per processing area to one became, being performed only once in a person's life, hia operation does not have to be fae as air extension attachment. The scalp-hair tops can be held aside from these processing aeas at any given momnt. This is made possible by die forward tension of the tensioning hair straightener, the backward tension of the bend-under system, and the hair haendles ability to close out scalp hairs from said processing areas. Thus, the processing areas arc zrclatively frce of obstructions just as if someone were pting the hair with his fingrs in thcae regions.

However, ther still are follices and hair shlft bases that we wul rsther not his with a needle. So that the sub-denaml acation chanbers are only forced inato rhe skin where daere are no folliXles or hair-shaft bases beneath themn we could ue the following egetem configur attion. First, all sub-dermil acmator chambers, or needles, ae attached at the distal ends of a due-assembly. Said doe assembly is oscillatmd back forth either indlependendly of the entire 110 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Auctinesd Hair Isoladtio and Proeminrg Syssu A DIVISIONAL app 1 Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applieane: Christopher IL King Doe; 09 March 2004 pane~wag law ti- WiAy d'it~ e man nuriw.n.At tIn, Msiznd aa di unid C W1 sn iUfn12AMWlnncuni parallel iinetsnbly layer. am optical sensors Slat toowk PpCptnVicly dogwn t thde sinaing Lux paralle to the subdismal =stoua chaimbers. The oscllation pattern is suich chat it can be known that sn optical annat will sweeap ova:2 &ien ara of skirt a known amount of tline before 2 t*Z5Ntpol5ig tub..dermt ictuJSioS chitiibeT IOther word., the needles and 8=30s take turns be*t over a given any paint of akin in the psocessing stea. Ifsa sensor doesws detect tty obstacles in the way of the single needle, which it stevs, said needle would be cntired down into thse skin when 1t reaches the patch of Akin thet sensor found clar. However, a detected obs-acl wilt. prevent this. You should note chat, although parallel sensors and neendleg move am a aingle unit, teich needle's actuation is conteolaid individually, an each mat is MolnitmeS ladllUPafy.

ThMasn worakby dnsin 5 a difference between hair follicles, hair shaft hases, and empty skin. The needle must arty be forced into rqloos of empty skin, which have adequate safety insr*n from follicles and hair shaft best.

The sensons are based on die aswnpsim that follicles anid bair shaft bases have differenit optical profiles rown wupty shin.'To gisoe that dia is sast, a nreamndllr preparation could be worked into she follicle.. This Cerns or fluid is likely a carbon ptpzration thot akbwobs infrared light Such carbon prpsaio are already usmed int medidine for purposes of lIsa hair removA In laaer hair removal applicaions, they absob lAmer enavw so as to become hot and 161l thse hair folliciCL Such A preparatin would guarsorsze a distinct optical profile for the folliles. However, the Lot of follicle colornt c xam needn't be Iliwkd to those thas absorb 13L Ferhap. formulaios that absorb or afler othe frequencies of liht could be used. Nevertheless, due to fi abilit to panties the skin, MR is san excellent frequency to rive Weair whift bit,. miaht lw rnnt rtirlly ftiguinrt swirl, nllnwing L Armt whi.lr~wly rmm,. lndn, hN at rit the .Wn"'v surface, Although the sensor system might rely entirely on riatouui iglir it is probably mnore likely that an external light source will be surached to or' used Uith the syste. Most likely, this Ight source will be, I L At sonic point, the optical sensor will aced to convert thc light imnag into digital electric currents thas a computer can uderstand. This conversion might take place in consolidated sensor components amop the proecuiig stack from which wires ruts to dhe computer in contrl of the process. On the other hand, fiber optics mniht be nut from sensor oprial Inputs to a remote ciectro-pticsl conversion oystmm- Thu, sher ligt woudl be run to a tenove loemuos' Where it is digitally converted,4 rather th atop the pnesrning stack. The ativuotage of this scondvu uppnrcb int that the conversion ip~xi itsel could be made larger then if i had to be placed stop the bair-pocesing stich.

Thew systems will likely control and macvtny Its inonramn over she scalp precl using stechanismsu described foe the hair Cimenion attachment systeM For Cnample. it likel stil hame whel riling ever she scalp capable of rrmoituing the system movertini speed. Further still, theme wheels might be configured wich braiing capabilitia-z so thas the con slow the systm down if necessatry. As in the hair extnsion attatchment system, hair density can be Judged by using hair-presence sensors aceoss te halr channel and compaing the number of hairs to tho movement speed over the salp. Additionally, this embodiment could emloyee its optical felllcki anid hair base ranhocs to facilitate hair densty estimation. In either case, the system could adjust the density of hair implant that it applies based on this infoxration.

Finally, the independent movement of needle chambers makes is posible to use depth gauges to guarantee exact skin depth ponetation every sins. A depth gauge might be xsmthing as simple a collar or other sucht obstruction on in exterior aide of each needle, To Aatrther icase accuracy and ensure needles, always enser she akin at the same atngle, the needle assemblies could hr give a slit ability to pivot A part of each needle atssmbly, most likely &lt end catoetic to each needle itcl± could proceed each needle itself mo che skin. Upon coactme wish the skin, this pant w.

4 cous: said nqed assernbly Wopivot to the exact, lamerly pespendicula angln, with the ain dssirpd. Slnce the actual needile and its proceeding part have a. telescopic relationship, being composed of slidling ovedappig section

III

COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 A utrmnsced H-alt Isolation and Procassing System A OTISIONAIJ app 1 Mold ON PARENT; 12%3/99 Applicant: Chistoher IL Kias Dam. 09 March 2004 Allowing consiprs the needle will continue to move and entear the sldim Of course. the needle Angl and depth could be rvolkd by actively driven mchnisss. For example, tie pivot tiat ccifrvlh the nale angle ;:ouWI be actuted to The chaired angle- Peduhae, this ange migltt auroitsatinfly chang as the positioct on the hedd chaniges Reverse the eire Proces in Order to Remove H air Implants In order to rmove hair Ilants, the entire process cani be reversed but wvith Just a few mod~iflcations. Duing the reversal of the pioces the aub-dermal actuaton chamber, or needle, will be eapected to grab Mhe implant out of sheg skin, rather than letting 9o of it. Ta do tis, the obsmtrtion om the interior of the needle need. to ba able to tenporurlly mve out of the w"y of she jlhnz as the neetle moved down snitI. This can% be achieved In the gipsa same Ways as obatniction movernea in achieved shove. The only differtenct bcal a ramp-Jilm strutise, if used, should, taper towards the bottom of the noodle, or in other words, the direction &xom which the Implant will come at it.

Of course the system Isa io be configured so hastit can locate the implant and actuate a needle only when it is centered on 2n implsant, The first way this =r he done involves the use of the optical sensors en describedl befoe. The portions of the implant, especially ft portions of it that mAiaro It becneath the skin, shoul have sur faces of ant opticaly distinct antrial, mostik I&in the IR rane. Tisl wray the system can lossi fpr each knplatnflprofil And use at least mw sides of t margin of normal skin arounod an implant to deteruine whether it is centered on said implanlt 7this will also Allow die Pysem Po discdinina exwemi uoral bairs arid Imppants.

A second way Owe might be used, in addition to or instead oldihe sensor motbod, involves mechanical needle guides. Of cause, wve said before that the needles would likely be nxstred In a pivoting maniner and dice the needle chamts are homnoingus structure to die Aachment chamrbets and in-line reshaping orifices. 'Ihtn, if we use ste mechanism described in the analogous anbodirnen wo load an odlcm or hook, on te side of or ln4Ine with, the needlie with an in-scalp heir Implant's fiber pordi.n then the needle assembly could slide: down akrg this hair. Since the ncedl asemibly would pivot during this slihprcvas the needle would be perfecly lirxd up wish the implant by thav time it reached die skin'a surfsce. The sysm would, lkey Also, need some typ of sensor meians to differentiate between natural acalp hairs and hair implansa.

One way to obiat the need fir sad senisor means is to fist give the person a evifitiondy short haircut and, near w sfe hai extension attachunei syssm to Attach hair extcrnsoma to all ucalp-ncluorc hairs real or wrtficiL A fter aowing thav natural hairs to grow out, use An earranely prcise hair- eXcenslon-reniVal qyrpon that only MemoveIC hair extensions ite m iinimum distance away fksm the scalp. It could do this my not applying solventc below a certain hai longth. Thy much longer hair extension slW; imain would only be attached to saiivia hair imnplants. Conflgwiv the sutoind implant system such that it only hooks its needles unto hairs; above a certaim noagh. Tus, the nieedle would only he hooked onto hWi extensions attached to artifIcIal Implint anchors; and, thus, would ontly retroVe Artificial This Device Could He Used to Transplant Hair Follicles of courde, If living hair follicles could have their follicle portions pelletised or made Into small plug, they could be implanted in the cat same manner us that pruviously described fornon-ilirg implan t3. With adrancs being made in culturing hair foiclesN ins v11r4 we beleve that industrial processs based on grow*n haira out of thse body will be possible. Suchi processes would serve ast an excellente soutre for hair Auollidee dhat eami be pcetcied. placed in csrikges, and kImplanted in the beAd using the atutomnated device described herein.

4. Automated M-aIrcunig Proces6in Stack 112 COMS IDNo: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autrnated lir Iholarion and Processing Systm= A DIIIONAL, app 1 Mi ON PARENT; 12903/99 AppliCaneC Cbdacohe IL King Dwa; 09 Mlarch 2004 13 1 AuWusaivi I Isijtyk~ CLLw9' tlyRMUas In this aitrnative emhoditrt u w ill describez how the baic Procssng stack design c"n ba adapted for cutting halt lAth the professionul preision required To produce attractive hairstyles. In the priorarT. there: is a device that slkm a person to cut his own hair. This device consists of a relatively ontventional electric hair timmer mounted in a bracket that holds said ulimner portion a fixed height owe de scalp while at the samne tane supplying a vacuum source above said trinner pardon. The vacuum source both hldsE halts straight upward so, that they mUl get cut at the sene length ad cmiia sway hair trimmnings. The panSke wadit this system is tart it produces a haircut in which waery hair on Owe head, Is curto whe safe length vnlik,* most paotnsional haircuts which have many lengths, "n "1 We"t is limited to a sasiinus far below that squired Ear moat wcai halraryles. Our proceudnratack type systim will ow have thwerin MIobs It can cut hairs to diffurent lengths at different positions on the head.

First of al, we'e sad that the pcuceuisstack hakruttinig system will be able to vary its cutting lenigth at diffareo paoioi on the bkead. Of mrgs, this require tar its control system is able to autint its position on the head, TIsk will be posible because the hair-cutting smzbodmant4 like other proeassing stack embodimnents, will usualy b-,e guided over the head inag a track-uidc cap. or fincdoa equivalent It may be the normxal prtoccrurc for the system operator to miove the handle uit over she tradras in a standardized aped&i asies, oc to have access to an input device that lss dhe iptww's corrpura know she! nae of ant Imjxwnptu track-order chanre 7Te syst comnputer will know when the end of a track is reached and a new one begunt eithier because the s a scalp cooneac sensor on the handle unit or a finger swiach that the operator is supposed to trigger between, mak changes. The system will aliso have sensors that dcsez movement speed aid distanice over the scalp, lilc those discussed elsewhcre witin this document.

Csssbing lknowledge of die track munmbor wih dam about rte movemcnt aloag that Track, die system wilg be able to egdte ha position on the head. Thii will allow the system so cut different arms. of haIr to different lengths, Note; This is dh;v preferred method of locatng unit position on Owr head. However, the heendsrbdhanssrtting; M. irm will bit able to fnction with any poaition-bcaoton means.

At this point. we co~uld simzlply configur abe pricessing scack as a conventional in-bssed hair trimmer with the unique Lautre of being Wie to eleate ani doecend relative to The scalp. This would achieve benefits over the prior an In that It coud accumccly cut sliftent areas of hafr on the "cap differ etsggsh. However, such a configuration would .dill have a maximum hair-catting length less than that tequired fur many women's hatttitytt. Th1us;, we will likerly want to im lament a stil more sophtstlcaeed embodimee.

J& this mnore sqplistiesze embodimpiitj the system should be configured with the hair isolation sad chaznbetrng capsbillrs as described for the hair extension sttmclann system, using macharam describied for i; such s the hair handlers or functional equvints. just As the attchrrent aystem isolated Indiidul. laik and pt Them into attachinent chambers the haircutting systen will put isolated hairs into homologous structures that we will call haircutting ehmbmes. Unlike the attachment sald cansseeonsl reshaping systems, which Ideally, require that only single scalp hair be put i each pmocessing chamber. Thle haketatung system cani be a little move lax and dallo a limited nwrtbe' of hairs par chamnber. In fiact, the system might vary well use one consolidased chasmbler per tm channl that allows many hairs Together in it.This resbrced prcision is acceptable in the hair-cuttinig Taiamri because itsea nmny hairs froma amidlregion of the head get cut the same length. After a1l this Is whatrhapperis when a professional hairityllati uses samn Once the hairs arm chambered, we will have a hair handlert (moss likely moving-tine or micn-romchine based and equipped with at sharp cutting edge) slide lie the pincher 9C of the attachment system nnbodmneot toiwaxtis the left wall of the processving area, thereby cutsing she hair, in The processing ae chamber or chunben.

The critical patameter is when so trigge this cuttin mechanism. We have already explained how the systemn 113 COMB ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autirnacci lt Tauladion and Procwslng System A DFVTYSIONAL appl. fled ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Christopher Lt King Due: 09 March 2004 asrrrutas ita pidtinn tin thst araip, hit It mint, skin, he pnaltlnitni at thep cinsat mint along thre ligth nf rhe hair be fore cutting. Thi. can by achieved in thmse mannritas dcczbul (or pulinug hairs through the rioa-sccina hairtashqaiuig embadimeasa. PdlHbck mowans ad/or hend-wadma ianx and/or tack elevation mea should bea used io pull the hairs lengthwise throush the osifices; In which there chambered. Because we will mast likely be using a tensioning haitr aightener means we will asstune hairs in processing chambets are pulled tight and Amc in effect xerocri with reference in sheeamount of their length that has yet ro be puled trough a given processing chamnbef. At tbis point. The means usead to pull the hair lengthwise through the chuantbes fixm hair haom to hair tip ashould be actuated Sin thit rate at which this device pulls the hairs should be known and ideally constant, we can intimate the length of hair pulled through by cloning. whben te qytm- censpauwawirsinesr the cateer hOi length lass bwe maAd, Owt cutting eas Is accuarad. (tin lengthwise pull through means may ar may not have been stopper!.) Thua, a lismited number of hairs have been cut tonia specifi pro-ptogrammeid lengt 71hu is reeated many tiw as to system moves over the bead.

Not Even if rnkro'nsschine type hair handlers aitzt used, independent control among different hair channels aid halt cutring chambers is asti possible using a tiu-hamad systsm. Mwl conigundon dilkt2lows this requires sines that have haix-handlert functional areas Qi11c cutters) In only a subset of the channels, riot all of them. This would reqire that the sack of snovring tine-uesblics to have mote layers. and atoouch, bc thicker. Nevertheless. this is entirely acceptable, especialy, because the systm can he calffrared in talc. this into accain:a. FOE examaplem, the lower cursing sine in die s tack rEoWl te dine to be actuate-d tac tr thnde higher ones, This is because rte corresponding length points on ach bair reach said lower cutting tines later than the higher onCCL Also, the cutting Means ledtliited to a pincher comning from a single aide. 'The cutting ins could be campoiwd of two cutters that mash together As the blades of a pair of scissors do. One of these of these blades could be eithet stationary or moving.

Programming Hairstyles Into the Sys=e We have explained how the oystem can cut hairs at different positinos on the head differet lengths, but how daes the system know whaot those difflerent lenth shoult be? Morc specifically, what lengths will ptoducc a specific and aestetially pleasing lufraryle? Thecre ate two ways the system Lan deconitine this. In the first method, the system coul be givena basic paraimeteris about the sin and shape of a pcmmoif head, most ikely based on the esit nd shape of track guid chosen. Next, a asndazdl hairstyle could be chosen, such as from a ssardduxe picam book, ;rt4 this iselection. could be entered into the comaputer Finally, the comnpute would hovec been pre-progrrmned with the hairlength inlbmarlors necessary to achieve the selected hairstyle on the o n head type.

A sex-4i manner of propamufuig a hatyle ie' uth swysterm is to sc empiricall sensor measurmecnts frwn a specific individuals head, This way.a person could 6 ve her hai cur once by a pzul'essimnal, perhaps a world-fiamous hairstylist, and have this exact haircut sonmatally duplicated on her head ix years to cime Technically, how the sensor measuremnents would be made is by placing a hair presence sensor, or sensors, at a positioni where it can mnxitor the presence of hairs in the pracessing arsa, or even in indfividual proesing chsamtbers by uslog multiple stesors.

Ideally, this sensor should be placed at approiimacl the sanme height as she sharp-edgd cutting hair ha~ndler and have hair-detecting capabilities limited to a line or piane at said he~ht'To program the systemn, It should he mocved through all of the hair on die bead using a standardized pattern During this progrwnznlng operation, no hair Will be cut. Ideally, progtamnmingmshould he done Immediately foowlg a professional haircut, and the data obtained should be saved for later use. Of coune. rdw ayam mcanures hair lengths in at very sknihir mnnerir to the way it eatirnatci when to cuthar as described abovL Specifically, we will Assume hairs in processing chambers are pulled night and are, in effect, zemed with refaraice to the Amount of daer length that has yet to he pulled through a given prtoesng ebaambert r is pain; the means used to pull rse hairs lengthwise throogh the chambers frome hair huse to hai tip should be actuated. Since 114 COMS ID No: SMBI-0055180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date (V-NI-s) 2004-03-09 Automated H-ai Isolin anod Proecairig System A DIVISIONAL, appi. Filetd ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicat Chrastoher L- Mpg0 Dee: 09 March 2004 the rate at which this device pulls the hakes should be known and ideally entant, we can estimate thenlength of bitk pulled thruut by Otiri When the hair presecm sensor deter. that moat hains have been pulled througlh the chmcabr past their tips, cte computer rattle the hair length at dhis specific paint an the bead. It is at this length chat the cutting ame will be triggered when automated hair cutting is performed in the ftmacr Thus, the length; of haits stall1 posiions on the head have; been measured and recorded.

Note: flis meatded hnlr-lesigtdata can be used nor only to contool tie cutting process but, also, to dersarne, in advance, whether an Individual's bait is long and dense enough all over to accepts2 particular haircut style. The density can be detarined through the bait counting methods, described elsewhere in this docs;mt or usiag swnor messmenitve to the volume of he4r pasn bet= diem In the halt channels.

Such volsme-aenaidvity might be possible because increased hair volumne will afet the electri currents electuonilletee radiation circuits of the sensors wonot greatly.

-Hair Preem seasons will likely have a range of sensitivity so dhat. they can disciminaite between having a luncadaig chamber full of hairs in front of diem at a sparsely filled chamber. A sparsely filled chamber, for practical purposes, could be triatel like an capty chamnber.

-The hair length and position data can be applied to another person's head of a differnt shapc and oir by expanding, contracting or, in the case of a, gteatly receded haisline, throwing out: corresponding data points altgether so su w&i hsirlesgth data to homologous rcgkiaw on the mgQ heads.

-In order to ensue that the traclt-guie cap Is positioned an the heed correctly the system might require scanning runs troe cutting. If The cap is mnilrlgd, the system could require the user tu malign it Lx the system could calcuatr new cuttingposition data based on the misallgirnn by mapping the kengih-poiinos dar to a new grid pattrn -Optionaly, additioal lir presence sensors could be positoned In die portions of the heir chaunnels anti bend-rWidr systm behindl the proccssing oa in order to confrm that d'e; hair really i; being cut to the rocrt length. 'This would be achieved by using a linea mtay of scrza spaced along the exit path. For evrmple, a linarr array spaced down the length of a hal-under belt assemubly. Hair length would he estimated based pa the hat sensor activated. Lomger hairs stsy in the bend-Under bets longer and activate snore seasors than shorter one. If placed on 01e bend-tdert a sanlly, thi array Is lKely cozutruced in a flex~bl matner.

-14cr atl hait presence sensocs In tWtl system, it is important to kiep them clean.Mi mlt mean a done-hused pant swiping over than perioiclly or. in the cas of seasons pilaced along the hait- onumibet assembly, having rame o mre tabs on the! edge oat h6Mn-waler belts that swipe across ina sensors periodically.

-in adldon to hair presence sensors, optical sensors that record bair color Information could be used and placed, anoint ideally, in a pooition adjacent to the processing chambers. Ihis way as hairs arc pulled through the processing chambers, color information, shout the hairs at vaious Lenths and poditons on the head CIn be recd so ciat lacer a colorat appkLction system could duplicate the coloring pattern.

-Although direct measurement ofnmovement over the scalp is die moat likely way to measure system inurementt and estimate position an the scalp if sbomethinS is known about the volume: or number of hair on a peasons head, sensors char masure hair volume or count hair number passing throcugh a hair channel could be usedl to estimrate snoamnnt and from char position on the scalp.

-It is imaportact that the operatr hold the system sufficiently near the scalp. For chit reason, enors dhat macwre scalp contact or distance could be icledt in the handle unit.

-Whether a tensioning hair saightener systemn is used to hold the hair (mate) perpendicular (chin its natural its COMB ID No: SMBI-00555180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aurraard Hair Isolatioca und Prosusuiug Spat= A DIVISHIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicanc Christopher IL King Dir:n 09 March 1004 sats) raut. scalp uric is done by anothe mete.. such -s by hand, ideslly it should be done. Ochenatise. the swcm might nut bc poawtoncd along the length of dhe hairs corecly. To make awec adeoqusce straightening tansion is being applie a pressure sensor could be tn to push (moat li"l perpmndicularly) in the hairs wnder tenuion. The system coul be calibcaul so that the bairs under tension counter the prensua senior with certain amount of Sweei. If they don't the/rte not under adequate tension, and the system computer (if one is used) enuld act aecordinqy by taking mesures such as soundinig alarms and/or ceasing the ystem from any further activty especially cutting. These prtessure Sensors are likely confitind with a line or hand, perhaps under sension itsef or a solid bar which is ne, which presses into the hairs mat likely positioned above the prso lig stack and ideally aligned largly perpendicular To halt &lw shove and across Seveali paocessing arena. l4isk-pctnatnce aesor aethoda fix doing the aeem might be eumployed simk as running so optical beam across and area where hairs should or should not be it they are, wider tensicta.

Use as lnhalligetntThkidsung Shear ?datns.

Some people think thi W Is 100 thick. For this masoa. thew seeista in the prior at a class of device known s thinning shears VWther constructed s* manually operated scissors or as an electric hair trituner, these devic, wore by osming only one out of a specific number of hairs that pas through them. Pair example. they might cut one out of rVeOlohin that pass ;hrtwgb them. 1'hl is aecrpwble the firt time chinn~n is performied. Howcver, It as some later time after the biks cut grow partially, but not all the way, beck to their origia length. the person might want to have her hair chinned agsin. 9heU desire thi because her hair will he gesdcuj ocdy thick close to chat head, but not at longer lengths because the hair hasn't had tine. to prow out this (ag YCL Ideally, whir needs in be done isnto thin only the hair closer to the head. Howve, a problem arises because conventional cinning sheams can't cur che a ne exact hairs dilt they did the Bras ime. mmu. after conventional thinning shears are usedl a seond rie, most of the orIginally cinfned hair will remain the panic kngcl whlek mny long hairs get cut undesirably.Thus, the hair will bc thinned all over not )ust dlose to thc head. This means that eithr the portions csr to the head won't be chinned enough or the portions farther away fiun the head will be thinned too much.

In subsequent thinning sessions, an ideal tiaing sheas systemn would cut cte ciao same hairs he second time as it di the fire while not cutting any previously uncut hairs. Uh a syseun Is poaikie by lnwaudng the abovedesribed in-rhaber cutting an in-ch amber sensor monitoring functions into a system where they function simukaneouay. One change that wold have to be made is tiat tie sensors should be placed toward the tops of die hair-cutting chaimbers, appno~xhnawly one to threc ccntinsccter highe than the cutting meana portions. This distnce is equal to the distance hnir growa in the several weeks apcted between chinning sessions, Wile cte hairs are being pulled through die chambers, the stators detect the rip of the show thinned halts before said shorter hairs have ccared the cutting chambers. At or timed slightly after teii detection, the hair cutting means positioned below should be actuated. Unlike the prcgrarnrned-hirstyle-cutisi embodiment. described above, for optimal perfhnnanct, the hair tinting embodiment reqirs each hair to be isolated individually in separat processng chambers and for there to be an independent cutting mechantismn and independent renser mechusism (or each separate procekIg chamuber. If mnore than one bair were placed into a singl chamter, either longe hairs that weren't supposed to gu cat would or shorter hairs bastchat were supposed topWt cut wouldni'L These separate cutting -eas arm most ideally conkured by placing the ratting edges um fliccitiatul aeas on sniertnachine type actuasn.

Nacurally, the mechanisms describedi fix the, hair-chinning embodintn can bet used ins; manner char produces pee-proigrmmed hairstyles In ocher wods, the longer hairs that r aet to be cut fior tinning are deat with in the somn umane as descibed above for the basic aucomated pce-pnVmupma salrstyle-cutring embodiment In facr, A system 116 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Dlate 2004-03-09 Autcanacd Hair Isolation an Proceuing Systcm A DIVISIONAL app). Fled ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicane Christopher I1. Kng Doe; 09 March 2004 can be enbodied that perform both thtssnsng andl hssratn Ssncasonsa slsulrmcousiy on one pass the headi.

Applying Caloitg Agan to Simulate a Praview Befor Cuttig in order to pina llenes confidence before slowing ;he systemn to actually cut thec hal the sysrarn C;Oul be configured with the capability to simulate the appearance of what the haircut will look like by applying a dark temrpotary hair coloring agent to dines portions of thle har which -r planned w he cut while nor coloring those portions chat wil reaim uncut Thlis is achieved wing the paneso Used for timing the actuation of the sutting means. insteadl of ocrusrng a cuttisng mws,so cos application mans is activated. Nscuda4, she colr appliation should beginait exactiy the samus point cutting would have been perimsmed and It skrA31M continue u the baits tip is reached. Perhaps, a a presence sensor couki be used to dstemn when the hair's tip has been reached so as to prevent warin coloring agent Most Mlb. this wkvg agen will be applied to hairs at locations within the intedor of the pcocessin chamubtrs using dabse bars nozzles or cating orifirs as described fns thet hair cas-sactional reshapinig wyatam Them most probaiMe positm of thes coloring san vupply is through rte let rall as described for othe proowfing stock embodimnents.

Computtrigng could eve he tamed to produce a previw pictreof a person showing these colored sas autctnqu"ly edited our.

S. Dynamic Haiz-Chmnael or Ocher Funcional-Ares Designs in tie crnbtxllnnr described up unti this pain;, it haa been assumed tbc hrse hair-channel WAll inxa portions would reain staionary relative to the processing stack configuran a at whale. I&Earise, many Ainedonral arce disposed on sai lair-channel wall mvpns, ouch ronozzles. intakcs, and dipole ends of aL ocnagr gap, wvuld also reaine statkonary relativ to the test of the system. In such systems, bair-chsnl-walI spacing iceniiai conasant i-amrer, wve can configure desins whenr the hslr-chanund-wsll tines (oa mm broadly flancdonal-arsa-auppozting projections into at snags of hair) that ouppost the hair chmanel wall, themselves mve reacire to curb other and the processing stack (o momat broadly systemn) ats a whole.

Mome dynantic con figuracioo*s ac possil whr the hair channels formed betwen uais funictional-aressuppotingf plojeeins (perhaps, ie-ie perhaps not) could do rhi agssuh as reposition diemsetve relative to halts, peehopo. cyo-, going to the hairs risher tha the haits to tern. This casn he acieveyd by vanfigwisg ;said fntoa-ta supporting projctions involved as moving anal capable of fLomang isolation areas withn she ies between Poriw of their functional areas (usually includinig tleir hair-chante[-will fatcrlonal areas). This might be achieved by tfunctional areas oc a singec projction moving relative to each other, for ezampl by mricro-ntaehie means, and/or entire functlosal-are-supponiag Pirojections moving relative other finctional-area-upponlnz ptojections. Hairs mnay enter said isolaton area by any o4fbutcnor bruted to, the following; 1. Hairs beingrsmoved in by amechaniculhak handler Z Halr-bannel-aliI-based tunneling tmeans gding them in 3. Pure chance 4. Hair atractive Of replsive force Means, such a; static electricity or sir currents 5. Sensor meuguiding the movument of said isolation areas to hairs 6. Sensor means telling a coinutsr chat funictional areas, which bm in nisolation area, to close around a hair(s) when said functional arcas hapen to be in its proxdin4.

Sai solation area can he one and the tameas rte procesing aeas, which perform the desired fuinctiongaon tie lai. Or said isolation each wits a ar(s) in titan can be moved close relative to sai processing sran that the net effect is t12ha bare brougt Co said processing areas or ob-areas within aid processing areas, such as 117 COMS ID Na: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Tme (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automaamed Hair Isolation and Prc~uuing Systm A DIVISIONAL app). Filed ON PARENT; 1293/99 Appicat Chflroher i I Kng 09M: 09 March 200)4 procesg chambbrs.

Motse -we zetar to tunoa l-2aasuppo Vtw projecoins exwr4ng intoi2 mns ot hair rather than, tones beause ent arn't tccpiinn that there be muliple projections nor that they bc con~guaed in a dine-ausctnbly fashion :LIbe abnuecleaibed fiafionl-area-suppording progeedenmght, (mn addition to, or maitead of. a haltchwnnal-wall fucedasal area), support functional mew deacAibed as mateding-area eide walls, isoladosi-ara siMe walks, proczerneg -area or chamber aide wilt.. (But not limrited to this lit.) -Vos fIWiConI arme such as bib chwune wall means may tern halt chasieb or halr-chaituiel ases during pracessing eyen if said channels ani chnnling ares aren't ptesent all of d-a inst Regardless of whether a dynamic ox sationary hair channel cwtguszdn is wsed those ftiatinnal areas of hair handilen which nipuasa hamr by mnaking suafnto-nurhce mielunical conutar ith thema couald be replaced. by funcuosely-eqialent baharswdlig fwrdctoaal -re which generae (hon-*oHidbased) fomces that effectuate hair mankion. For rimry moving fluid. Qfiquid or electrical dharges qr currents, tram of cnewg including but not limited tos oun4, heat mqpgebt i e es uad. coLd be isA to mankpuoars hairs in homologus manners to ways many of the ditcctnechatsklcornUacc fnctional areas do. lix rnettsdsnms that gesisar dims (non-sotitd-basod) hair-huadbag fame, could be deployed on ties, or mote broadly, flancdoaal-aztea-suppoeting atiuciwil proetionsintSo a maxa of hair Said mechanls lidel ccxupy relatively discrete potitioca on suid structural projections. in a siila mannar to mcluanicul-hainbandlcr functional areas, fid-output nozzles and huir-chmnncl senisor gaps. Fuhesnoec, flid or elcuicA supply lines likely power them i analogous manners, for eanaplc. Not If ekecalW charges are used for anipularlon the system mighlt (or might nor) be co=Wued to that it bnpae's a cerain electial chia to the entire human body and/or all the hairs on it. Thc rucars that doe $4i could be, part of, wt indcpacn of, thv hxitprucessing sytem k=W.

This dlynumnic haix-chanael-waif design could applied to sntodunents that saive various bair preewg fuicUioKsu licltslrg butr limitcd ehosc dmscd ini vis dcnusncnc 6ach ats hair-cxzcnston stscbinenr. hai-coatig application, hair agoeectional rhaping, automated huicutting automated hair-implant application.

rnslly, Just as she dynamic hair-chanzzl-wsll configuration can be appliedl across many anbodinseraso tw can Latsraillustuuad in one embodiment be applied by analogy to other embodrnenua. For example, the processingstack-elevatio sygtem, shcwn Illustrated for the cross-sectdonl hair eshaping system, can be appledl to the other embodiments including, but not limited to, halr-tenskrn attachmnt, automated hsircuulng, add automated hairimplant applicadon.

REFIN EMENTS A ND IEMAS CONCERNIN G T HE OVERALLKATACHMEN'1 SYSTM (atnd other types of poesgbyanalogy) ""Attaehmncnr Sptrn Enbancenmi eanFurt* just is the attachment sack can be embodied and enhanced in may ways, ao =o can the oveml attachment oysters. The faflowmg represent vananossa and in some case. enhsncqtnemw of the oertall attachment syWmcn 112 COMS ID) No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automated Hair lolation and Pronssing System A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Appbcanc Chlisropher IL Ki g Dat 09 March 204 S**Diffetnt System Types on One Handle Unit RI.EMOVAL AND ATTACHMENT SYSREMS ON SAM.E HANDRELr UNfIT Ocginally, the hair extemnion removal and attachment sygtms were placed on two separate handle units.

However, a system whee the amchment stack follows immediately behind the hair removal system is a possibility. In such a systn, ha easensions are tecycled In a differen manner. Rmther than diart filling clip crddges wkh hair etanmkns fmi the removal system, hair extensinD from the remover are fid by a conveyor system directly to the atachAment stack. The conveyor may fint ake the hair exteasions throuh ne type of refinement sysmm that may do things such as clean, sot o'n undesisable, nd realign how the conveyor holds the hair examenalone. Aleenoadvely, dthe habir extemions maybe taken directly fmm the removal ystern to the attachment arack. Regadless of the path the conveyor takes in the middle, it will typically leave the back of the remover with detached hair extensions and bring them to the atachment stack from the back or top. In other words. it will loop aonamd from the front of dite handle unit to a place towards &rthat back in the trailing attachmenmt sack. In such a syserm, a single pass over each scalp are 2would both remove hair extensionm and then reattach thnem closer to the scalp. Naturally, such a system would kially have a hair t vighenr. It may ue one hair tscoioning traightener that precedes both the scrmoval and attachment syptemp or it may use two sesighteners on preceding each directly.

The remover. achmdnt scack, and as ightener can each be consk mered a separare fincdoal unt. Each functional unit should have close contact with the scalp. In FIG. 76, it is shown how the attachment stack held by its belt buckle sad the atmightener both were allowed to entte relative t rhe lhand unit and etch other in ordeir to conformn to the surface of the scalp. Referring to FIG. 75, rotation of these wo functional units is achieved by their peg-in-hole connection vo the stil 75B of the handle unit. However, when mor than two functional unis are attached to a single handle unit, a sthbdy differtent system thr alkwing them to confrmtain to the scalp must be usedL. For example, all functional unite could be mounted with wriliait connections that petrmt their moyvemrent both rotationally relative to and vertically away from the scalp. This includes simple achmentby spring or rubber band to the rigid handle unit, mounting on a handle unit comprised of 6nklepedendy Bexhibe segments, or inroducing additional pains of handle unix tits where each pair of stilts has the ability to straut awsay from the scalp xvwhen pushed in and rsiliendy rebound towads the scalp when this presure is celeased. These additional pairs of stilts woud most likely be inwrouced one behind dthe other.

CROSS-SECfIONAI. RFSHAPINO AND HAIR ArTACHMENT ON ONE HANDLE Another psible combination of two systenms an one handle is to place a hair cmss-ection-mshaping stack in front of a hair extension attachment stack. Such a system would reshape the ciniss-sectons of natural scalp hairs and then attach hair extensiow to them. Natrally, such a syste m would ideally have A suaig tener. It may use one strAjghtener that ptecedes both the reshadping and attachment systemrs or it may use two stAighteners, one pfcceding each direcdtly.

HAIl EXTENSION REMOVAL AND CUTTING PUNCTIONS ON ONE HANDLE Yet another possible combinatmdon of two rsystems on one handle Is to place a scalp hair cutting syscem after the hairz nmnsicn umnoval unit. The hair cutting syn tm could be ridher be some foe of am entional ekctric hair urimmcr or the automated hair cutting processing sack embodiment. In such a system, the hair extensions would he removed and scalp haims cut to the desi aed length in one step. Such a syetem is desiramble foer people who want to keep t hei natural scalp hair very short and unseen relative to the hair extensions. Idealy, a straightening system should continue to 119 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Anvrrsml H-air lrlainrm an Pnm. nuing Sysrm A flNIRONA. appl. Fled ON PARENT:;2139 Applicant: Christoher IL Mpng Date: 09 March 2004 tension scalp hairsas they are cut and the oitnng sysnn' height shove the scalp should he made adjtutable.

6*Pma.PsouasnWd StylaR? Another laborsaving strategy is to use hair extensions that Ric alray cut to the correct lengths before they are attached to die scal hairs. Such a system would make possible pre-progtrnned hairstyles. To best do this, the hair extenalons shoxid be cut to length by the rime they are placed in the hair aeiesioc cirisigm. Since hairstyle wsually am composed of hairs of di~fferet lwniss the Clip Cartridges will have to he flled with hairs of a variety of langtha This ca be done several waysi One wtay toAIM clip catriciges with a variety of hir lenghs Is wo 0 qah clp with halts horn dlf~zp sourcs.

This can he done by maing the hair extension dip cartridges edanse to their filing sources.

Another way to ERi dip cartridges with a variet of halt lenth Is to cut hair escsenaons to the corrct lathg as they move ona conveyor system headed towards the clip cuidges Thu best way to do this is to Introduce a hair tensioningand staightnng rens sorb as a vacuum slong the padh of the conveyor. 1'lii will pull 2ll of the convEyor hel bhls lax"el straight pa4l perpendicular to teiri supporting conveyor sysham. Further, placesa cut*n inedim such that the tensioned hairs msnt flow through itu pitsom point along their lengths. The cutting mechanism should be given dhe ability to move touads and away from the hair-supporting conveyor. This will allow the hairsCorning thraugh the conyryor to be Cur to a variety of conurolle! lenths. As suwh, the hair extensions Placed in the Olp cartridges can have a varlity of lengtha ossiered to produce a desired hairs when attached to the heed Toa hetta concrol the filling of cdip artdgu, counting stnuses, could he plaued along the langth of the hair corveyor that feedcs the camtidgEr.

*"LUdlity Pesruzas (Safety/Manmanance-Nacrn Level*** The awtachanent sysen might have certain featurcs incorporated into it that ensure safety and system nnmreanance. I call these featuxes utility (aetms. The following are such utility featuresr "'De;wetn Customer Autnmatic Cleaning Proscess The attachicr and croca:e handle units could have some mcans of applying degumiig, lubrications and disinfection that to used between hair attachament sessions. This application means could beea system that pipes the various maintcnanc fluids to the landle units and, perhaps, sprpyv it on them. Ahcrnauivly, the handle units couldl be soaked in molts of lubrication, cloaning ad tdisinfection Alid. This fluid application rmas could be deployed autotically between sessions. if soalking uanits are used, sensors, such as floats, could be incorporated as partEO the handle uies in order to enforc dunking in the tanks. During thud application, the 3Mnodng pants could he activated ao they gee lubrIcated better. Befor fluid appication, the various application outputs, such as adheivet and solwoc outputs, should uic negative pressure to pull their ocst back into the supply lines. This wifl cause air bubbles co Iboa at the output norie. These air bobbles should obsruct entrance into the supply lines, preventing mnixinogof clearing fluid with the output fluilds such as adhesives. VWthcr spraycd or duaked. thx handle units should he placed in a largey sealed container dozing cleaning to prevent cleaning fluid fronm escaping and causing a mess In elhe hair salon.

Said container ltkel has a drain. Additionally ar inarcad heat or liV light might be applied in this container =o Faciiate cnig ,"Use of sensorsf to Monitor for Corter Hande Movement 120 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Auu~iwvd If si mlIv U' t 1 ~tus Syahem A DIVISIONALJ qqA. 1m1 ON PARENT. I'9M3/99 Applicant Chditoher IL Kcing DaRe: 09 Maecb 2004 Both the trmovr and attacher handles ate typically run over the scalP by following between4 mack&-guidesplaced o the PufKwc qi die 6ca. In order to ensue; that these tzickL-pides arn Sollowwt and that the syotemn ia movd ove the scalp at due corecs aped, mitsui could ha uawL Turcking eetiltg slatin could be based a oncem that ma#ut' presr against the trackgsuie# or eewmagnaac seniors, such as optical or magnetic scrnors, that mealsure relativ position of the trads-guides. If 11i180tc sensor were used, the tnickpidca would have to be; imptrtatnd with a magneically detetable materiaL. Pies tenson that give feedback on how hard the system is being held agais the scalp might Woso be helpfuL.Whis such pressure sensor show that the ystem bas been moved too far awny from dhe scalp, the systm's compute might be prorunmned to auama the aid of at tiack-guida ew ham been racked. (Or if it knws othbpwlao because of somes other mas lice a speed and d1ipace inasusawwat devine, It could stie; s er.

Finally, if the syse is being moved over the uc4l too ht an sam could un c= tawer a mechanism that amu like a break to slow the system down.

;sa'enioning Hair Strsightener il~harrenaant Feature*- '(rem sesroadve Ways of configurinag a hair sealittenings 01nd tenoning momas l3drjw arc descriptions of varint tensioning; hair scuiglncnr embodkmnts: rhi 5s~p lhair sngihrux cidgkily was shown as a sc of ones that ficst moves sidewas* (agains antothersa of toes) to pinch scalp Wiie and then moves upwards to sitraighten then wider £etvsloL Howeer, the sustaghtener could be conflgiild. .i thatki yVha tonmove sidlewaya in ordeito apinchand hold scalpbhairs In orderto move the hairs upwards away from the scalp, air coul be blown or sucked in the appropriate directon Hairs would be held firmly when the sldcwys motion pinches diem, and move Lw 4 d when sideways motion releses dhe pinch. The pinch and release motio should occur Waa enough that the system could be moved over the sca a desired speed. As with most srtaghtengr designs, the *qk i= airhould be pinched and firmly heldclueing hair processing anti metering. It is moras important that hairs be held wider tension what they acbeing brought into or exiting the attachment saa It should he noted that any mcans capable of conveying hans upwards could be substitud for air, such as trees derived from Victtia chergfs.

-w"LUae of Non-Sold-Desd Purces to Sraighten Hair.

Systems that wed nion-solid-bawd force to srighten the lhot could be empbytd. Funectional areat which geletl these (non-solid-based) hair-lifting fircs co)uld be positioned on ste straihtetcr's sfscesa (likel tine-based surfams) homologoum to thsas Mlustrated in dh i st-deacuitrmd enboclimnt of the rtcmning hair straightener. it foarcegenerating functional Areas are aetwilly positionted anxisurfaes which extend into The hair, such as does, then these surfaces may roquiee pathways dareogh their supportig stracture In order so pow tie borcc-whncmdflg funct*ial areas. For example, air could he caMel to the functiona areas in hollow nibes but output only hioagh discrete functionail areas In die fom of nozzl on a tine's surface. However, the vsrious nwi-solid-based forces used don't necessauily have to be applied on Astierlonel areas3 suppoated by tine or any type of pro jection extending inc a mease of hair. In1stead. the forc could be applied krom a enera lotion etetrior toms of hair on the humnnr head. Por exarrple, vacuum lna or electrically charged aneteces could be used to tuner the hair upward. The intake nozzle or attractive charged surface cvuld simply be piacca n a Saran that holds it at desired height savew she scalp.

Te types of tion-soMi-bted forces used w fift hair includ4, hut m not limited to, mnovingfluids (liquid or goa), electrcaL chres om crnnt. forms of rsafl incldling. but tnot imited to, ound hear, ranaflcu. eletroinagnetic.

Systems that use air to help santaign hairs away fain smap should have their air nozze% placed in vaus 121 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (ttm) 15:24 Date 2004-03,09 Aimnrnnc Heir Tmlai~m and mcutgysm-A ONITSIONAr. ap. Puntl ON PARENT; 11-90-3/99 ApplicaftC Chdscobe F- King Date; 09 March 2004 noanes. if thse air needes sock uir in-o tb-hanews in order to cisan a vacaXX% they should be placed a distacc above the scalp at last equal toite depired lrngth of hai r* 9elg Aheznaeivcly. if the air cntics blow air gatvo themslem in ouder to oseatia paik' ptessura air ourwe, they will usaally be pieced OeR= "h scalp, below the desired length of hair straightening In seither cae, straightening symasus thst wil use sir and nio mechanics] pinching are a posstity. i-outer, tbhe/re less able to hold staipitened hairs under tension than systems that uwe mechanical pineng Generally, alt and other nrnildbased forme will perform the halt lifting and srralghwuang (unction better thin they will the hanr-eugewnt-holdlin functioni (much as pinching 0! cenflifl holding vie hooking orpinehmii) Thus, a hair attlighasoer that uses aoiatl-snlfres to is will &Akey resti it sevarat hai mngl bt(nction such as pinching. Fo example, a system that uses 2 aireats toift, hut havsing esme pordion composedi of pinching tins like those shown in the Eirst-duscdlbed embodimnttIs a likely implmentationi. This pinching portion may (or may nut) be limited tu only one pottions of the stmaightenset. such as a band slung its top. Thai type of wnllguratiuu will likely still he used even if oonsolid-bnaee forces are germeztad by mschaniani that =s NOT supposed by pmnjections extending it a mase of hair such a tines. For examnple, vacuwn intakes ploced on fixture (which itsalf could be putt of the straighte nwit) thee hods them ove the aip cou be placed above a pin-ching incmv (likec a sect of pinching ines). The vaolwn would glenenta the bait lifiting, and the pinching sans could be soley responathle for pinching and holding due hars in position.

4 *"Use of a Beaty Means to Straigbtesn Hi-i Rather than the using dnas that pinch and slide relative to each ocher to tension scalp hamr, tines; that roter relative to each other could be used. Such a rotary straihtenin means mghE lbe rollers ofta IazgelcIT liodsical shape used to move hint anay from tie scalp. Alternatively, she rotry meant nigt be belts that ace used to move hair, awaky from the scalp. Itegaraa of the cract configuration of die cotRzy actorv, the socadig memnburs should wiaelly be wed4 in pairs, functionally and structurlly simagows to the tim pairs of the first emnbodiment of the straighteL Eiach memberc of a pair should rouse in an opposite rotatonal direction than the ocher, and thekt closest rotating edges hould both move; In she same linar direction away from the scalp. Although loe Mal, a systemn that uses rotating members paired not with ther romating members but With stationary stefacca is possllk Btgcalcs of whetc tutors ar patted With other rIMES or atticnsry surfacs, SCaIP hairs should be guided between each member in a pair in ordr to allow the rot dogt contact against the scalp hal". lI order to guide ham into these right central pasgeay46 die cotry am should be peceded by nsnvrwing mes that Ewnd the scalp halts into sai p*hsagVways Thee fitnciog paseagwaya could be Contned by placing pointe shaped pro jections in buont of the rotating emabers. These ~noted projections could he non-rotating sod independent oflthe rot*tig members Ofrprr of the rotating meouherc for tXample, the rotting cylinders could have fronts ftht nanrow into cone shapes. Regardless of the tsict nature of the hinnelin system, itshotuld prevent hit rstom going between two seprate "oer pairs bocause the Most lrcetAl rotating surfaces of cach pale move in a Linear direction towards the scalp.

*'like rotating pair should be able to exert at cetain amount of pinching tote on the hair. between thef. To best do thia. mdi inceiber of clz pair could be rcsilnidty mouted relative to the other. This reailtecz may be achieved by a mounting each rooating memlier on a redlent axk, by placing a ruillent matexial undear die rotating belts, or by fibricating the totaing part thernwlvcz out of a resilient matiisi Almmenidvlr. die pinching force could be achieved in the same mannae it was in the straighrner originally deserted in the original embodiment In other words, may actuating the ,wsigiutms tine (or pinching pna) together.

The rotatin members will Likely lie driven by as tuerbanism such assa pulley syatren that has a belt or cord 122 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655 180 Received by IP Australia: Time (H-Em) 15:24 Date 2004-3-09 Automated iri Isolation and Proemasing System A DIVISI1ONAL appi. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicante Cbelawpbz X. Kitiw Bait: 09 March 1004 intlerlaced through it. It It most likely dhat etch individual mor will naot be insdpeodendly powered. but all the rolles Will be connectcd so as to share at tingle pO ow acUre.T coneenon of rollers cotid beoeqt from it connectivity bddp sinrado wihee the totes arc the idividual rollees andI the conneedivir budg, between them is the drive myseMM.

Poxexsample, the bolt or cale in a abated pulley system could bk; considered cpanectlv4t b14* At chos area betweenl each roLler pair that form the hair pathway; the drie system. should be elevated above the desired length of hair nlghenln. In these same area;, the drive system should LnSly, have a shield ner it that sepiarates its moving parts from the scalp huar. l-Iav dhe dtive systemi can extend downwads cowards any lowOr.Iylng railers its any of those egns whore they do ot interanet the scalp hair pathways (hair chenoela).

Althsough rollers In each pai (of pine birig dmt swn.l) must rotAte la opposite (coadoansi direction; l Is mnost Ideal to configure a drive sysumir that usee a sis* helt tat cable mnoving in only oe direction. In order to ge a siingle direction drive ru" to rotae collean in opposit dituctions, it Will Is best to contact Oppsiqi rollers from opposite aides. be twisted backwads arowad cetain rullers. or first contact:a dirction-reversinig toiler or that aom oil to If bets are Luck!d the rotating pinching means, then belts of various height (their diriction of ;more is perpendicular tothe scalp) can be used along the length of die hair sntragtner. For examsple, mailler beltsi that touh the scalp i endsa to pik up bairn, could be used at the front of the straightes. Likewise- shorter belts thac do not touch the salp, bil remain abte tle attachment stack whom, they serve to keep baiks weigh; could be used at thm beck of the steealbtmane. A functional equivalent can be achieved by stmcldngrolers. The stacks should be linea with hair pathways between diemn. Such stacked rollers would only need to be diven by a belt fromn din heck of the sttalghmrif they interbekeci with each other so as to transfer rotational movement amnong each ocher. This interlocking would rmost likey include the use of much thinaner rollers or gears, that do not come int contact with the bair, placed beiwnen the tolets thtr do. Said tinner rollers would be used to transfer exoalu movementat ong the luger roller in a maifnder so that they all rotate in the same dirtion.m 4 *1ndrpendcst Pinching Means Used with Stainigeese Regarsdless of the of straighteaker used to lift hairs, an independent pinching (or other firn of engparna means (tmt likey a aet o.f pinching tines) couk! be placd over it (w in the coe of non-solid-bpedcdlsalrlitig forces. someitimes under the areas that generate them). This pinching (or other osigagamnns meanti wouldl not be responsble for lifting hair over the gcalp. Rater, Iti primay duty would simply be to help keep the straiht links that ente it sttaight. It could help a plnch-andl-releasc type sai t (the type in the uainal embodimenat) by Pinching when the lifting mechanisau beow releases. it could also help any type of asaightentr by securing tena ion ort pinching in a maniner that It aces like a break, sopping taanrd advanceen of the attachment or removal System, For excample, If mikght be desirable to itop forwardl movemneat of the attachment system while hair siar being attached. It Also might be desirable to secure the rtndon on the scalp hailo while they am, for examplpk being metered out, by a hair isolation sysitem. Such a pincher most ideally should be composed of or coated with a high coefficient of firiction nuterial such as silicone rubber. Although some wse mtigh be found for such a pincher break with the remover system, it is Probably best not to wec is there bccause it might pmr-et the besal-under belt system from carrying detached hir extension, away.

DESCItIp'UON OF THE rTLklGHTEWjrR WITH RESPELT TO THE ENTHI HANDLE I17FAND AIIlWCHMENT (PROCSSIING) flIACK Regatridlss ofk CA eACt mechanism of opezation any straigtener will esually he positioned in a special maner 123 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Ain~rrnt Kait Isolaiiom nds PmenjuinF Spasrm A DIVISONAFlp. Fleds ON PARENT; 1.3,113/99 Applicant Chrisopher L Mag Doe; 09 March 2004 With fespect bB the astielunasatick ae emnw, at any otet peacesiag cysflam far which it is goraightenMa scalp hairs Since a sutaiglnpczc may Fve eiher an atachument stork r=unt ox any of tOe prucesringsrk emibodlmen% whether daaxiaild heria ooo, alwilll b umrel by the phras, *ptocalsng ystem." Below various auribuces of startigr position relative toca promesing #stwn are descd.

Rrast, a hair straghteum system sho)uld usuall be positioned in a fibly* yielding maenner that allows it to nwoe f dative to the procesng systm (for ennilC amebment stack) it serves. 'lbs lblknriA describe srm methods of such pbacemestz 'Me vsteeer is oftn located I* the (ollowIig eartner -Atxac, etder &d7l or indirectly, to handle meansAND in froint of a procesing syste, such as the attachment stack -Portions of it often exteud back over a processing system, sucb as the actadinst stack.

The straightner usually moves relative t he proc*"lu system in oyn or more ofldie followialg ways: -Mounted psn a flulcrum, so that it moves rotatonally -Mourned on a apting or other flexible nchualsm, or stmaghtener itself made from defonnable materials, so that in can move in owe or more of thu (allowing ways: Yestied rettoctioo away' from, anid advancemenit towards, the scalp H~Modicum raUactlon away fom, and advancmet towards, the scalp Nome Although the above movement patterns usually apply torn straihtne whemre the ennir unit moves, thcy also usually applyrt ac uswralhcer that allows part of Itsef to retract into itself.

Pocce excrtion ates of Halt Straighitner Mes": Additonally, at hair straighitening system should usually ct force on scalp hairs within the following ares with mepecr. to the proccssing systcsn that it serves The scalp hair rzcalrxiing cc ezraiglaling n111=31 should eClet largely upward (with respect to th i scalp 430) force on hakze In the following aBMas, de4sintedl by reference chapractes shown in FIG. 121 wh~h arc sla lksted and dextd b~elow: 121kA The thrce extends down below and in front of the amudnt sAmck 63A (pwcessIng system.) down to P& very nour t surfiac ofthe scalp 430 AND may Also cxert this upward forc po scalp hakrs in Osne or niae of the fofllowkls Brea 1211B: The forc remains i ft-on: of the attachment. stack 63lA.

121 C: The forc renamis i lxc and in front of the attachment smack 63A.

1211D;:'The force rem-ains directly above the attacbment stark 63A.

[AN-D OPTIONALLY: 'Te arnother means is so attached relative to the arcachnxor stack (procesosing system) that the forces maintain these relative positins, such that a hair lying fa oth ie scalp experiences these forceareas 1214. 1211), IZIC, 1211D, sequentially.

-And as a fiarthur option, it mit only experience force attributable from only one of these areas (or an area with ourof tier ae) at my ginm time and nor be disturbed by forcs out said fvnne-auziutable In othe wordsl, it might be moved from one see to the nexr inricementaly, but usid it reaches the nest area the next area cannot influenice it. TibM opion ia would not be th cAso if, for eucmpk; Pir intakes ware simply placed on a finte that bold.

them several cm over the scalp because t resultin sir currents would usually move erudcally between several areas.

124 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 AutounaRed Hlair Isolistions and Proemasing System A DIVI[SIONAL appl. Filed OIN PARENT; 12903/99 Applicuct Cbrlawphr 3. Klxg Diem: 09 Mardh 1004 However, if an ittoi rwacia or rson.olkl-bnead krce-gmnmndng actuation means lad discrete IietticMnal as placed on projetjri (such as tines) cxtendiqg ito at mass of humnan hair, then au functional areas coul Limit dhir aphaaae12Of influensce. For 21aCpe, such Silnctonal 2ran capable oflimhingthu sphere of influence indluda but aet Mt limited wp, atr-in-achis actuators, ronde air currents goenrWe by o=Ies placed nea the hairs, eleetricatly-chsrged surfaces placed in a siiAr Manxict] Nose -Moving; hairs through the stihtener in increment From on llmcsioaal are to, the next may be desirable because Iis sniore peullswble anid neadn't affect anyting oues ide of tie hair swaghwtnig system. A01 cample of# short distance muld certainly inchucle a distance lIan than else height of the sashusent suckA (or mnore bruadly bait protesving System).

-By monsedwesp using dhe words wmsucnmng straightening with rexetece a device which holds hair mome pegrpedcular than their natusal a= relative to thes scalp, we ae trying to ciffnngtiatse between it and cbenircai and beat.

hair straiguaseru th a m designed to, a: least isoatawba;, fixate thre hair with A long~tudinal curvature. This is not to ay a 11 embodimento of tcnsionn hair ;rralghrenera apply a great amount of tensiont to the hair. Pot example, if static eLirrilety wasn used to orient hair in a matm pcrpendselar ocienratio the scalp, one momd arue that many of tise force Vectors swspernding the heir pechnicatly arn!t unsion. However, we would stl ponsider such a system so bit under the category of e tenalorulngluir stralghbsflt. This not to say that in many embodiments of the teneloohi hair straightenier that the tnsin lsrt real. It MAnY it is, and often vry strong.

-Ideally, but not aways, at straighezo~ channels (if it hie any) should line up with the processing stack that it serves. Tbis way die halts from the struightener will flow directy into the psocessing system's chnnnels and \will not have to be re-fimieled itco tows again.

-WHa-ndle Rt~i~aencnM4** Previously, handles fmr biding the attachment itack arid lair exrnaion removal systetn were shown. Theme handles mayb Cenhoanced with any of the fi)UUwiog featvrest Referring to FIG. 75, roller could be put on the bottomsa of the runt sWkls MS tif the handics. These rollers allow the front-most stilts to roll over the scalp without disturbing the hairs *sekw. Fusthannozze, these roller could be used DD measure sped ari d~stanc over the scalp by feeling their rotaeionul m~ovemen to a senisor. Additonally, these roller COWl bec attached to acweeatm that cause them to auUnrsatially btake onder cotrl of the system Computer. To fcar tdis brak4& the rollers could he comprised ofsa high~ frction material like rubber and/or have dea.

A processing system, suich it the attachment stack, Ould be wade to move up down relative to t scalp, in t mannar similar to an dlevtr. This could be amconplhhal in a variety of ws" For exkbple, referig to FIG. 75, thc front stits 75B ont the hankdles could be configured so that their tips move in and out, causing shortming and lengthening of the sUlts. AkeMeriVel, if stilts are no used, whatever portion of cbe handle char holds the processig system coul be made to go up and down relative to the rest of the handle. Pinafly, the belt buckle, or Arncdond equivalents. could have an elenator means within it that mumes tie attachment sack, or analogous procesin systemn, up and down relatin to the scalp.

,SenIl Parallel procesing stas could be connected to a flexible backbone means that holds tlnzn alied with the tracks of 6 thcrack-cap (if one is used otherwise simply laterally qxacec, thereby, abnwing them to all advance over eve raStds (poo) on the head totbher.' Said backbone could be confugured as or attached to a handle unit means. Almmrariely. d*i like all handle assemblies could be held by a mechanical arm(s) or moving support means, 12S COMS ID No: SMBI-0D655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (1-tm) 16:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autcxnared f-lair isolation andi Proce:*sing Syaa A 1OIV IAIONAL appi. Viled ON PARttST; IM1W A pplicant: Christopher 3. King Da: 09 March 2004 inastead of by a human. 11m above-described macbnlifis masy own obvatea the rad thi using a track-cap.

9 5 Wrnclnr Supply Linms--Joinksg coinfiffuration"' The0 procesuing stack enbodimns and hair extenuion semioval systems 4 1 mum;, be supplied with various inputs. These inputs may be energy, such as electrical or mchanic4 or various substances. Although discussed to a ccrtalin aric before, below is fiabcrdlascuambn ofaappy lines.

Peevlousily, the idea of using "contct-cards 0 (as. illuscured by 67B if FIG. 67) to consolidate many electrical contacts into a single unit was diseassed. At this point, at should be muade dlame that the sudficeu of these cooraca-cards Oas not aeeesly perfectly lot. Olkan, the variouis ceenwa on eick card must ha nrfoad in a sale-steps pattern sraive to each other. Furthe;, cootact cards need notnaily be enployed to tery ner. They could also he used to uanify tubas into a siraj orderly armsy. An -try of wubes Joined together by A conmec-card sutactume could be niolded as a sicl object ideally out of a flexible tough plastic suas eflon., *'1bermPly insulating Connectedl Suplk Lines CleAy. theme is a benefi Poa uniting tubes wi a contact-card immediately befor they connect with t aiiiacbarent stackL Hawvaz, we may also want tin unita pacallel wfres, fibers and tahen into bundles along their length.

This is capaclaly true If they are carrying a substance that ms; remain hot, cold, or otherise prowcd (irn the environment, For this faton, simile: tubes (sMy tubes cdaryn hated nutedel4) should be wrapped together with an insulariwe means such 2&an isfiaed reflecdive tape. To further canont tuapearaura within these bundles, becatg elements could be introduced within each bundle. These temperatwec tegulmnon elemrents could be of vaious types. Fox ezaatple, hearing elements could be electrical nmib mace or whbe that carry a heated liquid in loops, If tMcrperacureregulation nube bop& are used the segment of each kcM vit cum liquid unustdh the attachment stack should be incospotted into the ins ulatcd bundles. Ho9wever, the sides of die loops that return te epnw -rglco fluid might well be left on the outside of the xrmpasture-regulaed bundles.

'Mien it thecrnally Iisislaive wrapping is uzAc it will ideally he wrappedl as clos to The attacet stack as postle, perhaps even around the attachmnt stack kIteW If t is Impossible, then the contact card might be made out of an insplatlyc inwerWor a sealani mred= with ins uladve propcnie* rould be applied brewota die nase atack and where the ilsrnally insuladive wrapping eads.

Although most likely used virh fte artachnient track, the Slove-dmcedbed temperum control strategies coLxd AWs Ie 4#ed .witl the hair ortnrsioa rernoval syst=an any ,nslogsm processing system ,***Liquid Propulsion *Istems; Adhesive and oche liquids used ina the attachiment process, or any process, can be propelled through the supply limes by prmamr applied by aseeal differen mtxods as described belot.

Gas-In-Iine propulsion Itt the first method, adhesive of other fluid could he transported to the noxxt outputs air preassare behind it in dic supply fine. In euch a system, there is no need to sach the &Ws back towads its source rcserv&t is is because only a small amount of fluid has been infused Into die flui sujpl lines. Any excess fluid remaining aftr a singl use can simpl be expelled. This is possible because dais smasll volAune of adhieuiwe or otlier fluid is pualsedfrom its source reservoir seerl feet slang a supply line by air pressure behind it in die lint The line only contains a small amount of fluid a; the very front of the pressurized air. This messe the fluid supply line Will be esuptied between uses and can aenally be blowna or washed out before is next use.

126 COMB ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004"3-09 Autarnared HaI toSdotion and Proccas 6 g Synerm A OrVISIONAL appL. Filed ON PAtRENT; 12903/99 Applican Chrid mpher ng Da re: 09 March 2004 Such a system will usually have a small chdumber that is filled up by a much liager fluid supply reservoir. Once the smalks chamber is fIlied, prhaps by parity. a valve betwenit and thc main diud mervoir shotuld be dosed. Neat, a valve that supplim this smaller chdmber with Air pressure should be opened foecing the adhesive through the supply line. Thds air prasurs should be introduced into the snal chamber such that k is behind the adhesive. For example the adhesive line coulokd exit through a funneling bottom in the small chamber, while the sir pessure could be introduced from the top. Suffkient air pressure should be applied in order to bring the adhesive to is output nozzles in the attachment stack. This can be done by applying a timed pulse of ar presue, aE by constant low-pmsure sir. Conusran low-pressure air will be suficient to move the adhesive thgough the rueltrely wide supply lines but not to expel it through the thin outpt nodes In the ahm nt smetAck. Natufally, when adheoiv4 is de4*sL to be cplr our of chase nto=nles, air pressum will be applied in shoe powerful puses. Any small amnout of excess adhesive that emains at trhe end of session can simply be discrded by foreinA it out nonles. The lines can even be washed with a solvent and twhen blown clean. If a washig solvent is use it should be introduced into the same small dmber in the san maranner that the adhaive was.

liqui-in-line propulsion A second type of propulmion scheme pusbhes adhesive through the antam length of a supply ti solely by raising the presure in the main adhesive rsenrvoir., It has an entdre supply line of adhesive umsrtuped from she reservoir. In suchds a configuradoc when adhesive is expelled through ant output, more always takes its place from behind. This mnam ts that o preavent adhesive a mnsminadon between uses, negtive prmsuve might be applied to suck the adhesive backward thrsgh its supply line. Hope fully, the zcalking air bubbles at the tip of the supply lines will prevent contaminants from moving backward down the supply line.

A system such as rhis one not only has tmn adhedve supply line that leads straight from main adhesive reservali to the adheive Output* in the attsachmicnt ttasck. It also has to hav; some means of applying both positive and g tivey pasure to the adhesive in this large reservoir. In theory, it mechanical means of pressing diacly against the contents of the reservoir could do this. However, It is more practical to apply air pessure into the servoir.

Regardless of the type of adheive-psopulsion scheme used, thee propulsion schemes apply not just to adhesives but all fluid ouquts ued In the attachment proms. or by any type of puroccx ng sysrcm. Each of thels various fluid should be kept in is own rcervoir. Each of these reservoirs will ned to be cared fob in its own vway. lkr example, cyanocrylate adhesive cues upon exposure to moisture in the Air. Its llM could be extended If the ik at the top of itm %cesvoir took could be kept dry, such as with the uve of dsesicants. In a snimila mannrcthe was-roin mixtust will turn solid if not kept above a ntain trninimumn temperatue. TlEt, th Wax osirt reemrvoir tank should br heated prior and duding sy tem use.

Using Color Adhesive: Most ideally, a clear invsible adhesive that works fine with all colors of hair will be used. However, if using different colors of adhesive on different heads of hair is desirable, then the system can accommodate this by using one of the following methoda. You should note thn following methods apply not just fu(r dealing with various colonrs of adhe es, but abo for dealng with various colon or types of &ui to be applied on the halt such as various coadngs.

>Mifig Custom Colors: When esting coutpm colors of adhesive, lativly pure coloring agentse can be mixed together in propet proportion and added to the adhesive. Alemradvely, the adhesive could be supplied in several primary colors chat are 127 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autsamul 11" auliiuu Ptaaaniug Syacn= A DIVISIONAL ppl. Fld ON PARENT. 12903/99 Applicant Chdscopher L Kkng Daee: 09 March 2004 mel togerhnt in proper irpornrn. In hnrh rnthnrh, miringm n unar. This miing will unally occur in a amall mixing rhanbe. This mixing chmber might be pnced anywhcre bntwen the adhesive supply tserxvis and the adhesive output nxules. In fact, simply placirg severl pdmwy color adhelsive output noles near each other in the achmcrntx chamber might provide sufficient mixing. If the gadn-lin propulsion method is used, then it does not rally matter how con the mixing chamber is placed to die output nozeks in the attachment suck. Because air pushes the adhe&We thMugh the entre Re, the same amount of colored adhesive is used rqpulless of the distance it must travel. Howeve if the liquidin-line propulsion method is used, Ideally, the mixing chamber should be placed very close to the output nasian becsae thera will need to be a cnainuous line of cuumrn-coloz adhwaive between the miing charaber and she output nozzds. Generally, thi cusacn-colos adhesive will have to be discarded after a sing use.

flus, a long distance between the aixing chmber and outputs waste. much adhesive.

In both configueons, the components to be mixed could be introduced into the miting chamber through one way valves. In the gas-in-lh propulsion system this mixing chamber coul be de mm small chamber that adhesive is usually released into befose iris sent through the supply lines. In the Uiquid-in-Nne propulsIon system, the prevue of inputs into the mixing chamber through one way valves could force the mixtur out of Single valve that kCods a sinl apply lne.

)3elexing Among a selecton of Sundard Colors: Alternautively, the system could work ll. a modem gas pump. There could be a selection of sveral standard colak. each having its cWn terva, but al shazing the mama adhesive supply Kte. In the lquid-in-line propulsion system after each use, the last color used should be sucked from the shared supply line conpletly back into its boking reservoir. In gas-in-line propulsion syxtem, all colors would have different main reservoirs but would all probably share the same small pre-line chamber.

'"*Vaious Means of Preventing Hair Buildup in Sysem4n The vaiou hair pruessig-stack type systems usually iodc most effectively 9n hairs that stand largely perpendicular To the scalp. However, unlike conventional hair trimras. most of the processing-stack cmbodiments can't simply cut hairs all hairs in their path. Thus, this presen a pzoblern because hairs bve cnred the hair procesing stck system and various structures associated with it, and said his are orited largely perpendicular w the scalp. If such systems Po nothing to help the heirs that have cntcsd thm exit, the hairs will tnd to remnain in the mcchAnisue of the system, aking up epice, for too lung of a time. lus, regardles atwbethert aprocessing-steck type erbodiment is used, or some completely different type of hair procossing system that is also subject ro hair-buildup In its mechanism, ideally, devices shoId be implanented to preven this buildup. In other words, device that moves haits out of path of tht pronissing systemn and its mechanisms faster than they would move out of said path because of mew processing device movement over the scalp.

'Tie device odgi64lly discussed for moving hairs out of the way in the &iamt-descdued embodiment of the heir catemam artachmunt system was the bend-undzr aystm. The fintdscibcl embodiment of the bcnd-under system was conigured using two pairs of pinching bets, to engaged hairs, and it was placed below and towards the terminal ends of the prormaing stace's lair chanuls. However. the embodiment of the bend-under system firt discussed is neither the only possible variant of a bend-under system nor the only embodinent of a bsnader class of device which we will safer to as a meano of pzeventing hsir-buildup in fkat of an obstacle aseociated with a hair processing or manipulation sytem. Generally, wherever a bend-under system is referenced, other types of hair-buildup-prevention 128 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autuacritc H-air hoolaion and Prousaing Syntcrn A DIVISIONAL appl. Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Appliant Chdrnpbez Lt Y1( Dare: 09 March 2004 systeum can he used In it. place.

Hhir-buildup-ptevension *sanm can be divded lo two genraml cuznie Cuduatva and lntcramnt.

""Continuous Hair-budldup-pwmvnuion systems The ccmdnoui hak-hulLupprevesnlon systems ate based on bend-under sceeT is to cc ay hending hairs under Cnate par of an obstaclc asaocktad with a hair processing or manipulation system. Althoiugh theme syirema art likely touse beltso and b"endirs under the cossecrivity-bdidgm portions ofa lhir pmccsug system, neither Using bels or bending halts ende Connectivity bridges Is on Absout cequihetneaL For example, file system 1:o494 use robers to engage the hairs, snd many of the baits mnisgt bent under thetine portions of anssemly.

Further adth dibsiect types of bend-under systems can be configwred. irorexample, bend-under systemst chat use air. electrical currents tr charges, zotar, or rciprocading eants to apply dhe force needed wi bend hairs under their obstae sft a11poselbilhim. An ak-amsed yarfn, depending an her li isPlaced relative to thie processitV syatemn.

could be bae on either bon or sudcd air. Arny to"y or rciproating mneas tn*ht be used ins2 pair in order to pinch and pull halrs, Sucb meano might be paired with anmther rotary or reciprocat mepa or simnply a statioay surface tint it prases against in order to pinch hairs. Akeartasiwly, a rotar at reciprocating means might havesa hooking a th ha ir angagnent mans on ih with which it enaggs hairs sn that the can We putle t under their obstacle Reasies of what type of me is used to dmliver the necessary free to the hairs, generally, systems that deliver maid force by pulling on haizs arec placed besasads the balr~psciceaslng-relamd obstacle foe which they're clearing a padu, Where.s, system based on pushing hairs are placed above the obstacle for which they're dcauing a path.

The originally presented bend-under biT system presented an example of a beknnabhsnde system. Imarns example of an above-obstacle Aysem, refer to FIG. 122, such a bend-under system 122A will bark pull bilts 122C back it nif and push them ot under the obstac, in thia case connectivity bridge 122B. Such a system would do this by applying force (non-wolid-based or Pol-buasd) to hair, so that it moves than in a direction of any of the movement vector arrows 122D, or a combination these individual vactors Unlirrta under-cbc-proceaingsysEsera-positiancd variant that need, no awiuancc once it boo engage a h3a0r, an abovet-qyaxen variant i; aided by mn obetruction 1 22E to obWtrct the exi channel and prtvent bhs from forming TIr bends towardF the atachnaent =wa. rather than ujndr thec obstack in ti case a connectivity bridge. Thie obsmcta 122B can be wher ir is shown or placed any-where along the dotted vrtical line 1221-1, Including thickenlag k and phclng at all points along said vettical line, Said obstruction t2E night be the pullbck book or arry 9ther means that can temporarily obstruct the channel at this point The mequenal meries ofidmwinga PI GS. 122-lfl.2 shows asingle hair 122C, at dlifferent poins n 6 nfa being bent Under the consnectivity bridge 12211 ugIng an abavc-bdidge system., In the final draing Vl0. 122.2, we see that the tops of the hairs have been both pulled imt andl pushed-out of the bend-under systems 122A until fialily the; syuccm drops slice, and the hairs arc pulled out of said system by their cown 'weighs and bave a tendency to ttaighten and fill sn'wanls dhe scalp 430. Note: Only one hair in shown in the drawing, but many could be handled simultaneously. In FIGS. 122- 122.2, bend-moder system 122A may be a pair of rollers or belts that eqgW, the hair by pinching or otherwise.

l ntcaettn flair-Bulldup-revendron Systems IntennitrenE Reversing lHak-Buildhp Prevention We will disewa two typ of in pecnittent systems that prevent hair-buidup in front of an obescle sq~ciawd with the hair processing system Te first type Involves backtradking or reversing hair movumnesu through the processing 129 COMSID No: SMBI-M055 180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Auturnmed Hair Tolation and Procasing Systm- A OIVISIONAL appl Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Appleiant Chrstapher IL Ktng Dam: 09 March 2(04 yanou and the omand type involves elevating the processing system relative to tbo scalp. Ther awe two vadant, of the revcaingatcon. pro ig systems and largely non-psralic-u-muvemcntpath-odanted puaceaing ystaens. By movement path, we am sefmuing to movement of a procasaing syatem reldve to the scalp. By parallel vs. noa-parallel orientation, ae speaking of said movement path 4kcdon over scalp relative to the most pominent direction of monxment hairs take within a proceasing system, 1. LARGELY-PALALLHL-TO.MOVEMENr-PATH.ORIENTRD The operadonal sequence of the largely pallel system Is to backie eing hairs hrough their od4n1 movement paths into the processixg system aftcr they have been pocasead ix manipulated by it. Nart, canwny said hairs laterly to at least one lateral side of the processing system. Finally and optionally, apply force to said exiting hairs capable ofmovis than backwards. The most pvusnbxmt direction of movament hairs take within the processing system it lagely parallel to its nmement over the scalp. Nom ans used to convey t apply fora to hairs may selected ftom, but not limited to, any means previoul descibed In this document for these pusposes.

2. LARiELY-NON-PAKAL1JL.rVo-MOyEMENT-PATHfORitNtTD: In the larply-twn-parallel system. the paths hairs take inside the pnmnsing aystea aze configured to have the most prunoinent direcdon of movement hairs take in a largely non-paralld direction relative o the system movement over rte scalp. Thus, hairs must be backtracked drough said largely nonparallel podons. Once backtracking is complete, mid hairs are largely In an area that isVt obstructed by the processing system srive to its moverrent over the scalp, thereby, avoiding heir-bWildup.

However, a mans of actively encouraging hairs to take the largely perpendicular path into the hair processing sysmm- such as a prelnaary actuator that mgages hairs and aves thetm in, a primninary-hsi-aauaios (nan-aalid.

based) fore that do's de sune as sai actuator, movean of hair poncesing system itself into the hairs, or configuring the taasining hair straightener means to tension so th;at hsirs arc under somut ension alosnd the entrance areas of salt (lusgey-perpendicular-path) hair procesing syw might be necessary. Note Thia sing under tension is due to a tendency for the hairs to want to straghten out in a straight tint intersecting the hak-processing system or on the far side of said hair-prueceaing system. Pliniazy actuator and pmlimninary-hair-acpation force denote aresatkn means that wouldn't be necessary if the procesing system were oieactd use parallel hai flow Note for both system orianations; -In both IARGPLYPAILLL8L- TO-MOVEMENT-PATH-O EN-rED and LARGHLY-NON- PAAALLEL-rO-MOVEMENT-PATH-ORIENTED enbodiments. ideally, some prcliminary-obstruction means for keeping the limited group of scalp hairs, which currently have authoried access to the hair-processing system, seperate from those traling behind tham during huirinreessing-system entrance and exit via reveasing (processed hairs) through their paths. AddItionally, said pszlimnry-obstructon mans might be used In preventing tralling hairs from moving laterally and past she hair procesingsyatrm prematurely before being procosed. This preliminary-obstructa mwans could include, but is not limited to, an additional set of hair-meaeing means perhaps based on a multiple hait channel design or, slenstively bawd on one large hair channel placed ahead of the cardinal-prcesing system 'he cgrainalprocasing system is defind as that processing system which performs (at least same a1f the processes on or relative to 130 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aumrcnatcd Hair laoladon and Proccaing Syem A DIVISIONAL appi Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Chdsrophar L King Dare: 09 March 2004 the hairs which u20 the purpose of the use of te hairp esing syueem, ax a wholein the Brat plate Whereasr the preliminsrErbstnuCsion means savea W prrvCnt penCure cnWue to Or psasq around sai cardinal pMCOcsmg -The most prom nt diecion of movewent hairs take within a pwaasing system should be assumed to be that of fnal approach into the processing areas before contact with a functional area which has a purpose other than to merely act as a stationary hair-channel wall. This direction of approach should be assumed to be kIrgely perpendicular to a line running through 1it, areas in parallel processing areas if the stam is actually, or we to be configured, with mutiple proceasoing aseas and/ar hair channels in panalel Ganeslly, there should be enough space heween the pmlntinyobsuslon mans san! coardial processing sMot that exit of hair. reversed relative to the cardinal-pmaceasing systan have a free path of smaomme t either Intady around said cardinal syatem and/or past it Of course, said free-path includes the path foted through a hairconveyince mean if any is used.

-Reverral of hairn through the cardinal-pracessing system can be affected by said cardinal systmm itlfhbacdng up relative hair in it rother than only a means of actuating sai hairs out of the processing system.

-A hyirid of LARGELY-PAR AEL-TO-MOVM2NT-PATH-OR1 NMITID and !ARG ELY-NON- PARALLE-TO-MOVEMENT-PATH-ORIENTED embodiments can he configured, such as a processing system orienced dcigomnuly rh diracdon of muovenart over ;aPlp.

-Lbe means of laterally helping hairs around the side of cardinal system after tevenal from it can include blocing entrance to it with an obstruction meam whose forward edge is slanted in a direction Iargely no-perpendicnlar to the direction of system movement over the acalp This blocking Aould occur in a time period after reversal of hairs our &ithe system is complete but before rho prelniminay-bstrucdon means (if one is used) allows anotrher group of hairs access to enter the processing system. Said obstnctdon edge may (or may nor) Include a means of engaging the 'orscd hairs in front of is nd guiding or conveying them in a diction either to latzal eidcOf the sytm or tChe back of the systern or both.

Intermittent l1wvsiwng Hair-Buildup Prevention -Procnsing systcm clevation, soch as originally shown in the hg-crws-ajioal reshaping embodinent culd be used as a means of preventing (pocessed-) hair-buildup in frontof an obstruction associated with the processing systen It Is based on intermittently actuating the processing system relative to scalp by using a mecanism that moves said proccssing syram cither alarivc to a handle unit and/or a procesying-sysem-suhed fixutm whose purpose is to support the processing system above the scalp. For exanple, the nsik-purnon of the handle unit shown in the first embodiment Is a fixture whose purpose it to support the processing system Above the scalp.

2 "A Compterizod Control System that Requires a Code to Function*m In order to Make aUfe that the operator does not use inferior materialk, the system could be configured so that a code has to bc entered in order to get the systrm to do a =nin saount of work The code vrifcation system could require that a different code be entered for each batch of madal used. For example, to ensure tha the authorized brand of adhesiv is used, with each continer of adhesive sokl, a valid code shoud be supplied. This code will allow the amount of adhesive in the container to be used, but the machine wil only accept this code oan,. In order to use the next container of adhesive. the system will require s new code. Idealy each code will be custom generated to work only on a specific uni. As such, valid codes provided for one machine cannot be shared and used in an unauthorized manner 131 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autcxnswed IHair Isolation and Prorasaing System A DIVISIONAL. appl. Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicat Chitoher IL King Dare: 09 Mutch 2004 with another macin& The codes can be supplied by a variety of mean inckudin keyboard, diskette, aupe card, or say other cotmputer input sysmn.

In ceder fos the system to know how muich wade is being done, is could simply keep truck of the tim it is tned o. -fowever, some operartan migh keep te machine winead on gvm wheun they are not =49y using it on the hair. Thus, use; could be verified by sensors that sense movement over the scalp ad/or hairs passing trough the system. Such sensors; include smicar hooked to wheels and seniors run acros the cluonse! peiweyg that detect movemntcof hais through the system.

REPINEMENTSi AND IEAUS CONCERNING THE HAlE EXTENSION REMOVAL SY~rEM The hair ezrcanto rmover tyasm has been previously described. However, furthet reffiementl to thi type of systemi are described below.

.*ls*chxiksl Aspects of Resov"* Hair extesieon nnwrcr system refacncnwit of*s prinuuily mchsiai nature am described in the lIet below: -11 'th tntvpx' Input vacuum nqnln, usualily, should be divided into chn slits, small aperuses or have screwts placed over them. TI& will prevent any hir extensions from being sucked into the vacuum nozzles father then being carded away by the hair tasasper belts. Of coatrse, this does not have to be the amss if the lair errenatons ama supposed to be camrcd away by the vacuum nozzles This might be desired if the hair mrtensions are simply to be removed and not recycled. It might also be die case if there is a sophisticted recycling systm char can deal even with hairs sent to It afewt they have beeni sucked tough a tube.

Improve solvcets ailty to d&solve by warming it before applying it to the hair, In any sw'chzsent sysnem, i temporary fast hardening ailbavc rewa, such as wim, will be applied in conjunction with p louper last adhesive nmans such as cyanoaezykce. Thi tctnporary adhesive man; 1s likely to rapidly soften and harden with heatng and cooling. In order to armove this rempozary adhesive means, t hair extension ranover could be have a mode whew It only applies; a haeted fluid ao the lit It would apply and suck sway this heated 1lsnd in the earns manner as it dues sOh'et and clevaning flui. This fluid might be washed over the hair in great quantities and sucked up in a fraction of a second after application. Alternatively, it might be epplied and leftoa the hair for a short rim The hot fluid might be as oillor some othe orgnic fld tat once melted the temporary adhesive would tend to remain disco h-al in. Thec hot fluid might have a ver thick, even gellie, viscosity so that it stichs to the hairs and/or sticks the hairs together in bunches so that detached hir extenus don't finl fbrm the head spontanously.

'Me teniporse adhesive ramoval substance may use some other removal mhen than beat, It mhight use a solvent strong enough to dizaohvt only tir tempoxazy adhsive but not the wostn ponni adhesive. Fox exnpe, isopropyl alcohol will dissolve a Mixture of becsaxa and rosini, which can be used Us A temporary- Adhesive. However, isopropyl alcohol does ucr effectivelytissolvecyanoazyhe adhesives, whic can be used on a more pernzanent beasi.

Regaless of the exact atute of the tempotry-edhesive-temovil substance, it will have to be washed off itself.

Perhaps, tlu4 can be done by using the remover systerm to aipply a detrngenc and water solution which will be vacuuned sony a moment after it Is applied to the hair.

132 COME ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-Em) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Auttusnstl I fa Iulaidu a ud Phnwaug Syatw A DIVISIONAL appt PZld ON PARE;NT. 12903/99 Applican Chdrphr it. King fre: 09 Mareh 204 T$ iolventa trd to detach hair etnsonen air usually flrmnablr. In orier to rducr this risk of iri, certain preaons might be takan. Pot nmple, a eensor capable of detecing flee ani fire extinguisher nrailes.could be placed in or neap th remover hadlc unit. Naturally, the senese would be configured to trigger the fire extinguisher wnic, placed nearby.

Alternitive fire pavenuion methods include Inorporeting a fie retardant substance into the solvex or applying such a subsance with the oolvent To illeustrae, a flammable solvent gel could be under, shove, or sandwiched between a fimb-ratardant gel. A mechanical process would accomplish this. Foe example, fie-:etardant gel could be extruded hrough nozzles positioned on elther sie oieach solvent pel nosale. A sknilr mechanical scheme could be used to apply a Prtctive luid, el or fas that shwids the Scalp frain the ave gal, ao as to minimize the amount of solvent absorbed by the human skin.

To flzther reduce fce dask and health hazrds, the hair extension rmover handle unit could have a vacuum nozzls within it This would suck any escaping solvent vapor from the Unit. Such nomzls snight be placed near and vcn in inbe with the solvent application nozzles thua,4cyce. In a imilor mablr, 4 hair cap that sucks eolent vapors from it could be produad. Tlhi cap would be used during the period while the sadvnt is detaching hair extensions.

Solvent vapor rich air, ton uithr source, couWJ be bubbled through a solvent chat will dissolve heni, such as warp in the cae of acetone. Fmally, this solvent could be safely flushed lown the drai.

In most camp, the hair cztcmion detaching solvent will be applied to the hairs, on the head, in long flat beads That will act on &he adhesive for several minutia. In order to prevent hali extensions from falling our in an unorderly manner, the solvent should be thik and sticky enough that it holds hair extension in place, even after the adhesive that 4A4l d-um lzayu b"14 Jeisuvc4 1 Jcay, U th artvj laarnlulk tUit slAsu tP usurtWawdJ ZU t hlt 1 Ik IVu eulvaIt b"Jp line up with the remover channels the oriinally applied them. This way one row of hirs matted into a ahcct-like group will go to only onc removar channeL and wadt he disrupted by being split between two chaneu. This is faciliraxed in great part because die remover could ae the sam type of track guiding means that the attachment systern dues most likely a trclk-gulic cap.

***Alernative Hle Extension Removal Means Remove CVD finls rings with An alternstive hak eatension attachment removal means should be used ifrbeanical vapor depusition (CVI) tivs used to deposit a ring of inoranic mtarial around a scalp hair and a hair extension In order to attach them together. These rings typically will not be dissolvablc by osganic olvent: theecibre, mtder removal means will be necessary. Below i a list of strategics for removing hair attachments without using organic Slvents: Heir extension attachmts that ae not dissolvable by otganic solvents might be dissolved with acids or base. These acid, or bases should us be frmulated into a scmi-solid gel or past.

It is possible that an astachment means that uses a coabinatitm of an organic adhesive with an inoganie til might be used. For extra* the inorganic ring might be applied using CVI or by crimping metal around the hair attachment sem. However, these incegnic ring.alt glh etong. aight it some cases slide so that they fail to h 0 l4 their posidcnr on their hairs. To prevent this sliding, an orpnic adhesive night be applied to both the rings and the bairs, 133 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autccnsted Hair Isolation and Processing Syset A DIVISIONAL app). Filed ON PARENT: 12903/99 Applicat Christopher L Meng Does; 0S' March 2004 after the slap have beew placed around their hairs. In order to dissolve Such a combinsun attachmemnt. the orpnlce adhesive should first be dissolved with an oqgank solvcn4 as previousl described, Once the solvent is romoyed, the ings could hez mid off the hairs by palling Stinm lengthwite through sits thai hive. a wier diars than the haire hut smaller diameter the rings. Tho Slits might be configured.e fuaneing notch.s cut into fth connectivity bridge ares.

Hairs will be fulndeed into these tin slots where they will he pulled thro by the bend-under system At the hairs are pulled tbxonpA, [he ring will be pitied off, ILkwlvse, these rings could be Slid off by sliding bait bundles through pincher notches simtilar to :hose pincher notches described fot use wish the atacmnt System.

Mr lersaively, such lnorgnlc rings, ot say suffdsnatly rd attachment mouseo might be crocked mancully.

Ultra sound should he coyunted among such meuchanical crsecing snears. A crushinig mms such a hammnere or rollers are other possibil ities. However, the danger of usin such a crushtngmans isht t.e hairs themselves may be pemnueal* flattened and damaged. To prevent iis. the narrowest distance between crushing surfaces mutst be held to a mniumi distance. Furthermnoee, only a limited neunber of halrs, a say tan momnent, should be allowed between crshinag svreu. This might require st wse of metering/wiston sysen like chose decid for rho attachmnt 6oasto prvent andl deal with anaehcnm of -2 or more scalp hairs wo each onhec Ilke attachmnt Stack can wat Systenm that isolate sinkl scalp hairs This way only bak t ensions will be attahed in scalp hairs. Scalp hairs will nce he attached to ach other. However, whar if the systm used by ie attachmenct stick fail to do this, and two or more scalp hairs get attached to each other. Certainly, this is undesirable because Ifsa person comnbs or rums her fingers through her hair, die tIngers Might get caughi tinder The arcs Of she attached scalp hairs& Although it is pmrerble w prevent Scalp hairs from pitting attached to each otcr, if this cannot be prevented.

a systern chat detaches scalp hairs froam each other but loaves them attahed tv hair exrusionss could be used. The best way to configute such a system is to _4pa2= sherts with wedge-shaped crs~erospointed forwards, as dame along a connectivity bridge. The fla t sxUces of these wedge-shaped sheets should be largel perpendicuilar to the scalp and paralle to theis direction moutment over the scalp, and the: tips of 0ie wedges should be placed nesr t sescalp and 1 pointed forward relati're to their movcen over the scalp. Those shoorn could hav a center to caiter spadorg less or aippxoadmiting equal to the spacing; of hair follicles on tie Acalp, in otr words shout 05 of in inch (1.27 mm). They coalS also have An etae to edge spacing WAfucisiw to allow ha to pass between them, shout .01 of inch (.254 mmn), ge preamter idisemcrbly of wedgs could be moaved over the scalp in aL silar manner to die way that the straightener is.

In faer, Ile the straightene, this wedge aemebly might be made moveable relative to Ira handle unit. -rhe points of these wedges will tend to get caught under thec arcs that connected two coneeed scalp hltis form. Further, ech gentlely sloping iwedg-shape will relatively gradually force itself between axinecteci scalp halts, tins, peeling them apain However, these wedges wit tend not to detach hair extensiona fromi scalp hairs because they cannot get caught between a scallp hair and its attached hair eitension. Since the adhesives used usual temporarily weamen upon exposure to heat, heating these wedges will help them peel two scalp hairs apart The hated-wedge system could be combined wih t remover Unit. Other systems that could be comabined with it and dreho ver include; a hot o'il applicator for d&solving the temporary holdiw wax/rosin adhesive and a solvent gel applicator fcc dissolving the Ionger tum holeling adhesive.

-~Keeping Applied Solvent Only Where Ies Needed"" 134 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Timne 15:24 Date 2004-O3-0 Anffrnarr Hair b~nleim andl Pwmeninr, -*Wam A fllVITlONAi, sppI. Fitre ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicmnt Chdropher i. Kiug DaO= 09 March 2004 lik ezsalon removes &ys~eas eans=nI thart dudlY dad with heeplag ts appliefd solvent ab' where i's needed am~ daCtib in the Jim belowar I Order to uMe any solvcnt that is widesnmblie to get on the scalp, suat asthylmne r-holoride, mix the solvent into a slartM with small particles that will throush akpilaty action prevent solvent from escmpiag It's imnportant tlhat she pore simie between slurry particles is euftiiently smeller than that found between human hain so diat tho slurry wina the coinpetition with the bairn for soakIng upi aolvent; and thus, keeps It off the scalp. MAo, tie ulutry-past should stick to the hairs sw thatgravity doemwt pull it donu the hair shafts onto the salsp. A Ptick slurry p~as asoa deairabla fromt the sandpolne of Irnmohullmlag dotached haig extenskons hboA the remover an get to he Manx of making the slurry pwst sticky includ L. Fcndate it with a thick viscosit 2I Allo its viscosity tn increase with a partial evaporation of solvent frosts the slurry. 3. Use a cheiU~cC hardening reactionh simile to laster of Pais or concrete (oly weaker only sinai perocusae of slurry anits exterior surfuce shiould react this way). 4. Add sticy arpnlc aubatancas to the slurry. Pahapa amid otganic substwaes sightly in sohition at pexhaps tir snokeoler woights arn too great for themn to be dissolved (or theres somea othe reason they cWt be dissolved). in fat,~t organics that don't Uoly dissolve could replace inorganic ptaina that don't dissolve. In other word,, the product would be agel radthms slurry. F t lnally. tlis thick solvent sluiry or ri might itself be applied undear or within protective foam ;Ithawds qwaporntivn of die soIWLva SWi protective (bamt would amst likly be simultaneowlty aplied by a sepeirat set of nozzles on the mmnioi'er.

Think of small grains am having little capiaries between dhem that are frced to form sall capillaries titr dead end at dhik line of contact no mane how big and non-porous the object Is they'r in contact with. T'he solvent: in these capilWaries dmolveA the adhesdve, which is cardied off and ddlutd deep within the capillary channekA by difflusion (rn VapillaVY action).

It is undesirble for rie solvent in the slturv mo evapoat because tlis sicne that it isva longer ound to do hes job. in order for the solvent In at slurry tv evaporate, it must evporate: through the pors on she exterior eurbee of t slurry mass. There pores can In called cecedor terminal pore because they are the ends of the capilla r nes exposed to the air. 'To prevcnt wsdcsizable solvent evapoaton, cinsider the possibility of tusing at ,nbaance tat dissolves in The solvent wthin the lurry-par. such rhat as the solvent evaporate ft fte extror terinl pore this dissolved substance bvuiltp clogging die cxusior terminal pro. Thus,; "slain" is FQIwe 1 on the exterior of the solventL mase. 'lds shin prevents further solvent evaporaton front the pure. TIU am type of evxpomstion-p~ereernu sIn-foraroton approach could Also be used i pestas and Sels the, are entirely orgnic. However, since In 10 0:355*tani gels them typicall won't he small particles, psasgmway or pote4 ste shin Winl be wespoussiblc for pwoctcnng evaporation of the entire surikot Rta of the solvent ass in envelops& Gelatin can he an example ati Org~anic molecule chat really doesn't dissolve in water but can retain it. H-ot gelatin rmined with solvent and extruded under pressure is likel to stay put in die bait. Of count., there are mnany Alternative organic molecules that could be used to makesa solvent geL. Ideally, orpzdc molecules that Will retain a solvenit without fully dissolvin in it and weakening it solvency should be usmed.

The ty-pate or gel could be extrudml through a slot on the remover s if it wore caulk. The exttrutsion could be comnpletely powered from the base unit and isez synchtronized 'with dieremovers movement speed over the 135 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-Em) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autrasd H-air lanletion and Processing System A IDIVISIONAL appl. Fil ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applirahu? Ctdr~nphn It. King Dml-. 09 Marrh ?.004 sCAlp to prefvant OVses. solvent paste application.

Alinasuwmly. the esawvets salvat could be introdued its in Asirama by a liquid output ale elam to the alt of ito air output noale Ths would ullow fox Wt adjuacruerz of the applitation sawa By applng hate? tenion fia emflhgh heck wt the tensioning halt tualghtenet. at least during solvent pate application, the caulk-lk ribbons of slvent can be placed K a exact disaance fine the ecalp and thei rlbbontikre strcts will help' 1. Support the dertached hirs. 2. Mold hsirs into pre-sepasested and sauihtasd rows such that the svaightewcd not be Waed ont the semover's sokQes: washin pass, or at Ieast It woul nt be Used as vipgoously.

Nato The washing pans in the anecad pus the remower usually makems. During this pass, it wishes the cauli-like ribbons of aolvent from the heir after the solvent bas dissolved the hair eaxmoslon Attachments.

Balid spots migh preseant a problem in isria of protctikSi ths scalp barn advent eanrsa- To rgmedy this, hair wsns could bw put in the remover, Solvent wouldi not be applie in sear where Ohwe are too few hakes.

Alternatively. beilld arim could be sprayed with a sbobnce, perhaps a. powdr, thar is Ies ahrorbeaac oEthc solvent than the pasta-forming solvent vehicde it. Such a substance tasuki he appled manually tn hald spars or sprayed an by the :pcni~er either using outputs bested below clx solves outputs or outputs that spray at a step angle fhtes suit to makte it co the scalp thrtough the hit.

Solvents (usually organic) mnight be used on hair for various puqxas including removing hair extensioan attached with adheive or molvenr-dissolvble hair coadnp. In order To reduce any drying effct the solvent MiOT have on the skin and hair, certain step can be taken like dissolviNng rinns in iL These conditioners MAY Include Various substances known to loan at protective Uin ont Ieradnous suufecs or an oily substance similar to the natural oils foundt in halt. Dissobisig such substance ain the solvent will retture its ability to dissohve adhcaiv; so their concettions should he carefully cslihrsnzd.

Ih *Mdeal solvent dissolves adhesive; (Ar coatings) fast sad thoroughly, while robbing dw hair of a il moisture and oily substances as possible. Tbe nai polish reme fidustey Aces these 55010 challenges. Priort tin this industy includes nail polishb reovmr that combine powerful solvents like aceone o ethyl acetatc, with proeins like collagen Sadd ptoteins form a protetive film on the hair surface that help; piwentr moistur lo=. We suggiest that all prior art intended k e ncavi polish removrs he costuiderd when formulating adhneivi (or costing) removal voirite for hair Thre of the moat relevant US. patents concerning firnulsehs pnde yet effective nail polish remnovers are 4,1129,092 stnd 5 142,536 mil k,486.305.

REYINI4MENTh AND IDEFAS CONCERNING TH SYSTEM THAT M~CYCLES OR DISPOSES9 OF HAIR EXTENSIONSAArSER'THEY HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM E SCALP Comnplete varmurn trana La may be optinzal £ifte grasp position at the remover is sufficient cons thL If belrb neced to be transfened to a second belt for any reason simply mainta erugagernsnt in one blvt set and wsing vacuum to pull hair largely pcxerndicular to said belt act before inarodluctims to a second parallel belt act. MAo, a double belt raeover is an option for getting hairs becueen to be held beween mw belt sets.

-Potential problem: Overly shorn and/or overly curly hair extensions mfih jam the system. Cverly short baits 136 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 20G4-03-09 Auuxnnxed Hiri Ivolation and Ptoawiug Syann A DIVISIONAL, appl, Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Christopher L King Dut:n 09 Maxch 2004 might Jain the vacuum tians unit by being sucked upas clump or more lik0ly overly short haU% would get conveyed to the cipen. charp. Overly curly-qipc-d hair eatowiouz might not hsang straight down into the anaikvnet ties.

Sohutions! -'Apply water is) hair extansions while Oflafa being carded on Ohw firit uuanapo belt: before they reachth vacuum transfer unit. This is an effort to straighten hairs.

Defowe ithe vacuum transfer unit. hive the fist transport belts rakse die blur extensions trough a proemr what reamares overly short hair extnioa (too short to mnake it auccasfuily though the vacuum trsalfer unit). This process would consist of Stat pulling hair eatarasion aernigt down fromn dhe tmspost helts by sppliung downward six currents (nactalt or blown) or sasy other fuanctionally uquivslee6 hair.ghoeaisng nians (said belts masy have to be armed upsie Senst). Duing application of down~ward air currents, a second lower traspor belt %ystemn should piueh/wiga hair extenalotas at a distance &ar enough below the first higher belt set that short hals don't get piniched Next the original and highert traport belt sets should releae their pinch on the hai extensions Thus, overly abort hir eterstlasa will no longer be piriched. loataid, thety will be nominald away scul discardled Ne=t ipward air currents should bo applied w the belts The higher transport belts should rese thei pinchL The Iowe rvanuport belts could now relea eir pinch. they might continue to maintsin it. At thim point, the belt system is only holding suficiently long hir nxrosnns. The Wet sytm can now enter the racuinn transfer unit Note: in order to ensure what; the upward sir auxers don't blow both the upper and lower hair extension cis into the igaher rnport belt, the lower belts could be surrounded laterally by marginal platforms on both sides. Ideal, these marginal platfom should begin aftr who lower belt have pinched the hair extecaiona but before the higher belts have relinquished their pinch. The margial platforms should continue until the upper tasprt belts have reestrabilished their pinch. The margInal plarkznss could be placed arma height above die lower transport belt sees very bottom but below [he upper transport bell. lorder to prevent lower hsir-extemsion dp trorn finding their way betweern the marginal platform and the Lower trtnsport belt, the platform most optimally be placed a thde samte height a; the lower transport belt systemn such that it formas a seal around the lower transport belt system. In which case, upward air currents Should oKWrignt at or absove thse rsarginsl plarforms!% surface.

-To rtsmove overly pily rippetd hair extensiow., have the second transport belts take ther trough a twruong procta after the vacuum transfer unit Brs the upper secod trasport belts should relate their pinch on the hair extension.

(Alernatlttly, the upper second tranlsport belt may be configuitt such that it hasn't yet pinched the haft etension) In an arc where thee; err no upwar wi eusreora asraightcsing the: upper tip of the halr extenescm, the upp.:r **;gnd transport bets should establish their pinch on thet hair extensions. Overly curly bait exteniokn lips won't extendi high enough mo be pinched. if the heIrs ire movinag so fear when the upper pinch esabliabmem aca tast air resistance causes even straight hair exrcnsiowis to bend, then teduce die air resktance by blowving from behind, sucklig firom the front, or even cstablishlna a sealed vacuum chamber that is cotinually evacuated by auction. OptionAlly: Once the upper transport bell has mestablushed pinch, blow a sideways air cunent betwmms the upper and Iowax belt such that tips that ar just barely beld by the upper belt are dislodgd from it. Perhaps, havesa third level iraeit rnsport belts esrablish pinch on the hair extensions during this blowing proemu. These middle; belts would be placed directly below the upper heirs. Dislodged hai extensions will be blown horontal to such an extent that the middle bets will not pinch them Next Have the Lower belts release pinchb an the heir awtensiona. Vacuumn away hairs dint are dropped. Thsey arc the overly curly bairn that didn't get pinched by the upper transport belt. Using a marginal collar around the upper or iddla transport belt creame downwaid air Lmrnts. Dining this tie, hanve the lower belts re-etabliah thirk pinch on the hair exteni fs amiddle Ishels used, have it release its pinch ont the haltrcxwosiocs, Finally, create: upward ar 137 COMS ID NO: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aiirrnisw4 Hair TsnlsdrnaTu Prnnrning Syrnm A OIRIIONA!. ap) FilraI ON PARENT; 1291f/99 Applicant: Chrdtoher IL King Dote- 09 March 2004 cutrnts, and have the upper belts re-establlsh, pinch on the hair exttensions. The bair eatmusindnn are now being held by an uppert& an owr aet of second razupott beltq, which ar raking thean w die laiz c;ueaion clip fillin oystem.

REFINEMEN'S AND IDEAS CONCERNING IN4DEPENDENT (OMrIONAL) ACCESSORIES THAT WORK WrI TrHE SYSIEM I[ladspsndent Aceasotisa for Safeaty and Cownniecell 'no various bair procesiing systm described in this documtent can beneft funo certain indlependent acemoodas that work with such systems. Descriptions of such accessor~s follow.

Paneectiva Eyelassa and Masks Protective eyeglasses or goglos comld be used tD pcmtct a cussomnes' eyes fromn any unItakthy agent that 'night escape from si bait procesing system. The Mmp of prowetion needled depends Westy on the embodimient of the processing sytm However, such eyeelasses may protec against agent% ike 1V, solvents, and bot liquids. The eyeglawss may fit avegr the ears In d-h- normal manna. H-owever, since the otasosier will most liky be weazing A trck capas shown In FIG&S &3 ansi 83. 1, itis ikely that the eyeglasses will somnehow snap ontte track cap. For example it is likely that die eyeglasses could engage the tack guide supportusg peapeodictiars below the ears and side bum are.

The suporin pcrpcndlculars a= those portions of the track cap perpendicular to the parallel trick guide portions. A Uiely form of eng~emenc would be concentri cylinder over cylinder snap. For exam*i, the qklides acrached to the eyeglasses =k-hi each he hollow wit a slkt in ita bomtm tat allavws It to fit over the cyindricsi perpendicuklem.

Such Oggles might be cqu4,pvd with a Positive pressuir air hose that pumnps Clan ant into said gogloco in order to exclude solvent vapor% fitan chem This posit-pressur wle asmbly mighit m en be extended down Over the rime sod mouth as a onak Briing Gkwveo Jn order prevnt ripping off attached hair etniona= by putting exeesaw fore on them when styling the hair, for example when braiding the hair. braldittg gloves could be used. These gloves have a reladt4l slippay 50! (103, which is likely to bcnnd~c slippctivr by application of a laWbricnre. 9and wearing said ewil be unlikcly to grasp any hir extemons tight enough to 4~ thir attachments to scalp hairs. The storage case for these glovea; should have a lubricant reservoir in It. In faa, the gloves thenutelves should be rtoted within the lubricant resevcer or at least trling a lubricant soaked objec, such asea storage cas lining ade of sponge. The gloves will mot likely be made of at slippery clot such as slit, or have their surfaces coated with a low coefficnt of friction, mrsal, such as 'ldlon.

snqnp-To-Gtikle'ftck Place Holder A snap-tn-guidc-Inek placcehzr could he used to keep Processed and unprocessd hairs separatc so the attacher can be lifted from the scalp and refilled with asfieb cartzidge, should the cartridge run out in the middle of a traek'leagth. In othier words, the trackmcp hasi tows fanned between parallel taco6. In the event that the hair attrucher has to be paused in the middle of at raw, a placelsolsler constructedl assa rod itch a clasp on each end where said claps am spaced one track width fromn ech other should be attached to the track ats point between the Kclp hair. tiat have been peocessext and thoe tat have not. fl.s should be done before the antacbcnern system is moved awY from rho 132 COMS ID No: SMBI-0055180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 AULLASVW 16 ilo- sisis d Phnsnaiug Sryatcsat A DIVISIONAL. sppt. Fik ON PAkRENT. 12903/99 A ppicmne Christopher 1L. King Dome: 09 March 2004 head. The placeholderi by holding "i pecessd and unproeseed hairs aprwl allow the usrto begn. aai wee she left ofE Idealy the Cusps ca slide along the inch so when the ume begin she can slid the rod of the plsceboldez back over the psaceaaed hb" out of dhe way of the ayitwn. As long the mrod i aot &Wto fau hack, it will make the processed halrs lay fin and keep them out the attachment system, even If die ateebmnc system MOMhesdem.7The clasps I am referring to maost Itely are made out of a flexi6l material, have a la4~ly circular ctosflsCCUtis (or crosssection similar to eich cinchs) %with a slit near the bottomn each. Plach "llrwhen pressed down over the trick, fir fleidhly widens over the track and then hugs around asi track.

Custom Fabrication of Arack Cap Th~e track cap is Illustaed in FIGS. 63 and 83. 1. Although waeral stdardl sAm of'pcefibricated caps might be wsed, there udght be advantages to cwtnm fonning a srack cap to an iiduars buad. The beat way to do this is to %tan with componentz made as of a relatively flsribli mm"ia that can be teretd to became A rigi mateiaL. The track cap itself is composed of two typus of tricks. Most tradk am guide trade. libe guide tracks am the many parsi" tracks that rutn from bioot to ter b-ack on the heal. These s= the mtacks that the hattiachiment systcm Is guided between. A second typ of tzick Is the supporting tracks that bold the palde tacks togmther. flase aupport tracks run Iargelr perpeuazn to the guide cracts ano largely parallel mo the hairline. There can be thought ip he Two support trackts, one in froat of the heir rimming across the forehead, and one behind it rwining Across the nape otf the neck.

However, these two support tracks usually connect togther. ofte nvruea below the eax, to form a single support structure that encircles the head. Te support tracks should maintain an adequate margin from the hairline so that they aevtr overlie; the hair, because this would obstruct the attachment system.

A cutom-made tack cap cai be constructed in place on a custimer's hed This Is begu by attaching hboth ends of each fleible guide track mcmber perpendiculdy with both the front most support track And the rear mopt support tuack. The firt guide track u) be attached between the two support nriks is the one most in the center and at the top of the head. Once this is dune the two support txacks are ctmveriiendy held tqFget and one can work ouptwards sysisrnttrilly adding ne" guide tracs on each side hasturn. A all of the gpide tmicts a's pttscha4 both ends of one support track should be attached to the other support moack. The VIld tracks. should be equally spaRced, one istandard track-width apart through their entire length. This spacing can be accomplisal by using a decvic funcionally the same as the. map-to-gulde-unack plicehokler described above. These tack spacing mans should only be left on the cap XseenWy "ia it is teated and bcome, ha Alhbough tbeaupportwtack might havt receivingsholes iitiasbestIf acs mteansia Attached w dhe enduof each guide ireck and then clasped around the support track. Although ulde tacks miqw have their eloping means integrally attached to one end, the clasp mtans attached wo tht opposite end of each Oude crack smst ideally should be a separate pare from each guide track This is because we don~c know bow lonM each guide track should he, and each will haveutobe cut to size ondie head. lf clops wereuprc..attxched to both ends ofa gide track. oneclasp would probably have to be cut off anyway. Thus, a joiner configured assa separate pat comprised of a clasp to fit Around the aide of the support tzcut and attached pcrpcdicularly to a choup or open-ended cylinder to fie around the cnd of a gude track.

These joiners themselves should psobably be composed of a soft plastic that becomes dogd or othrwise permuontly zazhed to the piece they hold togeher.

However, independent joiner don't have in be used at the ends of all gude tricks. Foe example, the guide track to be used 1 in die very middle of the head crsn be peueedto both support tracks. The ataembly can be molded this wray asose piece. Similarly, all of she guide track to support sridk attahments on jostnne of the support tracks 139 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 'Received by IP Australia: Time (ltm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aurnured Hair luatia and Processing System A DIVISIONALJ app 1 Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applk-ranc Cbstnphnf i. Kifn Dr. 09 Merrh N00 migt be ptcfbdcated stuequal disanec hborn each ote. However. tbe remuining guide-tnck-to-suppont-uck attahments shouldnt be roade on die; accond uuppofl track becaus this would make it diult to get the tricks to conform to the tspe of diffenc-ikad heads.

The pmviouuly descibedl guide srack spacers, which are: to be wsed every few inches along the gude trcwks and then removed At the cap is hardened. could each have one of it ends pmoatched to a guide tack anid a clasp disposed on their other end. After hasdenlut, these spaers should be remved. Thus, Ideally the pieattached end Is very thint and weak so that it can easily be cut or broken off. And thn clasp eid cite remains soil (perha by snaking it out of a separate naria4, so that it doesnt agwr its crack very tihtly, oris madle dun or perforated so that it too can he em~ovsed from the S" eeak so which it Wp bou' seched.

A BRUSH THAI DOESNT GET CAUGHT BETWEEFN 8HIR A TACHED) IN AN UND1ESIRABLE

MANNER.

Aleo use of flexible bristles, bristles with bills, or oth.. amoth ohjn, at dhirh snds, or lamp ends with a cone ships. In other words, bruslh or comb bxisiles (or bsistle-like rods) with large ends can't got caught between M' sc"p hait* that have been wanbiny joined togthc H-air Diameter Gauge A hair diameter gaug e 6 I made up ofpuellel narrowing channels juasrposed with a diameter measuring scale inscribed an it is a dersirable acmssoy By using&a form of prcenlxon mmaunlsg, such as Lectro-fonnlnS a comab-like device with narrowing funnel-Welt passageways between ism tines; could be fanned. The. fuannel-like passageways could narrow down through the range of scalp hair diamneters. TVe thintner a hair is the farther it could make towards the apes: of each. pssapwayjumpod so she passageways could be a scale indicating their width at varieus points. By running this implement trough the hair Ie a comb end then observng the narvoweet dissnerer to which most hairs make it, an esmnte of te typical diameter of the hairs present on a perd headcan be made.- Ctrmping of Hairs Coate with a WaxLike Temporary Protuctivir Subsc Which Ravet Also Bcen Expsed toi a Diwi~le-Brakkzg ChcnicaL, Jn many case It might be desirable to use chemical settig of the hair in conjunction udrh sir special typed of hair proensing described within this documnent. Beibre ataching cosmetic hair extensions, is might be desirable to straighten a person's natural Ik. likwvise, sfter bait extenaionui am attached, both thu hair extenions and niawr.

1 hair could be given a permanem wave or cul together. Also, after ctvss-secrionul hair reshapings it may he desirable wpcrmniens4' set the bit using Chemicals. such A procedure will help Influence; the desited hair growth pasterns. Whether the hair is straightened or given tight cads the procedure ranains similar. Specifically, dhe hair has to be treated with a chemical that will temporaily slow sein of the disulfide bonds in it o be mrspotadily broken and is must be set to hold It in the shape of a deired longitudinal cumvenire while the slisullide bonds are allowed to reform.

However, then are some dia-advsstaga with ennvcnunaal hair netin mthod.. In. the case of hair curling, curlers are time consomning to apply. in the cas of hair arxuighmning, the chemcal agents used ar often stronger than those used for wiling and are sMt Mdequsirl prew antcd from wining in enath the sc4ll. This causes irritation of the scal. In both caste, the chedical agents tend to release a n pfraaant odor. For these reasna, I have contrived an aasr tat peorms clwrmical Mix setting without thee disadvantages.

Thi device doesn't use curlers to temnporarily sec die halr In place. Rather, after a disulfide brealdng chemnical, is 140 COMB ID No: SMBI-0085180 Received by II' Australia: Timne 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aurnatd t1 air Isolation IaYLmuigysm- A OIV ISIONAL.app). riled ON l'AKbNT:; iZ~iVU'/ Appkanc; Chrisohax IL King Dice. 09 March 1004 Applied tothe hair. the device coats the hair with a temporary cosdirw such as %wx This tompmay costin both aLrteu the need for culCes by Serving A* at fixatin. omns itself and ptevents 0% chemical agnt (torn etesping burxn the hair, thereby preventing scalp itritation arid odoz.

For xh. tempouary coating to hold the hair itcetain shape, it must first be set in a particular shapc i*,l Cdnmping the wax-ecatd hair between surfaces in order to give said coated hair a desited shape can best do this. These crhtpln surfaces could he referred to is crimpig ions. 'The wax, or other temnporary Coating materiL as ri obe mual enough to he crimped hut firm enough to l it hvhape. This might he facilitated by using heated crimping surfaes to softenx the was dusing crimpine The devices that apply the chemical, coat 'with temporar Coating, and crmp migh be sopae mlaenta eon through th, hair Individually or buit Into a inW unit. Iin many cases, Itris dasabie to configure the system with a bend-wider means that urll allow the hairs to he pulled through it. Processing nesas can be frmed along a specific length of each hair channel, perhaps by isolating a Ikbrad number of hairs in said area. By holding hairs in a processing area, hairs ciii be pulld vertically through said pmocenb'g am or even individual pr~ ~~pocessn hmer.Teposaingoccuriig; in this sassy IoC]dfe pplication Of a chemiCal2agent ad protetive temporay coatig and crimping.

Cuimoping should occur in segments starting at the proximial bases of tie hair so moving lengthwisc toewards the dis!a tips of the haira. T1his sg n-bsgstcrimping shook] be facilitatad by irwerminns pulling Of the hairs by a bend-undie: sypens, and/or a prezeasing system elevation owns, such As orugsswlly descrlbed In the hair-ros*.

sectional reshaping embodiment, and referred to latw as an intertnittent elevating hair-buldup (in front of obstacle) prevention nmms I Specifically. the bend-undler system will puJ1 a lcngtb of hair through approuimarzlycequal to the lenth of hair the crimping iron procms in a single step. Crimping is facilitated by crimpingiron sufacs disposed largely parallel to lateral edgea of each processing area channel and capable ofrmoving inwards into the processing area in ordler to crimp thr kirk of hfsir threin, r ilily. rir aid rvimpinL-inm airfarra will hr dimposerd am fireinnal arrenn ari mving ines or even supported by stationary channels and Actuated by An iota-channel means of actuation like uelcro-machinca The crimping-iron-plsczeno relative to the hair should be coaineed aurucrnraly aologu to the placement of the protective aide wails of the halt remover systemn shown in, and orifice halves in the coaring/cron-sectooal reshaping cmbodimetnt. Naturally. built the hair channels end thr crimping iamei =r likely to be crazrpavd in at tine-band manct ving connectivity bridgps. A convex-shaped iron should be placed oni one side of each hair channel Antd be mado capable of meshing with its concave coutrpart on the other "id of the channel. Either bosh the conver andi concave ms move together to nice in middle of their channel or only one of them may moan In orde to meet 1 ra static cousimerpart: an its countrpart's siude.

Crimping irons usully ftxncdonin coapennry concave/convex pairs of aauterpartA. However, their specific shap depends on the desird degree of hair curlines desired. I fperfectly straih hair is desired, each celiplzi iron pair wsed will most likely be comnposed of two pertetly hlt strfaces, neither convex nor concave. Hnlwa'r if a certain degree of hair curliness is desird, each helfsf crimoping ismt pair 'wil have a sonewhat semi-circular shape, one halfoonvec and the other hogl the ame shape but concave UsUly. this Will Mean each cr&ipn-iron-pair halt has a cross-seedional shape. However, we tan imagine each half having wsera aemi-cimeuhe sections joined tugvther forming a serpentine cross-sectioni, such as an "Sttape.

Of coors; since diferentdcients widrai a diffareot curl tightnes a nd shape, -so tin will the czac shapes of the crimpin irons have to vary, 71his, varianc can be achieved by seem methads. lirst, there cm be severa entir csimping-iron handle uis each with its own size and sape of cimping ison Altsrnatavwly. there can be a singla edruplo-trom handle unAt @D which various sizes arid shapes of cinping irons can be esily remnoved and attached.

141 COMS ID No: SMBI-0065180 Received by IP Australia: Time 16:24 Date 2004-03-09 Anrtriarsi Knir Inniadon and Pnwsnuinr, Ryrrm A DNTRSTONAi. aippi. ri1l ON PARENT; 129031/9 Applicant Christopher L IYing Dine: 09 March 2004 Finally, ro o-seedional shipe of the crimping iron surfaces rr~lt be given the ability to actually change their shape tinder rl'e guiance of an aomated ruzchun. ?o illuatstte crinsping4run swdtc, could b; vomnpoed 9f;a flexible sheet, or Oim on die irerit (annhuir.tnncing side) of whirh roEel or ban more to support and influence its shape. Said tmovable rods could be firaly attached to said flexbl sheet, in which case, the diamnetar, or height, of tie etinping surae wtould vary with its degree of curvaume As an alternative, said moovable rods. could freely slide relative to mid Be~io shee n wlieb case, the crkmpng surfacee diameter4 of hcehr, could remain the same at any degree of curvature so lung as the flexilea sheet in held against the nmble rods by a stretchable mansa, suci as splnws.Of course. it should ha obvious that many bybrids of the attached-rod aid sldngrod system can he readily imnagineud. Poe exaple, an sttached-rod system ta mainva~s its disimeter at 4sfstm; curawss because Im fl"ble thos. is itself composed of a flexible materill Likewise, a shlnged aysIasn Which WEE an atchd-rod configuration at onlly a Sim strategic points, such as to the most interior concave point of a concave curvatur in order to hold the sheet inward over al the rod& Moral -This device is largely homologous to the automated lwit-cuutingcnibcdivanEn except the cutters have been mlacel by crimping irons. With respect to applying coatings and chemicals, this device may be homologous so embodiments that use orifice hpives to apply coatings ;P hairs pulled Icngriss through. ziem.

-1this is a device that crimp dlsulflde-breaing-chemical %skaed/ was-coatad hairs in order to replace the need for curlers. (fli waxit r di u sporsy- coaring placed Lint he hair sets as a fixadn means teplacing curlera.) Abe system might spray the chemical and/or temporary fixative costin on using nozzles that spray a great nunmbers of hairs at a dine, Wke in the remover. Alternatively. it may use small nozzles or coating otifice halves like chose described for the cromsecdonald resbaping/hair coating system embodiment Ulce it the fashion described for the remover, it may (or may no also apply a ptoucwnt to thec sralp.

lbrc system may also have at twist function built invo it so Char the entire system or pare (Like a einc-assesnbly or flnctonal hair handler portion) of it twists relative to the scalp. thereby. rupain a spiral twist Wto ho hairs strandsN tat pass through it in addition to, or instead of, a crlmp-generated wave, -347= the system applie the sliullcl bresking (or say other type af hair procsing chemicals) actastly, it can keep them off the scap. Addgitcnally, since the system applies a awing ove said chemicals it can contain their odor andI prevent them form rubbing off of the haits onto the scalp.

-Foe dloulfsdc.-brCakin chomicals csabc subslwtuc *ay substace which can used to change the loncinal corvA tos of hair either pemaniiy or tempoaa4y Pot example, Na&il can be used to telex curliness of lair, thereby, miakcing it sta-gte, -Application of krdla-uaur-anigchemicals, protectiv cost!*g and crimping ay all occur on the same or differnt passes over the head Mostly likely, curvtur-changing cbcnslcab are applied formnuwd by die protective castin in the one pass over the head, and crimping is performed in a second. A thin] pass (optional) may use methods, is those described for the remover, to renove the protective coatisig All of these functions might be integrted ino single system in one handle unit or placed on ditkrenr handle units.

-Protective coating application often. includes application of a coolant to facilitate said coatings hardenig -Crimping duzrg ktwise pull through is optional. Crirnping ould be handled by a merte conventional isiplememit such a conivenionsl crimping iron or cutlin iron without the aumared lengthwise pull-through hunction, -Alo, the heart of "i anbodlmont is appyig a temporary peoruetive costingut hair which is capable of gxting as a temporary fctlrn means and/or protectv coating means While a more pernineass but somewhat, Soer-acting hair 142 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autriatu Hair laulijon and Proeuing System A ODIVSIONAL~ appl. File ON PARENT; 12903/99 Appkiant Christopher I. King Doe; 09 March 2004 Iongirudinal-cunsweec-cbanslns mzbstancu ham be=a applied to the hair. ThIb. any mans of applyfigsuchba coating and such lgngitudinsl-,;umswcsnging substgnc fla undler thi emubodimet Use of Hot Iron SwalgbNering Comubs in Smt with Decraing Tine Spacing -Cerusin people have such tigt cury hair that many of these pariceaing systeews might not be able to be run durough it unless said hair hs first swalghrened (curliness trmovedj at least temporarly. One way to do this is to use ccmvenisrnal hoc iron ermlhwning combs. However, to, best purpate she ha liar of severS comba each width incasingy nWerO hair chuannela (decreasing tine spacing) could be used. Thew widr-cbannel irme could be used assa prelimninar meaure andJ de nsrro-h4nt% 06np tor Atebe *eflnsstist This0 sM of Ones tniht be mouanted In comm*zaisl manner on canvendonal bandies using non Mye of tint-width pez handle. Further, increasingly rower ric Comba Could he mounted together longltudlnally into a sinle assembly so that the 'ahie combe through the hair, areas on the head are exposed to icreasiigly nanWur tines In a Sirl* pass Additionally, such hot imo conts (IndiviluAl oar sets) could be mounted inso mannar hoznlApgma to the hair tenaioning straightener, fer eseupla. ahead of a, preacssig s;tark oE syutmint Furthe. such bot icon combs Qodlividaa oz sets) could be mounted ahead of the bai tmndostog straigtener.

Finally. Ohw hair tensioning straightener could be rmstl tihe functions[ equivAlent of s hot iron comb by heating it to a sufficiently high tampera-me. Such devices can, be used to snake sure erm the cosaest ad tighcesr.curlrd hair flows smoothly dhrough hz processing systm withzout getving auarnpd i It.

REFINEMS CONCERNING THE MANU1ACIIJR. OF HAIR LcRaNS IONS AND FUS1ING CARTRIDGES WITH THEM ~~ar±es" Facorv Manitdag -Keratin EawtrNtm Mmisuuccuring Process Prenously, it vus rnendnncsl int an ideal source of hair ertnxina is mansafanturing them from an)im2l of kerstin. Usually, this would icy give cdseoling a" extruding aiml kesetn into fiber, shaped liW hurnan ha. T,'herc arc manry animal sewes of kerudo indcling hair, wooLi hooves, and fethr. Chiken fethers bemuse of thewr lack of pipesidon. low cost and vacular sisuctmr. which allows for rapid ceical degradation, arc on ecellent karaun source, Becuse these fibers am comaprd of proteins VMr simailar to those found In hun hais, they shoukd behave k6-e hwmnn hairs. Ia other wal, they can be styhl into whatever hairstylc a pceson deire This i possible because prcnrcins. unile Most synthetic polymer; softn and chang their s1hape When exposed to water. When dried, fti Slows te hairt mbe art. Extruded hain is an Mdeal hair extension source nor Just because Ii is relatively inexpensive, but also because it glows iman-made fibers to be used which helps to standardize the entire attachment process. The folowingt stes outlitie a basic proces that could be use to atanufacture extruded keratin hair extensions: I. The keratin source, such as bakther, shoul he mnechanically washed and then chem~illy dissolved. Dissolve the hecatin using a shiol to brookshe disulfide; bonds and a dteretai that will allow the hezutin to be, dissolved in solution. Once chernically dissolved, the keratin may or may not suitable for extrusion. if there: ire uandesirable impurities in the kcatixi that we do not want in the extruded hair cxtnsion; ten nc in solutio~n, the keratin ahould he purified by methods such as Melting and chemical MMnipuladons Most of this process should occur in the absence of ottygen becase ozyges will neualiae the d"io allowing the clianifidi bonds to once again establish themselmes If the kerati sourceis aaighdy softer type of lefacinl than hunan hair,kitmlgbe Waren by increaing the 143 COMB ID No: SMSi-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-Em) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aurrsnsrnl Hair lanluvirm and Prnar~ing Syacom A OlVJSlONA1 pl.sp Mls ON PARENT; 12911fl/99 Applicant Cbduohe IL King Date: 09 March 2004 eroehaklqg in lbs Chained gsfttu, fee exaple by vul1AeikztiOa. In the ease of vulmasIan, thig is so may additionial dIWufic bonds should aumuliw be Metrulinto the. pwvten fucruce However, ite keradan source 1it aSlightlY hwrdr type, titan hurna lik u a fits disuliads bonds should hr temove&l This is probably best done by introducing chemical that reac with rte cystins su;toro chat they do not formi dufid bond$.O ore twol rbbyb tooc~fcuc t rMOVe the Mdulr entities themselves Without desaroylog the protensneae A thir opto toaciv the Coirert keratia hardsess Is to maix keuatin from two sores. once souwo is harder than human hair, the ocher softer. A variant of this third solution is to mix am overly 1urd type of hernia with a softs syntheti polymer thar acre as aLplasddsuxr. Polyurethane should be sn excellant chlokei to acres Plasticizer 2. 'I'e htsl And Any oche ssuCcwSsl1Y cofmpVAbl compounds that srsis should be ewccw from solution, o ounce inn a more Concenrated Solution. Par exsaple, this achieved by evaporation of the solution or some fOrM of Chemulcal precadocL The ketaci should stil have a thiol conmntratiovo gimt enough 1or It to remain soft.

Probably, it should be brought a paste-like coasistency.'The dissolved keratin should probably still be protected from ainnasphiri Oxygon at this point.

3. Optional: Tk, keratn paste should be mixed with color pigrun to achieve tie dasizvd hair colo This mixing should prolbably ocecur In ao airtight cntainer that does ntinedorw oxygen to come in contact with the softened karatist By mixing the cokeio agent in before fiber ertrusion subsequent dying will not be neccwaly. Pigments mixed into the fibe will likely be snore staM tlimanU~y dyes applied by %oulintg. Additionally, if any) plnuwerms are to be mixed in that could not have been Added pre~iously, they shoul be mixed Into dhe kestin paste now.

4. 'Tha rhiol, containing sfoftned keratin should be fad &CMn a craMp comrn* torn S9e pomp, Or eqluivalent.

which extrudes it through £t spncret Th keratin sowre container and gea pumcp should ntr allow oxygen to come in conacte with th3& contents. The keratin used should be free oftall gas bubbles and softrenough ro makceirt o*ihse small dianeer spinerer holes but hand enough that once extrudled the weulds fibers won't readly deformb or stikk together. Optionally; The keratin fibctw should be allowed to fall onto Pascren conSYcV9% belt thittititivt their extrusin speed.

I. 'The extruded terrain fiers should he allowed to com in ctxuw wsh sufficient oxygen to neuralise the thiol in aum svo that they ruay harden. This my rmean blowing air over rte fibmr or spraying tham 'ills thOIo neatalhing liquid After neutrliz'ation, the fibers should be washed of extraneu s benta.

6. Optinal: The now hardened keatint fiben. presumblyr washed ofextuncous chemicals, should coatinur down their screen conveyor belt, or pad', where they are sptayed. or soakd, rrhas solution that coats then with a proflivc coating.

A prtotective costing 6 s acocern for the fulow4n mansons. Nusna hucm aIirs are largely made up oflone homogenous blend of hetrns. Firer.f their surfaces hove a thin protective cuticle layer of touch harder kera than the resr oldihe hair. This protective cticle layer regulates the rt aewbsich moisture and ions cana enter and exit the har.

A hair strppd of this battier migh dry and become brittle bemause water exits fromk it too fast or t might allow undecsirable dissolved substances to enter die htir. A protective coating semlripeuneablec to moisture cant rake the place olduls cuticle. Thbis protective coacinmgh beea hard forma olthredl kreratini mixed with it synthetic polymer, or an entirely synthetic polynar In many cases, the protetvecoatsing should be diasr~vd because it i:5 broken down to monomer or short chain lenths, or Wit has disulfide bonds that are uraporadl broken.

Th1is costing or its polymers snb-wsirs ia solution, should lu-re a affinity for die surface of each hair.

However, this coating should be applied rhin enough such that at it hardens around the surface of the bam fibet, it does not greatly affect the fleuibility of the inner keratin fiber. For dosa reson, said costing should be deigned such that only a certain amount of it can cost a halts surface regardless ofT the amcwit applid, ibis might mema char the Coating 144 COMS ID NO: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 16:24 Dlate 2004-03-09 Aucamared Hair Isolation and Procesing Systm A ]DIVISIONAL app). Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applkentirstohef IL iKig Data- 09 March 2W4 in composed of the cssuctural polymer oub unite and a filler rubotm cat it Iab atracted to the surface of to hair, however, lawe can be washctd sway. Perhaps, once the crating is baidened "diller substance could be washed away leaving only she vary thin end somewhat porous polymer coatno 3 he use of auch aswashabl fillr is 2 potential method for increasig cosong's poxosity and Permeability while setting and uppr limit on coating thickness AlternativelIy, da chenical paopeties of the coating and the solution it is in could be chosen to control the coatings aFfinty for the hairs surface.

The coating, when applied, should be of sufficiently high molecular %eightr that it couldn't be anbsorbed into die porous structure of the hair extension fibsr. At the samne tiEne, this high molaculs weight sbould nt lead to such a high vWeosky disc applying a thin cogt ofcoatng; isn't feusibla Fot ;4m reasons, insighr be desiesilo Mu dlte coating chemical in~ analyst Of course, i stame solvent's properies should he chosen ao au to control the affinity hetrrn the keratin fibet's surface and the polymer sub-wits or monomers.

A coating molatilc should be chosen such that it forms a poiynmer that adheres to the keratn fiber surface.

allowr adhesives to bald on tii and is not weakenedhbydte solvents andi Otheremovanl mmn used to detach the attachment adhesives, Swehllsigc-ir surface adheece would "iel bo faiifirtecl by using a coating chemical capable of engaging in Jeufide bonding with the keratin fiber swbvce.

7. Dpnional!The screen c-onveyor belt, at any other form of cowor.t should pass through strut means of removing ecess coating liquid, such as squezin rotters Or a vacuum under Ow screen belt. The excels liq.id coaritig should be removed and perhaps returned for tame. The mosult will be individual baits evenly coated with a thin coating.

OptimaL: If aecs-ssary. rho coated bafra could have an Initiator wash applied to them to hanrn their coatings By initiator, I urn referring to a subtanace: that starts the duesnical hardening proccsa, such as a free radical that start a polymerization reaction.

9. OptionaL Tile screen conveyor should pass through samne meats of stmioving excess liquaid that returns the exe initiator liquid fot reuse.

Optional; 'Thc hairs should once again be washed to remnove any extrancaus substances.

It. Optional: Once sin, the haita should pass through a Siquid remoal] means. Howevr,~ the liquid removal is considlered wwne which needs to be disposed.

12. The cutrutkd hairs =t bsuughc together int buxutile and then ceither wound up un 6povI* fur utoag or wil to cutting mahites that cur the continuous bait bundles to a length tt can be ued by the hair atachment system.

13. OgxloaaL The cut bundles of hair are conveyed on a belt system to a vacuum unnshr belt juncoi. This should be.a transfer uit.k munlt the one illustrated kwe use with the hir extension rcycling systtem. in FIQ. RG, but ta has multiple incoming beki but Otnly one ocujeuing beck This outgoing belt, of course, is used to rdl the hair etnin cartridges, This Knodifl use of seerl incoming belts asows seveak batches of hair extensions to be mixed uniforrnly together. Each of the mnixed batches should he a slightly diffeiren color or textr. This process is desirabl because nscumil hairs on a he~ad are not all exactly the sane.'Thus, this nixing sehum achieves a naturalookinug texturing and coloing patterns. It gicas die hair higlights. Of course, such a anising system could also be supplied with hairs that were previously wound up on a spool.

14. Optional: From the vacuum transfer junction, hairs should be sent wo a clip ier device This devise should have nsome mumn of ani; rise anont of hai it puts ins each dip. When One clip, CC act of Clips, is ful the next clip, or clips, in the serie should be advtanced into position and filled.

-COateaql Motes on Mechanical Fiber Quality ad Maufiseuring 1 4S COMS; ID No: SMBI-0055180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automated Htair Isolation and FlocMsig *ytcm A OIVJSIONAts app 1 riled ON vOAKtsr*; 1; IVfl/Wi Appkeoc Chisoher IL K~ing Dmec09 March 2004 MIXING OF D1FFE3MMT BATCHES OF HAILb A vsvwu tragnsfcr syateo is not ticur only yf rno gnultiprk latchcs of iaje. Scves4 slightly different types (cokecs ore ntares) of halt from different ssures could be laid on 2 conweyor alt together, This would be rorn of mniuinej Additionally. hirs. from several different source could simply be brought togethec as a single bunch before being placed into the clip asidges.

DESIGN OF SPINNERErS AND OTEHR EXTRUSION EQUIPMENT USED: The holes of thse spinnerst night be cot Into a non-moving place, a is she mom conventional approach Altzrnatively, the apinrierue holes might be configured as notches cut inin the outer surfaces of two cylindems whose outer surfaces are totatin ginst each other, nou inner-surfaces of these extrusion holes would, in effect be moving at the samit spat! as the keratin thty're extruding, This would greatly reduce extrtision friction on the fiber aurhsces in comparison to holes cut through the thicknoesa of a nonl-moeving plate.1Thias mining cylinder approach is analogous to, that used by itud manufacture to exisude beams u4d r4i& The morlng-cylirxlce-cxrrtusioa approach ha# othe= advantage. Por example, these notched cylinders can be fed rot only by Pa softenled kerati pute, hut also by a Hai sheet of keratin delivered by other cylinders behind them. Said sheer will be cut mid shaped into fibez by shw notched cyliness. Ad(donally, the notched cy'lindrsa can be iod by extremely fat fibers or bar of keratin. One way this can be done 6t by placing relatively large extrusion holes behind the cylinders thtr would extrude thick has-1lke keratin. 'Thee boles would mnat likely be cut through a non-nmving plate Ins the manner of most convenationial spinnerc orifices, Next, the fronr-mosc notched cylinder pais would be responsible for narrowing this barlke heasn down to the correct diameter andl shape and imparing the desired texture of the final hair Abets. Alternatively, fibers extruded with a larger diameter might be brought thei& correct diameter by pasting through a machanism designed to stretch thor ouit by dgitwing thereby deaing their diamcters.

Also. the cylinder approach allows the crossi-seetion. of a hair to vary with hair length and even rahes it poxastle ts use cylinder due by themtselves cut off the hairs corning out of rdu= so thee. they only produce hairs of a certain length, tither than enses strands that needl to be cut- This could bn achieved by uving two cylinders with dfscwtdnuow cxtruuior, notches. Further It woqid require that the notation of these cylind=r be synchronized. Such systesm could produce hair extensions; of varying cross-section, hair exensions cut to icnt~h. and even hair cxtsmsions with widened ends thar can serve as anchors, as Mose wed by hal implants below the skill, or to otise aid later pt~coeenng or weC.

Using ntting cylinders allows greater control othair surface texture cornpared with conventiontal sinnerst holes wiht tatic edg. Static-edge holes trnd to unroooth and polish The mwrfaces t the fibers they exrrudt Thbis may ptodnee hltis that are too shiny. It is true that this shine ftom. the polishin can be reduced if the edges of the extrusron holes have small groves on their surfaces parallell to the direction, of etruson. H-owevr, this produces long continuous scratches on the fiber surface, which may not yield the precise appearance desired. Fortunately, extrsion holes made using roteting cylinders do not polish th fibets that they exttrude Further, the Inner-surfaces of' the cylinder notches ezn be tetured themselves and -*ill tnssfrr the cexact mirror irsaqe of this texture to the fiber they are extrudn. This pgovides much greater control or fibe surface teture.

Surfact texture: can also be roughened by rapid changes int temaperature after extruion. For example, if still rlativel sofi extruided keradi fiber is apidly cooled by exposure to a very cold liquid or gas Icasaurface smay wrinkle, Thi temnperswws-inclucsd wrinkling can be calibrated to produce the precise surface tsure devsed.

In contrist in fiber suface texture, there is bait texture. For examnple, too kik and too stilt descrdbe two 146 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (Htm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Auttnrninl 1 lair laulscis na) Pinaaa.n Syatzn. A D IiONAL, akppL FIhw ON PARLNT. 1203/99 Applicant Christopher I. King Date: 09 Mari 2M04 undlesrable type of hair tirsture. H-air texture greatly depends on the croue,-seedn of the hair fiber. Hairi must have an ideal diametr and shape to bq cosetically ideaL For cuampke hairs with roundJ aosp-qcciitmae genctsily straight whima dhos wit oblong aoaa-actins are curlier. 142= wit overly Large diameters se stiff while hairs uith overy thin diameter am undesirably de'. and wispy, For this reason, die crosu-cctimnu width and shape of extruded hairs must bpe carefully chosen and controlled. Thus, die apinnerct hlest used will lik vary in dimter and shape from perfectly round through oval.

Sealing i. Roller Syseem In rhe rotorc syitmr nnhIc wit conseidon atic splames olies, the passang. thmt cards the libr-town~gmaterial flow hiorn dwh pup tothe first saof exrnsknradcflces cannot he one continuous structure This supply pasag in the roller system muat be an Independent part from the rollers, so that they cart route. However, this independent supply luaae should tan suchks tight seal with dt rulers doat the llber-fcxminraaaterial flow doesixxc escape so dtair Mitt, rather than being tread through thiri exsrsion holes.'rhis meas that the suppy pasag must confoun to the shape of the beck of the roller assembly sad it soulwd probably contact the rollers using a conforating flexicl materal in 9rder forma godW scat. 71e rollcrs must be supported ad driven horn it least one eid. Thus, the ima of seal conacte should only contact the cealk bodies of the raes voidiag the mazre laua) support and driing metchanismas. This is becuse these more: lans mechanizsrn, such as* gemz, sm eiely Wn have a more complex scrMrWe that to diffilctlt to form a seal against.

The rollers, such as shown In FIG. 145, shouldl be met up in pairs, as shown by MIG. 146. Each roa: ntI a pir shoutld have concave notches, with largey semi-circular crosasscdos, carved into its surface as ring; around its cIrcumference. The semi-circular notches on oe rolict should mesh with mizzr'knsge notches on the other role, in order to form,. largely cirular, rpinnerr extusion holes, 14ach milet in a Pair shoueld rowe In an opposite rotational dizccion, but in :he sarm linear diection and speed at their point or tangency. EiUsall, the linear speed should be calibrated to be the same as that of fiber extrusion. The line of tangency betwee each pakr of rolers wi &xm a mangic lim of fi et rusion baler parallel to each other.

Swveal] paims of rolkrr in paralle aay shae the sowe flbsx-foming-matedial supply peasage- tn this case, some chinst should be made to seal the arcs between roller pairs ii seal might be. a fleible coxning material Pressed up between roller pairs, moot likely ftrm behind, where behind is the diroction from which die (ibttr-fornng material comes. On the oter hand, this seal might be achieved by plactng raised aes wit largly serii-clrcular crogs-Awctons as trngsouad the rollers, such a the ruLlee shown in FIG. 144.1Thecocae scnreicuL; rings will mesh with thc concave sani-circular notches on the acliacent roller in another roller pair, as shown in FIG. 146. This will seal notches, which would have, otherwige, been Left open berween roller -ek Two semI-ctaclar notches an different fole Pairs should not be used as an extrusion orific because their linear direction of movement is backwards and splint extusion flow. Any fiber extruded t n ch a hole would experience ;t rubbing xt fot cits surface opposite to Ita direction of cxtruin. However, dhe codrt purpose of using rollers is to reduce the rubbing an extruded fiber experiences.

Entirely Mechanical Kneading System Alhough less likly to produce the hIghest qualty oftardfisil hair fibers, so,14 mechanica methods chat extrude keratin without chcrnrcall dissolving it first night be 1 xirzeiat Such a sysroa night first nnify individlual pieces of keratin such as feathers or hairs into a singl large abject It miht do this by putting tern under enormous pressure by upang s manna. such as a piston in a cylter It might fuvrther homogenize this large keratinous pbject by irueadingic.

Iti might knead by usin a rotational means that pulls and pushes orn the kerainus object. Alernatively. kneading might 147 COMS 1D No: SMBI-0655 180 Received by IP Australia: Time (ltm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autornacal fair Isolation and PoranSstm-A t1V IAIONAI~sppl. tiled ON YAKI$NT: 129t3/WJ Appliate Christopher IL K~ig Date: 09 March 2004 be achieved by axuding the honuda through multiple pathways that intettact with each other. Horneogeniatin can aduo be achieved by first grinding the keran inos Gin; powder beftuxe putting it undcr oscahmni pressur.

I'IBR COMPOUrflONS AND CC)ATTNOS The reason fot a seini-peniseable cost around dhe hair shaft is largely to control the moisture level in dhe haft. Adequate mostre tn the hair helps keep rhe hair soft. mus Is lirgely how conditioners work to keep bain soft However, condktionersar- not permanently polymaizad around bak shafi-, A moisture barrier does not just keep the hair soft by allowing the hair to retains aminimum, amount of meniammr, It may also prevent the hair from absorbing too mith minsture especially on humid JaytL Rair with Mo much ninure migt be too s0 oft sxlinmp, or might become frizzy. In short, rhe coating fian an artificial protective cuticle; around the enhuded keratin shaft. If passile, it would be benficki to Mike this protective hardier ta Violet imnpenneabLe Also, rtis harrier should protect against chemicals and iots by keeping than front. being absorbed by the ketatin puneia. Conceivably. this coating could even iowan the shine of a keratin fbda ourface. It should not be such a perfct hardier that Wn watr ca enter or axis the ha If tis wee the cove. be bair might behave sait were a conventioal plastic. In which case, water could not be used to influence. te styling 9f usda hair. HAIR COAIIENOS CAN BE APPLIED ATMT-I FACTORY TO AILTINCIAL H-AIRS OR THEY TYPE USED FORM CROSS-SECTIONAL RESHAPING PROCIES IN A SALO3N.

Certain fiber cosvtitions make protective coaing less necaeary. These compositiona ea Less vulnerable to dryia and becoming brittle and to absotbing undesirable substances (tam the envinment thank toars hal oratin.

They accomplish this by being died with syndictic non-amnino add substancs.Thi might mean that the Icearia protein is mixed with another substance such as a pluastinzer. 1Tis mixed substance may hel soften the fiber, or impede the entrance and exk oftal subsunces Including water. Fibers composed of such substmccai might have a lowr water conten than would expcted with pure keratin. NeverthelesP. the mixed in plxasociz;r will krep them soft. Further still.

such fibers would be expected to have a higher warns content than conventional plastic fibeg; would. This would slow hairatyliuM. The mixed-in substance many or may not itself be a polymer and may or mnay not he chemnically czossliukcd to the Icerstin or heratin-hlil material.

Keratin and keratisi-lke materials maybe bie snade softer and less v~t'ezabkc in watys other than infing at plasticr inso them. For example she kcratin-icc polyr chains can chereelv besa co-polymer with a ni-wsninoaci-based monomler unit in than. Kenat-Ill, sub-claims joined wth Urethane sub-chains are such an exmple. the prestice of urcthane sub-uhains will both Avfit-n the Okbrs and reduce their rtinerblir co the environent Alshotsja synthetic hair should 1pnerally be (armed tram substances that behave like keratin, true kceratina is not eesrl the only option. We tse the trmnn keratin-Ilke to refri to substaces dime behave like keratin. Most substances that are keratrln'like will be expected wo have a ehemistrutriia tokIetatin. This Incudes asloiri protens and pofr-amina aids.L Psoedans are intricate sajuinco of amitro acids arranged in order by dhe design of naue Poly-amino acids are long polymers of amaino aci units with a random order, detrmnined only by the monomer units present during polymierization. ily-amino acids may be comaposed entirely of one type; of amino acid ar several types of amno acids.

Below, are several types. of knadn-like cheicial coznposiuina that can be used to maufacture artificial hairs (specifically enadre haltir lea): Pun hilW (or other disualfide-bond breAking chemtical) dissolved heretin.

Keratin proteins brolten down into protein sub-chains (for example. by bydrolyai) which are then converted to 148 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP5 Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 A urrasu Heir Imolationa and Proemasing Systcm A DIVISlONAL~ app!. Filed (IN PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant: Chdatptr IL Kings DMet; 09 March 1£04 rsactio entieso (foc esampi; acid ahyduidn oc chiordda) that a allowed to reset togetharto rormo long omucnl ,~Uhsthese keatin protein sub-chains are renod tnpthsr with non-amino acdd base naoters or euh-chain units TO form a co-polymcr.

-Vhere the nok-n-mmoad-based entity is one or mom of the foflowing; urethane monomer, short poly-uretbane chain, or one of the sub-ornpcxntt used i the menu factrew of the Lrfete monomer such gs an lsocymnate Or po"yo or any synthetic maccane or sub-chumn capae tof forming a peptide bond-Win polyoko or any synthetic monomer Or sub-chain capable of Loscaing a pop"id boads, foir exsanple. Meii various polyola.

*-Whcme these keuuti prowin nb-chains ame macmd tophew wih amino,"ci based mnonomers or sub-chain uniw to Keratin (or ksrada-&qke molecule with synthetic. polymer (or other sructurally Compatible: nua-hersriu substance) meclunicaflly mixed in with it, perhaps tonnme as a plaatizr at change phystical properis ncthe mixture likre water pernaaability.

Where paid #ynthetc polyrner (or non-kgrawin substance) Is polurthane '-Where said synthetic p~olyeris a poly-ano add Where said synthetic polymer is chgcally cross-lInked to thev lnajin or kenpgn-lika m~aaL Where this chemicail cros slinkng i done trough disulde bonds.

1'oly-anrino acid polymer with synthetic polymer mixed in wih it for examnple to save as a plastcize or change one or more physical qualitris.

Where said synthetic polytmr Is pol-urt Whre sid oynthetic polymer is chcrmicailly cross-linkted to the poly-stao acid polyr.

Whew this chemical cxoss-lincxng is dome trough diwifide bonls.

Poly-atio a"i and non-amino sdd entrie Xcrod trothr U a etipolymet.

Whew the non-umlno-acld-bacd catity is car Qr astut of thw Iblbwhu:l urthanemoner, short poly-uxrltane chain. or one of the ;ub-=rnzpoents uand in dhe manu facure of the urctitane monomer: such as ant iocyanare or polyol or any eynihrr mnnomiw nr ul-ctuln rapahi ref tbrrntg a pnpsist Wind& ffi nample, like vimi pnlynli.

Therme we several types at' chenucal ccsnposuuions that can be used to serve as protective crastings uZOUrd hair fibers, regaifles afwlrrher said fibers arm artiia]o or natual hairs. (linet coatings an also bt used for cross-secckmal rehaping of theqsie and shape of individual scalp hair dIamecter); -Any of the aboyve described compositions fat smanufacruruvg ibers an be applied fbr use as fibeu/hair coainp as 'veil in adition to the below..

-Bictruded keratin (or keratin-like material or natural hafr cated with say of' the followig; A differcut type of keratia dissolved by duulfle- bond breskia chemicals (far example. a type that has a greate degree of disulffle cross linking) A poly-mcino acid.

A poly-amino acid urethane co-.polymer 149 COMSID No: SMBI-0055180 Received by IP Australia: Time (ltm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Arurnoatee Hair Isolation and Procrasin Syste A D[VIIONALI app 1 Fil ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicante Cbidsrher It Icig Dame 09 March 2004 -Poly-adno acdand non-ami s add enities trgether -s a coplymer.

Where the nc-mro-edba d d is one or more of the followingj turthanc monwoer, abor poly-urchane chain, or one of tha ub-camponeita used in ilia manusfactuse of the methane cuonome such ma2n itocyanm or polyol oc any synthetic monomer or sub-chein capable of lbornliga peptide bondt-lll. for cosrple, like variotio polyols.

Keuatin (of keaaamc materiel) ith a non-amino-ndld-bsed polymr mixed in with such is to serve assa synthetic patczr Wher said synthetic polyinie is chemically cross-linked to the kesati or knsdus-lia Polymer.

-ft this Chemical eroas-linkiulg Is done trough .uIllid. bonds.

A Moy-amino aci with a nion-amhno-acd-based polymer mixed ini if, such a to scrv as a synthetic plasticizr Where uaidi synthetic polymeri is chemically croslinl to w ch poly-amnki adid PUb'UEL Whwe this chamical emos-iilag A. done trough disul&Jde bonds.

Hair-Fiber Designs that Hunure Stanorg Attachment wo Scalp Hair% USE Q)F $LIP1'flV COATLINCt Alfxawjh the tmoit obvious way of ensuring that hair extensions rmnain attached to scalp hairs Is using the strongest possile adhesive, another way ismalt the sumfce of rhe attached hairexterision slipperier. If the surface of a hir extetision is slppery, it becomes much more difficult to graosp and pull fiumlyrvnotgh that its attachment will fail, foex tit reason, coating fibers with a law coefficien of &fiedon substance such.a Teflon is desirable. However, using such a coainrg might have dlsadvnutages. F~or example, the costing might retard the entrance and exit of moiture to such a degre that the hair cannwn be styled. Further SOL puKII A 00oming migh haIve sueh a great no-stik eeTm. Otha adhcsi~e will not work cEfifrively antic To alleviate these disadvaotgesc, the coating could be applied in a pattern so that it does not cost the entire iodince of the fiber. lie will allow moisture echlang; anud adhesive conotctwith the uncoated arems of fiber strfcie. In order to maintain the coatings low-cuffieknu-of-ftti effees. the cating tkknss to spaig bectween coated azum redoi Should be high. Thes way, fingers that gmap the fiber will ordy come in contact with the slippery coating, not the less slipper uncoated areas of the Mabr In order to pcw hie interrutisl erut6g pattern oan the fibers ome pritig means needs to be used. ThMs can involve any typ of printing technoiw,; or other analoagous pauern-fornnz technology, avsalbe inclding laser printer, ilk jet prinrt and ofbeai press technologies. For eample, the fibers could be rn bemoaen flexIble rubber cylinders that phir a patrem on than. Thiis pam can be the ecstng resin itself, which 'will subsequently be cured by some enmauch as heat. Alternatiely, this pate= could be a mashing ibatace with the purpose of preventing the coating resin ficim stiking wo areas where it has been applied. Of mcs, aft=r this masking substance, die coating resin would be itzbaequently applied and cured, and then the maskin substance itself would be removed. In a similar fasihion, enitire fibers could be coated end rthen areas of the- coating could be removed with a directd cacip source, Such as a laser.

USING NOTCHES AND HOLS THROUGH HAIR FIBERS: Another way of keeping hair extensions more fimly attched is to give their adhesive a structure that is moat ideal for it to adhere. Although there awe adhesives that cani effiectively atuch two smooth fibers'm aies to ach othier.

if The surfaces were made mote poriu. cie adhesives would work even better.

ISO

COMSID No: SMBI-0055180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 AUtALI~aLtI JRI± lauELuIuzz sKAl Ptuudis 5 yswum- A OIVISJONAL.p ModILL ON PARENT. 12903/99 Appliine Chdsoher IL Klng DOse 09 hMh 2004 One WaY Of snaksingl I halx euFSion surface mareV Porn.; is to cut holes or aoches in it A possible way to do hli* i to tun the hair fibcr through it hal to support and steady it while cut~ng holes in it withuahIact or orhr anlqgoas1 fri0cUai-REne dEVIC9. Posuihly, @VIn a pCOasily Racuzrad rnsdaaaical implement could be advanced into dhe hair in order to notch it or mnake small hoIei through ItL Such a mechituical device might take the fionn of a pincher that pras the hair from two oippos.ing direcion smultanwwly in criler to stady it ]qanliees Of whether dimmced eoeyg or a rnechuical means is used, tis fiber perfornuion means might be used shortly atr the hair fiber has been etrucd at o the hair fiber has been unwaoud rins a sumage spool. Whetherdiecred eneqUgor mechuoic4L dhe perforation mecans is &iel castflgumed as a dined-foeat. In the case of.a directed tarp tined-foak, for a visual analog, tfde to the pswviously descrtbed (oikibe prinm that uses heardo reflecton to d4sr~ute IV light In ceder To CVre adhetire. In the case of s rnabanical tia-frark, for a ui-sual aaialagyw rree to just about pay of the moving hair hanidling does previously deadci foc -s In attachment staclk, such sL -Sorting Of natngal hair to parlroags- and product Ways of sorting hair atnions into groups of equal enigtht Although it i desirable to use man-nudea hair, hair fiberst chtined ran huans t animal souxces is an opticn. Ile bUai mechaniss previousy devcribed for use in this salon-based hair carension recycling sysitm can also be used in a factory that Mketenuion CUlPcarridges with human halt. Fit-Iruld be cut offithe head usingai mechanism skinla to the rfnover. but ionsed of applying solvent to the head. it would cut the hairs, by having cutting shears incorporated into che reover as a structural layer, The first transport belts would take the hairs from the rranicr un a mechanism siia to t hair exrension recycling syscemn. As described better, this systm would line the hair extensbi tip: up In ane direction such that the conveyor belt: arggasping the hairs ta2t an equal ditance fhrn their tipm. At this point, the hairs could be fad into Clip carttidge, ats in the prevriously described salon version of the hair recycling system. Howvcr head hair Is a mtixture of many lengths, and it mt be desirable to sort them by lengh first Sorting I-Ars by Length: T1he follciwing procosurc Could be used to sort halrs by lengkh. Once hirks are raped at on equal distance frm their tips, by A griapin coniveyor system, ineoduce a vacouwn source appaoxisuewly in line itbd the iptiping conveyor, pouiionsed on the same side of the coniveyor as rte variable hair lsngths, and ait a distance grester than the length of the vc'y longast hair. Ibis vacuum will pull all the wnvcyer-hel~d hairs lgely straight Betwen the vacuumt source and this lust raspung conveyor, place a second Scnping conveyor systant. Only the longest hairs will lxe able to retch this second conveyor system. Ifnecaary, place funneling guides In fforit of this second conveyor: iystem in onlet to gmade lairs into it. The longest hairs arc now held by two conveyor system&. By makitig the scond convyor sysem gab each hair tighter than the first one and then by making it take a divrsionary coutse away from she first one, the longest hoies; wil carried away by the second comreyot sysinn and die shortest laits will ernain it the first axnveyor system. Fot th" reason, I call the second conveyor system the sorting conveyor system. H-airs of iricreasingy shorter length can be moimed out by running the first conveyor system though A seies sages that rePeat this process However, in each progresive stope, the sorting conveyor system shoul be placed darner to the firt conveyor systemn. hus, shorticr and shorter hairs will he obtained fronm each suge. The en~d result is lairs sorted by length 'When speaking of a gasping conveyor systeni, it should be understood in mean any means capable of rotary or reciprocattin sution and pinching hairs. Likewise, the vauum sourcc should be thought of M Ip heir tenvoning meats Any other force capable of hair tensioning might be usect. Fox example, blown air curments, sttic decuic4ry or a 151 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 16:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autoateid Heir Imoladoan and Proeming &ystm A DTVTSIOIIAL uppLi Filed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Chdropher IL King Owe:; 09 March 2004 wnrvlI mrnw ttjyntprhewisthe iff nnuCAP rc M thminyfrmshhinnpfnn.yr rnhn options. Stick a rocbpulca ystanl simila to the type ptrcis rdescribed for use s p nuitwncr fojr die mttachmnt stack Such. aring syscan might be usedi aan industrial method of harvesting zeal hain hait cut (marn human heads.

Ahteinatib,, it might be incorporsbed into the salont-based hAir-recding Unit- 10 this se0cond configuation it woul sarve to vfcycle only suffiiently long haiS wtile dlacacihig excensiwl short natural hales Ways of Filing Hair Exwomsion Clip Caztridgsa: R""arlnes of how hait extensions am oaned, they shoul] he put into clip carridges. Usually, instead of directly fIlng the cartridges used by the attachment stlacks dispsable introduction cartridge, as shown in FIG. 99, will be fil At the factory, Howeser. the following Sssm for filling clip cartridges work for both types of clip cartridges, disposabls introdAuction asiA small attachznnt snckrsady.

IfThei lit cotesIonse nmuan-uiade, this will usually mean that they wue hundreds or thougands of fate long This will allow cantidges to be filled in a continuous man)=r Whether directly obtsined bmOrn h extrusion spinnerctw or fint inllad upoan apooks die termninal ends of these mast-made hair extension fibms should he brought togeter in bunches lauge enough to fit each clip entiely. 'here shuld be as rmany of theme: buacha, as titers ss clipsi In shards of clip artridges that need to be filled These bunches should be held separate Irom each other. Ideally, whatever separa tes zbesi hunches sbould haven alsmilar shape width and spacing as the hair-holding iniseu channel, of die clips of clip cartridges This is in say disc it should be composed of many separate paral lhir-holding channels, and all maid channels should superimpose congruently on those of several clip cirnlices aranged in a strmight line. Probably, die hair- holtling: channels of this bwrch-sepadtng mneans Ahould he -m slighty wider than the interiors of The clps of the csrrdgec because they should not gp the lair extensions wsu4h dy no sid c;lips. This bunch-separa ting means can be open on ocu side or cosed on all sides.

The bunt-separating mneas should he ud wnhelp fill the clip carridges in tie following manner. Pint, a desired1 length of' hair should be pulled thro the burseb-sepsrsding mecans. Next, the dip cartidges should be aligned with buach-sppzining meaN if they ar nut Already. The dcip carrigc* and bwtch-separsdng man; can spproach ech other from below or Pbovr; their front or their backs. Naturally, there shoul be wait fixture that holds the cartridges and heps fadlitste This alignment. Once aligned with the hunch-sepiaft dneti, the clips of the clip cartddigs will, In cfricet.be MWle with hair -atensions. l'mnsfly. Acuttingsncanskm chutu the hairateasovs at a rcry short distanQC above the clips of the clip caririige. Th illehd clip csrridrc can now be moved sway, and a new Egroup of empty clip cartidges can be brought in to rake Their place.

Ideally, it wouldl Ix fne for ie emapty dip cartrIdges to be aligned with the bunch-separreing Means before the hair extensions a rc pullcd through them In order for the above system to function most effectit'dty, it should he confgtxud as tollonx The clip cartridges should be placed below the bunch-aqiaratiag mess.. (Below meaning down line with respect to the directIon that the h*i extensions are pulled from their source.) The cottag mesans should be placed between the bwzch-separing means and the clap enattrudgm Thus, after cutting, the bunclrsepaarng means will still be threaded with hair bunches. 1this will allow a device to pinch the bunch tip extending frm the bunchseparating mean and pull them furehcr thtsxqh. 'Thi pincht-and-puDl incns itself is ltEkdy to have lxuir-holcling channicis that alig conrurently vth chose of die hunch-sepazasing means and clip cartridges. Atsuch, It migt be configured as two layers with clutisils of a similar shape width and spacing as those of the bunch-spaaing menp. 'lb pinch hair buniches one or bosh of ches two layers could slide relative to each other co narrow their hair-piching channels. This 152 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automated Hair Tjapadon and Procuing System A OTV1SIONAL appL. Fled ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Christopher L King Dte: 09 March 2004 pinch-and-pull means could continue to pinch a batch of bunches until after they have bon cue. This would provide tension on the hair etenons during both catedmge tiling and hair crtexnin cuting, Ideally. the pin-and-pull means should be fburnsed out of or coatsd with a high coaflident of fsirtion mterial uchi as silicone rubber. Said bunch.

sepeating nmas could itself be configured a two layers with pinching capabily. If so, the bunchrnparadng mans could pinch hair bunches to aid in steadying them during cartridge fillingor hair cstnsion cutting, but release this pinch when the iled clip cartidges are removed.

Regardless of how the clip caidges are Bid, they can he conveyed into the position when they are to be filled in various ways. In the ease of dispomable introduction clip caruidges, they could be Fed into position isa continuous web. After filling, this continuous web could be broken or cut into idIvidual disposable intsoducelon clip cartridge; such as the one Illusmed by PIG.99. This web might be wound into a coil. This web might he conveyed by gear-ike interlock with sorne oting or reciprocating pert. For xalmple, referrig to FIG. 99, the holes at the lateral edges of each introduction carridge could be enugaed by cogs in a wheeL If individual atnchinent atack-andy cartidges are used, they should be lnaded onto ioae holding mania that move them into position for fling ltcaxd s of the type of lip cartridgceued, they have to be aligned with the bunch-esparting meuaa in Wusa k)gel fill.]. Tint Lan lisyyt in a Cael.j uf ways. Thu iy sniges and dai Iualdaiig 514MUIWL LAm iU ISUWZ the bunch separating means; the buoch-separadng mans, he picch-and'pul mans, and the curdng rman can move together as a unit towards the clip cartridges: a combination of these two events can occur.

INDUSMRIAL APPLICABILITY we expect mat 4n mvennon ww e appno to amn cam-care mausry as a ptoreMonas proquct unea in nitr salone, raher than being used as a home product There are two reaont for this. Fir4 because of the relative complexity of thia family of devices. it is most dvisabic for them to bc upcmatcd by highly trained uses. Second, since these systems am much more elaborate than any hair-care dEvice up to this dme. hey will be coxrpapondingly m'fc expensive to manufacture. Thus, they ideally should be used in 2 professionsa setting when their higher cast can be spread out over many users. The operation of this device by a hairstylia hos already beca 4evcribod in the above description. However this not to say units for home use couldn't bc coonowically implemented. We expect the varix cmbodiments of this system to operae fas eiugh that they can piocces an entire hunan bud of hsir in a matter of mnutes.

153 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09

Claims (29)

1. 2. The apparatus of eltim 1 further compising: a- dispensing actuation means for actuating said repeating dispensing means; a hair-flow sequencing control means for controlling the actuation of said dispensing actuation means so as to dispense hair into said hair isolation area means at a moment in the processing sequence when said hait isolation area means is ready to accept more hair. 3, hle apparatus of claim 1 further compziinjg a hair processing means for processing said surce-ttacbed hai-ike fibers so as to dang their cosmetic appearance, whereby it processes hairs in aid hair isola ion area means, a hlir proc rIng aatuotio means for actuating s id hair processing means; a hair proceadag sequencing conttrol mesns for coatrolling the actuation of said hair processing actuation means in order to cause the actuatlon of said hair processing means so that processing occurs when said surface-attached hair-like fibers are positioned appropriately relative to said hair processing means so as to be ready for processing,
2. 4. The ipparotus of claim I fiarther comprising a straightening maintenance means for providing and maintaining longitudinal lengths of said surface-attached hairs in a substantially perpendicular orientation relative to their direction of movmecnt through relevant portions of said apparatus. lThe apparatus of claim 4 wherein said straightening maintenance means comprises a hair tensioning means for applying tension to said surfacc-attached hain so as to caue the orientation of their longitudinal shafts telative to the suface which they are attached to be substantially perpendicular. 154 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automaml Hai lolation and Procming Systm A DIVISIONAL appl Faed ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicant Chdstopher Kig Doe: 09 March 2004
3. 6. The apparatums of claim 4 wherein said st*ightening maintenance means comprises a perpendicular ulicuuaiull .oIIM wutLul ulcuAi fu pzuvidin and umaialning haid M&JLm.c-aMILtUIl hali iu a iubutaudilly perpendicular orientation relative to their direction of movement through by using senson-controlled movement of said relevant portions of said apparatus relative to said sudfhce-attached hairs.
4. 7. The apparauo of clim 6 wherein said pcrpcudcular ,enutigcn waeogr qoggl mcans omprisces t caidon- based senasor-control means for basing relative movement control of said relevant portions of said apparatus on tension detected in said surface-atached hair-like fibers.
5. 8. 'lsc apparatus of claim 6 wherin said perpendicular orientation sensor conmul means compriscs a speed- based eeneor control meanes for basing relative movement control of s4id rlevant portiou of said apparatue an speed of advancemem of said relevant partions of said apparatmus relative mto the surface of hair oracehment The apparatus of clairn I wherein said repeating dispensingmeans comprises a hair transport means for engaging a limited number of hairs in said cued hair supply means and tranmsporting them into said hair isolation arcs means, The apparatus of dain 9 further comprising a hair processing means far processing said surface-trached hair-like fibers in a manner so as to change their cosmetic appearance in which at least some of the cosmetic change is facilitated using a force whose source is independent of any force applIed by any movement of said hair transpoet means, whereby said hair pocessing means is positioned so as to have acceSS to hairs in said hait isolation acca means.
6. 11. The apparatus of claim 9 further comprising a subsequent hair transport means for engaging the hairs provided to said hair isolation area means by said repeating dispensing means and further transporting said hars
7. 12.I The apparatus of dclaim 1 wherein said repeating dispensing means comprises a hair pathway obstruction means for inranmittrently abstructing the path of hair flow from rsaid cued hair supply means to said hair isolatlo feta metns.
8. 13. The apparatus of clain 12 further comprisuig. a hair metering area that is positioned ata point along the hair-flow pathway earlier encountered than said hair pathway obstruction means so that the path of hair flow from said hair metering area into said hair isolation area means is intermittently obtruebd by said hair pathway obsrraction means; hair pushback gate means for intermitently obstructing the path of hair flow from said cued hlr supply means into said metering area so as to substantially isolate a limited number of hairs in said metering area 155 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autuznazsl Hair Isolations and Proccuing 4amum A IVISIONAL appl, Filhd ON PAtENST; 12903/99 Applicmnt: Christopher Xt 1UnS Oan: 09 March 2004 between Paid hair puabbads Vptx hiewi and said hair pothemy obstruction means allowing aubsantll~y only the hairs in aid metering area to pussi said hair pathiway vbutIuc tior mcwiuw upon its intermittent allowance of lair &Mow
9. 14. Thbe apparaus of claim I fuather compsiiv a hair-extension supply means for supplying hair extensions into said hair isolation airea means; ai atahmnsbtac means ker atthing said hair extensions to said suvc-answcd bait-like fibers, whereby sid atntachment substance means provides continual attachment of the hairs; a bait attachment substAnce supply means for supplying said hair attachment substance means into said hair Isolation ara meas in which it comes in contact with both said halr extensions sand said surface- attached hair-like fibers so as to atach the mew type of fibers acther. The apparmts of claimi 14 further comprising a attachment substance supply st~uencing control means for cocntling said hair astachinena substance supply means so to provide said hair attachment substance meas into said hair isolation 4rea moams at a moment mn th processing sequence when the hairs to be atached Are in soid hair is*1aion area meane.
10. 16. TIhe appartu of claim 14 further COMPmpIsgi an attachment substance fuxaton means for fixing said aittachnt stabstance mneans. so ats to effectuate the attachmnemnt of said hair extensions to said surface-attached hair-Eke fibers; an attachment substance fixation supply means for supplying aic? attachrmnt substanc fixation nivans. into said hair isolation area means so that it may be introduced to aid attadchment substance means in order to effectuate attachment of the hairs.
11. 17. The apparatus of claim 14 further comprising an excess attachment substance removal means for renmoving any excess of said hair attachment substance mean from said hair Isolation area means so ay to leave at costing of said hair attachment substance means on the hairs to be attachcd. M The apmpats of claim 1 further coraprising; a lotigitudril hair toovemrnt meano &or movning at leasm ocp of said surfaceL-attached hair-like SIPr= insa kingiradinil direction glong its shaft relative to and through esi hair isolation area means so as to convey a length of said surface-attached hair-like fiber through odud hair isolation area, mans a costing aubstince; a coat substance supply means for supplying said costing substance to gsi4 surface-attached hair-like fiber that is in said tair isolation area means so its to coat said surface-attached hair-like fiber as it is conveyed longituinAy through said, hair isolatin area means.
12. 19. Trhe apparatus Df caimn 1 further eampringi 156 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Autrxnmecd Miur isoltion and 5'townsing Systm- A £n'dlAtON4A~spp. riled N 5'AKISNtF JnVu3~/W A ppiicueCbdziuptr IL K4 Dire: 09 March 1004 a longitudinal heir movement means fortmoving at least orts of said heir surfaee-aeteclted heir-like fibers in a longitudinal direction along its shaft raive, to and through saidai Wt olation area itnn so as to Convey a length of said soface-sttached hair-like Aber rhroug Said hair INolation Areo means *a cross-staonal reshaping means for reshapin the cross-sectional shape of said surface-attached hair- lIke fiber ox it is conveyed longitudinally through relative to said cro~sa-scudonal rceshaping means by sai lonitinmal hair miovemnt means, whereby said croas-smeetionsl reabaig means 1 isue ww4t bav; wwcss to the bair fibet asit is ongitvcinafly conveyed through said hair isoation are means. 'The apparaltus of dair 1 further comprising: a. hair sufaice low scgregation means for segregating said surface-antached bait-like fibers substmndiahy oniginaning from two adjacent surface area so that the segments of the bait shafts th at viii be procesed ame segregted in a specific row prior to and durig hair dispensing by amid repeating dispensing iens and said hair surfac row segregation means rests on the inrfacc to which said aurfaccd-autacbed hair-like fibers, ane attached and is substantially stationry relative to aid mutface during pmcessing4; *a txack guide means fin guiding said repeating dispensing means by substantially continuous conttact between said track guide means arid said rqpeatng dispensing means go ILs to provide alignment iih mew of the arpgirgtcd rowis of surface-attached hair-Eike fibers so avs tW slow the hjIr rgents Fraun subsantially only this single segregated row to be guided Into said repeating dispensing means a9 it movies along at substantiailly defined patit that substantially coinicides with aid single segregated row and ibis alignment during repeating dispensing means movement is possible individually fm both adjacent rows of segregated aurfaee-awrached hair segments. 21, The apparatus of claim 20 Ijirther compdsng. at position ascertining means for ascetaining longitudinal position of said hair isolation a reamans along at wpeci Sc sow of said track guide means; a row determination means for ascertaining within which of the segregated rows %aid hair isolation area means ih positioned a longitudinal coiveyance mneas for ernveylog a longitudinal segmnenh ofit grup of at least one surface- attached hairs longitdinally through said bh Isolation are means; a hair length measurement means for ascerting the longitudinal length of said longitudinal segment or the group c 0 f wsurcc-achcd hair that hao beam conveyeJdwrogh said hair isolatin area meansi by sai k*3cgitudM conveyance inmns; a Cutting mewsi for cutting hair that is in said hair isolation area means; a cutting control means for using data coming froma said position ascertaining measns and said row deretmination means and sai hair lengt ineasurement means and corresponding to aL specific kxonaiudnal position along a specific segregated row to compare to intended hair length data substantially conespVonding to the position mom at o trigger said ruttng means to cut the group of oigitudinully conveyed hairs at A moment when the group's linear length mesures frorn said cutting means to fte 157 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Auccanared Hair Imnlatiou and Pu=6g System A DIVISIONAL appt ileAd ON PARENT; 12903/99 Applicane Chziroher L King Dos: 09 March 2004 surriace of hair anaehznon; approimately equals the intended hair lcngthi.
13. 22. 'he apparatus of dlaim 1 fimlier comprisin a bend-tinder memos (or applying a conveying forc chat conveYs surfac-attached hair-like ibers through maid appartatus at a rate (aster than said apparatus is moving relative to the sugface of hair attachment causing said swzface-attmched hair.kc fibers to be conveyed subzurantiully kxiSiudnaly slong their eifs h uough njW relative to sai apparatus and under an obstructing portion of said apparatus.
14. 23. The apparatus of claim 22 wheren said bend-under means compilse a below obstrucin, bend-under means fcx engaoig said sudaice-2ansched hair-like fibers ata locaton partially below an obstructing pardion of said apparatus and applying a conveying force that conveys the hair-like fibers ata rate fabter tha said appriste is moving rslativ to "h surfac, of hair ataehient causing aid butt-like fibers to be conveyed langimudinally along their saftsli through mid apparatus and under mid obstructing parion of sai apparatus
15. 24. The appantus of clam 22 wherein said bend-under means comprises a rotary conveyance meant% fox applying a convying force to said surface-armacbed hair-like fibers by engagng said surt'ce-aunched hair-like fibers at a point which moves on a rotacy mechanism. The apparatus of claim I further comprisin an apparatus elevation, conveyance means for applying a relative conveying force to said surface-attached hair-like ftibors by elevatig an obstruct portion of said apparatus away (rin the surface to which said har-like fibers are attached so as to convey the fibers subsiadaly lcngicudinaly along their shfts through said apparatus and under sAid obsrning porion of AMi apparatus. 2& The apparatus of claim I farther comipriing: *an attachment substance degrading means for degrading in attachment S~botaoc that is holding hair extensions together with said surasc-atcachcd hair-like fibers; i n attachment degrading application means fox Applying arid attachment subeutnee application degrading iflafl to WesI isolaicid in PW hair isolation acca means; a clinched hair extension separation conveyance meanst Fat conveying hair extensions detached by said attachment substance degrading means away frm maid surface-attachedc hair-like ffibris.
16. 27. The apparatus of dskn 1 furtherz comprisingw 0*a hairdlow ravnazng meqns: fix causing surfaee-avuchaW hairs that have entered said hair isolatin =eL means to emit It substantily in the reverse net direction char they approached said hair isolation arcs Means to enter it; W an ezit hair aeparacion means for intermttently substantially sepaat the eiting hairs that revecsed direction so as to emit said hair isolation Area means from the hairs in said cued hair supplyimeans and 158 COMS ID No: SMBi-0055180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 A urcxnsgcc iir tuoletian and rocessig Spa=.u A Onj ISION4Al app1. tiledO(N P'AREINT; 1a113/w Applicunu Chrhwptier IL Khwf DLw: 09 Mach 2004 said eiing hai r eration mans is poscitioned along the hair-flow pith beptween uid hair isolation stem means and the hairs in said cued hair supply meas; A a rversed hair exitaiy means fOr alingf the exitng hair OMi havc been reversed in directionou of said hair isolation arca means by said hair-flow reversing mans tn cdt said apparatus through said reversed hair exit patlaway means and its origin is positionedj along the harfo at betwe sai cxdn& hair separation means and said hair Isolation ame mean and its vmnulnus is positioned Clear of the path of hair flaw inta said repeat dispansing Unnum So) As to direct die, exiting: hair. away Czarn inenwtaro said repeat dispensing means. 2L An apparatus for Attaching hair earenslouis to surfhce-mutacbed hair-like fibers, comnprihing. a hair attsehannt area in which saW hair extensions are armdied aW said surfacs-mchsd hair-like fib~exs; 1* a hustf-Cltenason supply means for supplying hair extensions into said hair attachmenct area; ourface-attachad hair-Like fiber supply means for Impplying said rorface-attched hairWms fibers inord attachment are; a hair attachment substance means for attaching said hair extensions to said surface-attached hair-lik fibers. a hair Attachment substancc supply means for supplying said hair attachment substance means into smid hair attachment area in which It Comes in contact with both said hair extensions and said aurface.-snached hir-likes fibers so as to Attach the two typos of hairs together.
17. 29. TIhe apparatus of dlaim 28 furthcr comprising An attachment substance supply sequencing Control means for controlling said hoir attachmnrt sobstance supply means so as to trigger release of saidl hair Attachmce substance means into paid hair Attachment area at a moment in the processing sequence when the hairs to be Attached are in said hair acrachnunat area. An Appaats for the processing of hairs which are attached toa surfiace configured so that processing61 of Any hair only occurs a substantislly controlld number of times, enaluiingr E a hair processixg means (or processing surtace-armcbed hair-like fibers so as mo change their appearance as a group; hair surface row segregslion meaus for segregating said surfacc-acmehced hiri-like fibers substanuially originating from two adjacent surAce are"s so that dhe &egmenta of the hair shafts that will be processed are segregated in a specific row prier to ad during processing by said hair proccssng means and said hair surface rOW segreptiOn means tests on the surface to which said sucfhe-anadied hatr-like fibers arm Attached and Is substantily stationary reative to said spriiice during process ng; a track guide mean for guiding said txft processin mars by substatitay continuous contact between said track guide means and said hair processing means so as to provide alignmet with one of the *swegzwd rows of arceagrhdhair-like fibers to allow die hair segmen (roant subszantally otly his single segregated row to be guided into sad hair proceiiig means ast moves along a substantially 159 COMS ID No: SMBI-00855180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 A rrrmrg-g Knir Tmlsrm and Pmonu.ing Syanw A ONIRIONA!, appl. PlAf ON PARENT: I13Wi99 Applicant Christoher Xt King Doae; 09 March 2004 d1efined Path that submrneially reenaide. with pi saitd leSeregated rOW saj this uliamnent during hair processing means ffDveffent is possible, indIVidual for both Adjacent rows of segregated gurface- maachad hair segments,
18. 31. The apparaus of claim 30 wherein said hair processing mans comprises a means for attaching hair extensions to wid vutaer-anacbcr isir-like: fibers and flurther coanprisingr *a hair attachment ares in which amid hair ecrenaions aie attached to said surfact.-PAtached hair-like fRsm; *a halr-ezzenmian supply means fox supplying hair extensions into said hair Attachment 2re; a surfaco-atached hair-like fiber supply means Exr supplying said surface-atached hair-lik Fibers into said attachment Area; N a hair attachment substance means tot attaching said hair extensions to said surface-attached, half-like II at hair attachment substance supply means for supplying said hair attachment substance means int said hair attctmnnt a m in which it comies in contatct with both said hair extensions an sald surfare-auached hair-like fibers socam to attach the two types of hairs together.
19. 32. An apparws for attaching non-surface-,attached hair-like fibers to a surface amongst surface-attaiched hair-like fibers already attached to said aurfatce, compriaing a hair channel pathway means for guiding said surface-attached hair-like fibers into an area of high concentration coinciding with said hai channel pathway means so as to leave an are of decreased surface-attuched hair-lite, fiber concentration lateral to said hair channel pathway means; in application area means for applying non-surface-attached hiri-like fibers in proximity to said surface wherein said application Area mesas is positioned to substantially coincide with said area of decreased surface-attached hair-like fiber concentration; *a aupply mesns fir supplyirY4 said non-tatface-attnched hoir-like fibers into said applicaton area Mens; *an anmehnient mcans for attachiing said non-surface-attached hair-Etkc fibers in said application arca means to said surface, whereby said nont-surface-attached. hair-like fibers may either be attached dlrccrly to said surface or Indirectly Attached to sad surface by way of Attachment to the pre-existig surface- attached hair-like fibers.
20. 33. Te apparatus of claimn 32 wherein said supply means comnpriies a unifed roup supply means fo.r supplying a unified group of noa-murfnce-atwched hair-lke fibers into maid applido arma measM.
21. 34.7The apparatus of claim 32 wherein said application area ecans comprises an attachment area means in which attachment of non-sufac-armched hali-like fibers to said surface ocnLrn Th, apparaus of claim U2 wherein said no-u~paa hbair-like fibers ae in the form of a hair plug and wherein said anachneor means comprises a sub -dermal hair plug delivery means for delivering said hair 160 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655 180 Received by IP Australia: Time (Itm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Aunrm'aml Kair Tanlmnn and Prnmuing Rynrm A OrITIONAr. nppL Pi ON PARENT: 1290.3/99 Applicant: Christopher IL King Dsm; 09 March 2004 Plug eub-dennefy into to the surface of heir attachment and wherein said ourAce of heair ane~hehnt is the scalp. X6 The apparatus of claim 30 wherein $Aid hair surface row segregation means comprises multiple rows that together Substantially Cox A cap structure that substantially conforms to a human head.
22. 37. 'rhe eppeus of claim 30 wherein sid hei processing meow comtpcist. a Wei cutting means for cutting said surface-attached hair-Like fibers so as to change their RppeutWm as a group. 3& The apparatus of claim 30 wherein said hair processing means compriss a hair extension atachment mcalt for atching hair extesions to said suracc-atiachcd hair-like fibers so as to charqF die appcmnancc, of sai src-tached hair-Like Siber as a group.
23. 39. The apparaus of claku 30 wherein said hair processing meamo cwnpdusa a cnwi-sectiot*1 rshaping means for reshaping the cross-sectonal shape of said sutface-attached hair-like fibers as they are longitudinafly conveyed through relative to said cross-sectional reshaping eansL
24. 40.7'he apparatus of claim 30 wherein said hair processing mans comprises a hair coating application means for applying a coatin to said. surface-attached hair-like fibers as they are longitudinally conveyed through relative to said hair coating application mns.
25. 41. The ppiaratus of claim 30 wherein said hair processing m~eans comprises a vub-dermal har plug; delivery mneans for dreltrenng a hair plug sob-dermally into to the surface of hair attaochment so as to change the appearance of the pre-existing surface-attached hair-like fibers as a group and wherein said surface of hair attachment is die scalp.
26. 42- rThe apparatus of claim 28 wherein said surface-sitwchcd hair-like! fiber su~pply mans substantialy suppleo said Purfasce-aftachod heir-like fibers by said appantus's reatve movement along a vector whose direction ik, substantialy parallel to te surfitce to which said surikce-attaiched hair-like fibers are attached so as to encourage atoe: fibers to enter said surface-ateached hair-like fiber supply meaans and this direction of movement is substantially continuous between entrance of two separte batches of hair into said hair autachmcrt area.
27. 43. The appaus of claim 42 Ffuther comprising*a bead-under mesans for applying a conveying force that conveys said suae-ttached hair-lik* fibers through said appratus sulbsaontiay longitudinally along tlair shafts atm linear atte fast than said apparatus is moving along a vector whose. net direction is Substantially parallel relative to the surface to which said surface-attached hair-like fibern are attached so as to cause said surface-attached halt-like fibers to be conveyed substantially losxglnadnally along their shafts through and COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Automnated lii Isolaion and Prottzaing Systam A DIVISIONAL app). Filed ON PARENT; M293/99 Applicane Christopher IL King Dwe: 09 March 2004 stlmtiv Lu miJ wvlsmsnLus, w.a ou.'.t an. ubsaua4mj pu.Llu'a ursasud. NtJ.fhIb. da 7 MsWs..as t 4 £rut.. said apparatus,
28. 44. The apparatus of claim 28 wherein said surftce-atwched hair-liket fiber supply means eubetantially supplies *Wi surface-attached hair-like fibers by moving along a vector whose direction is substantially parallel to the surtc to which said sufaGCe-aachla hPar-lke fibers am attached 1055s to encuxrigc these fibers to enter said murce-wtccdhairlke fiber supply means and thirection of movement ia substantially QoniuCouS betvwen entrance of two separate batches of hair into said hair attachment area further comprisinjr *a hair-flow reversing means for causing surface-attacbed hairs that have entered said hir ttauchment area to cxd:it substantially In the reverse net direction chat they approached said hale attachment ares from to en= in an exiting hair separation means fmr inmerrntny substantially scpantimg tho exiting hairs that reversed direction so a to exit said hai attachment area hrun the hairs in said surfitce-attached hair-like fiber supply mneans that have yet to cnes said attaichment arc and said exiting hair separation means is positioned dl"n the hair-flow path between said hair atachment area and the hairs in said surface- attached hair-Hire; fiber supply means that have Yet to Cnter and be Cosmetically procesd in said attachment arm,~ a reversed hair exit pathway means for allowing the exiting hair. that have been reversed in direction out of said hair attachment area by aid hair-flow reversing means to exit said apparatus through said reversed hair exit pa~thway means an its origin is positioned along the hai-flow path between said exiting hair separation mneans and said hair antacumnr area and in; terminus is positioned clear of the entrance path of hair flow into said attachment prea so as to direct the exiting hairs away fronm reentering said attachmient are, An apparatus for the croi-sectional reshaping pf 41 surface-attacd hAir-like fiber comprialngc a hair isolation area means in which at least a singlec surface-attached hair-like fiber cam hesutaily iolated from other surface-atached hair-like fibers; n a, longitudinal har movement means for Moving at least one of said hair surface-antadied hair-like fibers in a longitudinal direction along its shaft relative to and trough said hair isolation area. meas m-o as to convey a length of said aurfscc-attachcd hair-like fiber through said hair isolation ares rncans; *a cruss-meetionl zeeshspingmenoa A= shaping tie crm.ecdonai sp. of said suzfacje-attached hair- like Slier as it is conveynd longitudinally through relative to maid cros-mcr~Ional reshaping means by said1 kogledlal hair movetment means, whereby sai cross-sectional reshtaping means substanially overlaps said hair i"olati*on are means. 44. The apparurus of dai 45 wherein said cross-seccional reshaping means o xnpnsewd of a cutting edge that shaves materiall off the isurfgcs of said suprice-auchsd hair-lik fiber A it is convsyedsthrough relative tw said hair isolation area means. 162 COMS ID NO: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time (I-tm) 15:24 Date 2004-03-09 Auxnugwd Hair tuolation and Proxewing Syan A DIVrSIONAL app Filed ON PARENT 12903/99 Applicanc Chrlsapher L King Dare; 09 March 2004
29. 47. The apparatus of claim 45 wherein said hisl isolation area means is smpplied said surface-sttached hair-like fibers by appamatu's rcladvc movement along a vector whose direction is subsantially parallel to the surface to which said purface-attmched uilike fibers are attached mo as to encourage these fibers to enter said hair isolation area means and this direction of movement is ubstantially continuous between cotrance of two separate batchc of hair into 4id hair isolation area mns. 48 'The apparatus of dam 1 further comprising a post-isolation hair transport means for engaging at least one of said surface-attached hair-like fibers in said hair isolation area means and transpodIng said surface-atached hair4ike fiber. 49, lbe apparam of clAin I fuoher cmnpxiuing a hair presnce senr means for seneing the presence of at lease one of Paid surface4awched hair-like fibers in said hair Isolation area means. 163 COMS ID No: SMBI-00655180 Received by IP Australia: Time 15:24 Date 2004-03-09